dm00122016

UM1786
User Manual
Description of STM32F3xx HAL drivers
Introduction
TM
STMCube is an STMicroelectronics original initiative to ease developers life by reducing development
efforts, time and cost. STM32Cube covers STM32 portfolio.
STM32Cube Version 1.x includes:


The STM32CubeMX, a graphical software configuration tool that allows generating C initialization
code using graphical wizards.
A comprehensive embedded software platform, delivered per series (such as STM32CubeF3 for
STM32F3 series)

The STM32Cube HAL, an STM32 abstraction layer embedded software, ensuring maximized
portability across STM32 portfolio

A consistent set of middleware components such as RTOS, USB, TCP/IP, Graphics

All embedded software utilities coming with a full set of examples.
The HAL drivers layer provides a generic multi instance simple set of APIs (application programming
interfaces) to interact with the upper layer (application, libraries and stacks). It is composed of generic
and extension APIs. It is directly built around a generic architecture and allows the built-upon layers,
such as the middleware layer, to implement their functions without knowing in-depth how to use the
MCU. This structure improves the library code reusability and guarantees an easy portability on other
devices.
The HAL drivers include a complete set of ready-to-use APIs which simplify the user application
implementation. As an example, the communication peripherals contain APIs to initialize and configure
the peripheral, to manage data transfers based on polling, to handle interrupts or DMA, and to manage
communication errors.
The HAL drivers APIs are split into two categories: generic APIs which provide common and generic
functions for all the STM32 series and extension APIs which include specific and customized functions
for a given family or part number.
The HAL drivers are feature-oriented instead of IP-oriented. As an example, the timer APIs are split into
several categories following the functions offered by the IP: basic timer, capture, pulse width modulation
(PWM), etc..
The drivers source code is developed in Strict ANSI-C which makes it independent from the
TM
development tools. It is checked with CodeSonar static analysis tool. It is fully documented and is
MISRA-C 2004 compliant.
The HAL drivers layer implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all
functions. Such dynamic checking contributes to enhance the firmware robustness. Run-time detection
is also suitable for user application development and debugging.
This user manual is structured as follows:


Overview of the HAL drivers
Detailed description of each peripheral driver: configuration structures, functions, and how to use
the given API to build your application.
June 2016
DOCID026526 Rev 4
1/832
www.st.com
Contents
UM1786
Contents
1
Acronyms and definitions............................................................. 22
2
Overview of HAL drivers ............................................................... 24
2.1
2.2
2.1.1
HAL driver files ................................................................................. 24
2.1.2
User-application files ........................................................................ 25
HAL data structures ........................................................................ 27
2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures ............................................................ 27
2.2.2
Initialization and configuration structure ........................................... 28
2.2.3
Specific process structures .............................................................. 28
2.3
API classification ............................................................................. 29
2.4
Devices supported by HAL drivers .................................................. 30
2.5
HAL drivers rules............................................................................. 34
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules ...................................................................... 34
2.5.2
HAL general naming rules ................................................................ 35
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions ................................... 36
2.6
HAL generic APIs ............................................................................ 37
2.7
HAL extension APIs ........................................................................ 38
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview ........................................................ 38
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases ............................................................. 39
2.8
File inclusion model......................................................................... 41
2.9
HAL common resources .................................................................. 41
2.10
HAL configuration............................................................................ 42
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling ..................................................... 43
2.12
2/832
HAL and user-application files......................................................... 24
2.11.1
Clock ................................................................................................. 43
2.11.2
GPIOs ............................................................................................... 44
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer........................................................ 45
2.11.4
PWR ................................................................................................. 46
2.11.5
EXTI .................................................................................................. 46
2.11.6
DMA .................................................................................................. 47
How to use HAL drivers .................................................................. 49
2.12.1
HAL usage models ........................................................................... 49
2.12.2
HAL initialization ............................................................................... 50
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process ................................................................ 52
2.12.4
Timeout and error management ....................................................... 55
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
3
Contents
HAL System Driver ........................................................................ 59
3.1
3.2
HAL Firmware driver API description .............................................. 59
3.1.1
How to use this driver ....................................................................... 59
3.1.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ....................................... 59
3.1.3
HAL Control functions....................................................................... 59
3.1.4
Detailed description of functions ...................................................... 60
HAL Firmware driver defines ........................................................... 64
3.2.1
4
HAL ADC Generic Driver ............................................................... 67
4.1
ADC Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 67
4.1.1
4.2
4.3
__ADC_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 67
ADC Firmware driver API description.............................................. 67
4.2.1
ADC peripheral features ................................................................... 67
4.2.2
How to use this driver ....................................................................... 68
4.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ....................................... 72
4.2.4
IO operation functions ...................................................................... 72
4.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ............................................................. 73
4.2.6
Peripheral state and errors functions ............................................... 73
4.2.7
Detailed description of functions ...................................................... 73
ADC Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 79
4.3.1
5
HAL ................................................................................................... 64
ADC .................................................................................................. 79
HAL ADC Extension Driver ........................................................... 82
5.1
5.2
5.3
ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 82
5.1.1
ADC_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 82
5.1.2
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef ............................................................. 84
5.1.3
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef ............................................................. 85
5.1.4
ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef .......................................................... 88
5.1.5
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef ....................................................... 88
5.1.6
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef .................................................................. 89
ADCEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 89
5.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ....................................... 89
5.2.2
IO operation functions ...................................................................... 90
5.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ............................................................. 91
5.2.4
Detailed description of functions ...................................................... 91
ADCEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 98
5.3.1
ADCEx .............................................................................................. 98
DOCID026526 Rev 4
3/832
Contents
6
UM1786
HAL CAN Generic Driver ............................................................. 112
6.1
6.2
6.3
CAN Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 112
6.1.1
CAN_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 112
6.1.2
CAN_FilterConfTypeDef ................................................................. 113
6.1.3
CanTxMsgTypeDef......................................................................... 114
6.1.4
CanRxMsgTypeDef ........................................................................ 114
6.1.5
CAN_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 115
CAN Firmware driver API description ............................................ 116
6.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 116
6.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 117
6.2.3
Peripheral State and Error functions .............................................. 117
6.2.4
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 117
CAN Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 121
6.3.1
7
HAL CEC Generic Driver ............................................................. 128
7.1
7.2
7.3
CEC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 128
7.1.1
CEC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 128
7.1.2
CEC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 129
CEC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 130
7.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 130
7.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 130
7.2.3
IO operation function ...................................................................... 131
7.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 131
7.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 132
CEC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 135
7.3.1
8
CEC ................................................................................................ 135
HAL COMP Generic Driver .......................................................... 143
8.1
8.2
4/832
CAN ................................................................................................ 121
COMP Firmware driver registers structures .................................. 143
8.1.1
COMP_InitTypeDef ........................................................................ 143
8.1.2
COMP_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 144
COMP Firmware driver API description ........................................ 144
8.2.1
COMP Peripheral features ............................................................. 144
8.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 145
8.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 145
8.2.4
Start Stop operation functions ........................................................ 145
8.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 146
8.2.6
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 146
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
8.2.7
8.3
COMP Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 149
8.3.1
9
COMPEx Firmware driver defines ................................................. 151
9.1.1
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures .............................. 168
10.1.1
10.2
10.3
10.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 169
10.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 170
10.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 170
10.2.4
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 170
CORTEX Firmware driver defines ................................................. 175
CORTEX ......................................................................................... 175
HAL CRC Generic Driver ............................................................. 178
11.1
11.2
11.3
CRC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 178
11.1.1
CRC_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 178
11.1.2
CRC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 179
CRC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 179
11.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 179
11.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 180
11.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 180
11.2.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 180
11.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 180
CRC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 182
11.3.1
CRC ................................................................................................ 182
HAL CRC Extension Driver ......................................................... 185
12.1
12.2
CRCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 185
12.1.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 185
12.1.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 185
CRCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 186
12.2.1
13
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef .............................................................. 168
CORTEX Firmware driver API description .................................... 169
10.3.1
12
COMPEx ......................................................................................... 151
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver ...................................................... 168
10.1
11
COMP ............................................................................................. 149
HAL COMP Extension Driver ...................................................... 151
9.1
10
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 146
CRCEx ............................................................................................ 186
HAL DAC Generic Driver ............................................................. 188
13.1
DAC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 188
DOCID026526 Rev 4
5/832
Contents
13.2
13.3
13.1.1
UM1786
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef ........................................................... 188
13.1.2
__DAC_HandleTypeDef ................................................................. 188
DAC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 189
13.2.1
DAC Peripheral features................................................................. 189
13.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 190
13.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 191
13.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 191
13.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 192
13.2.6
DAC Peripheral State and Error functions...................................... 192
13.2.7
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 192
DAC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 197
13.3.1
14
HAL DAC Extension Driver ......................................................... 202
14.1
14.2
DACEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 202
14.1.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 202
14.1.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 202
14.1.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 202
14.1.4
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 203
DACEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 206
14.2.1
15
15.2
15.3
DMA Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 207
15.1.1
DMA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 207
15.1.2
__DMA_HandleTypeDef................................................................. 207
DMA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 208
15.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 208
15.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 209
15.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 210
15.2.4
State and Errors functions .............................................................. 210
15.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 210
DMA Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 213
15.3.1
DMAEx Firmware driver defines.................................................... 217
16.1.1
6/832
DMA ................................................................................................ 213
HAL DMA Extension Driver......................................................... 217
16.1
17
DACEx ............................................................................................ 206
HAL DMA Generic Driver ............................................................ 207
15.1
16
DAC ................................................................................................ 197
DMAEx............................................................................................ 217
HAL FLASH Generic Driver......................................................... 219
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
17.1
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 219
17.1.1
17.2
17.3
FLASH Firmware driver API description ........................................ 219
17.2.1
FLASH peripheral features ............................................................. 219
17.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 220
17.2.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 220
17.2.4
Peripheral errors functions ............................................................. 220
17.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 221
FLASH Firmware driver defines .................................................... 223
17.3.1
18
18.2
18.3
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures ............................. 227
18.1.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef .............................................................. 227
18.1.2
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef .................................................... 227
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description.................................... 228
18.2.1
FLASH Erasing Programming functions ......................................... 228
18.2.2
Option Bytes Programming functions ............................................. 228
18.2.3
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 228
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines ................................................ 230
18.3.1
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 233
19.1.1
19.2
19.3
GPIO_InitTypeDef .......................................................................... 233
GPIO Firmware driver API description .......................................... 233
19.2.1
GPIO Peripheral features ............................................................... 233
19.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 234
19.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 234
19.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 235
19.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 235
GPIO Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 237
19.3.1
GPIO ............................................................................................... 237
HAL GPIO Extension Driver ........................................................ 240
20.1
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines................................................... 240
20.1.1
21
FLASHEx ........................................................................................ 230
HAL GPIO Generic Driver............................................................ 233
19.1
20
FLASH ............................................................................................ 223
HAL FLASH Extension Driver ..................................................... 227
18.1
19
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef ............................................................... 219
GPIOEx .......................................................................................... 240
HAL HRTIM Generic Driver ......................................................... 243
21.1
HRTIM Firmware driver registers structures.................................. 243
DOCID026526 Rev 4
7/832
Contents
21.2
21.3
21.1.1
UM1786
HRTIM_InitTypeDef ........................................................................ 243
21.1.2
HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef ......................................................... 243
21.1.3
__HRTIM_HandleTypeDef ............................................................. 244
21.1.4
HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef ....................................................... 245
21.1.5
HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef ......................................... 245
21.1.6
HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef...................................... 246
21.1.7
HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef.................................. 246
21.1.8
HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef .............................. 247
21.1.9
HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef .............................................................. 247
21.1.10
HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef ........................................................ 249
21.1.11
HRTIM_CaptureCfgTypeDef .......................................................... 250
21.1.12
HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef ............................................................ 250
21.1.13
HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringCfgTypeDef ........................................ 251
21.1.14
HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef ...................................................... 251
21.1.15
HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef ................................................ 252
21.1.16
HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef .............................................................. 253
21.1.17
HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef ............................................................... 253
21.1.18
HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef ..................................................... 254
21.1.19
HRTIM_ADCTriggerCfgTypeDef .................................................... 254
HRTIM Firmware driver API description ........................................ 255
21.2.1
Simple mode v.s. waveform mode ................................................. 255
21.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 255
21.2.3
Initialization and Time Base Configuration functions ..................... 259
21.2.4
Simple time base mode functions .................................................. 259
21.2.5
Simple output compare functions ................................................... 260
21.2.6
Simple PWM output functions ........................................................ 260
21.2.7
Simple input capture functions ....................................................... 260
21.2.8
Simple one pulse functions ............................................................ 261
21.2.9
HRTIM configuration functions ....................................................... 261
21.2.10
HRTIM timer configuration and control functions ........................... 262
21.2.11
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 263
21.2.12
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 263
HRTIM Firmware driver defines .................................................... 308
21.3.1
22
HAL I2C Generic Driver ............................................................... 349
22.1
8/832
HRTIM ............................................................................................ 308
I2C Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 349
22.1.1
I2C_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 349
22.1.2
__I2C_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 349
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
22.2
22.3
I2C Firmware driver API description .............................................. 351
22.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 351
22.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 355
22.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 355
22.2.4
Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ................................... 357
22.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 357
I2C Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 369
22.3.1
23
HAL I2C Extension Driver ........................................................... 375
23.1
23.2
I2CEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 375
23.1.1
I2C peripheral Extended features ................................................... 375
23.1.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 375
23.1.3
Extended features functions ........................................................... 375
23.1.4
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 375
I2CEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 377
23.2.1
24
I2CEx .............................................................................................. 377
HAL I2S Generic Driver ............................................................... 378
24.1
24.2
24.3
I2S Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 378
24.1.1
I2S_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 378
24.1.2
I2S_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 378
I2S Firmware driver API description .............................................. 379
24.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 379
24.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 381
24.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 382
24.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 382
24.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 383
I2S Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 388
24.3.1
25
I2C .................................................................................................. 369
I2S .................................................................................................. 388
HAL I2S Extension Driver ........................................................... 393
25.1
25.2
I2SEx Firmware driver API description .......................................... 393
25.1.1
I2S Extended features .................................................................... 393
25.1.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 393
25.1.3
Extended features Functions .......................................................... 394
25.1.4
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 394
I2SEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 397
25.2.1
I2SEx .............................................................................................. 397
DOCID026526 Rev 4
9/832
Contents
26
UM1786
HAL IRDA Generic Driver ............................................................ 399
26.1
26.2
26.3
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 399
26.1.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 399
26.1.2
IRDA_HandleTypeDef .................................................................... 399
IRDA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 400
26.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 400
26.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 402
26.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 403
26.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 404
26.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 404
IRDA Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 409
26.3.1
27
HAL IRDA Extension Driver ........................................................ 418
27.1
IRDAEx Firmware driver defines ................................................... 418
27.1.1
28
28.2
28.3
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 419
28.1.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 419
28.1.2
IWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 419
IWDG Firmware driver API description ......................................... 420
28.2.1
IWDG Generic features .................................................................. 420
28.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 420
28.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 421
28.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 421
28.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 421
28.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 421
IWDG Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 422
28.3.1
IWDG .............................................................................................. 422
HAL NAND Generic Driver .......................................................... 424
29.1
29.2
NAND Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 424
29.1.1
NAND_IDTypeDef .......................................................................... 424
29.1.2
NAND_AddressTypeDef................................................................. 424
29.1.3
NAND_InfoTypeDef ........................................................................ 424
29.1.4
NAND_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 425
NAND Firmware driver API description ......................................... 425
29.2.1
10/832
IRDAEx ........................................................................................... 418
HAL IWDG Generic Driver ........................................................... 419
28.1
29
IRDA ............................................................................................... 409
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 425
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
29.3
29.2.2
NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions .......................... 426
29.2.3
NAND Input and Output functions .................................................. 426
29.2.4
NAND Control functions ................................................................. 427
29.2.5
NAND State functions..................................................................... 427
29.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 427
NAND Firmware driver defines...................................................... 431
29.3.1
30
HAL NOR Generic Driver............................................................. 433
30.1
30.2
30.3
NOR Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 433
30.1.1
NOR_IDTypeDef ............................................................................ 433
30.1.2
NOR_CFITypeDef .......................................................................... 433
30.1.3
NOR_HandleTypeDef..................................................................... 434
NOR Firmware driver API description ........................................... 434
30.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 434
30.2.2
NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions ........................... 435
30.2.3
NOR Input and Output functions .................................................... 435
30.2.4
NOR Control functions.................................................................... 435
30.2.5
NOR State functions ....................................................................... 435
30.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 436
NOR Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 440
30.3.1
31
NOR ................................................................................................ 440
HAL OPAMP Generic Driver ....................................................... 441
31.1
31.2
31.3
OPAMP Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 441
31.1.1
OPAMP_InitTypeDef ...................................................................... 441
31.1.2
OPAMP_HandleTypeDef................................................................ 442
OPAMP Firmware driver API description ...................................... 442
31.2.1
OPAMP Peripheral Features .......................................................... 442
31.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 443
31.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 444
31.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 444
31.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 444
31.2.6
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 445
31.2.7
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 445
OPAMP Firmware driver defines ................................................... 447
31.3.1
32
NAND.............................................................................................. 431
OPAMP ........................................................................................... 447
HAL OPAMP Extension Driver .................................................... 450
DOCID026526 Rev 4
11/832
Contents
UM1786
32.1
OPAMPEx Firmware driver API description .................................. 450
32.1.1
33
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver ..................................................... 451
33.1
PCCARD Firmware driver registers structures .............................. 451
33.1.1
33.2
33.3
33.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 451
33.2.2
PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................... 452
33.2.3
PCCARD Input Output and memory functions ............................... 452
33.2.4
PCCARD Peripheral State functions .............................................. 452
33.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 452
PCCARD Firmware driver defines................................................. 456
34.2
34.3
PCD Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 457
34.1.1
PCD_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 457
34.1.2
PCD_EPTypeDef ............................................................................ 457
34.1.3
PCD_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 458
PCD Firmware driver API description............................................ 459
34.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 459
34.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 459
34.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 460
34.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 460
34.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 460
34.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 461
PCD Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 468
34.3.1
35.2
PCDEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 470
35.1.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 470
35.1.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 470
PCDEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 470
35.2.1
PCDEx ............................................................................................ 470
HAL PWR Generic Driver ............................................................ 472
36.1
PWR Firmware driver API description ........................................... 472
36.1.1
12/832
PCD ................................................................................................ 468
HAL PCD Extension Driver ......................................................... 470
35.1
36
PCCARD ........................................................................................ 456
HAL PCD Generic Driver ............................................................. 457
34.1
35
PCCARD_HandleTypeDef ............................................................. 451
PCCARD Firmware driver API description .................................... 451
33.3.1
34
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 450
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 472
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
36.2
36.1.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 472
36.1.3
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 474
PWR Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 477
36.2.1
37
HAL PWR Extension Driver ........................................................ 480
37.1
PWREx Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 480
37.1.1
37.2
37.3
37.2.1
Peripheral Extended control functions............................................ 480
37.2.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 481
PWREx Firmware driver defines ................................................... 482
38.2
38.3
RCC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 485
38.1.1
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 485
38.1.2
RCC_OscInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 485
38.1.3
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef ...................................................................... 486
RCC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 486
38.2.1
RCC specific features ..................................................................... 486
38.2.2
RCC Limitations .............................................................................. 487
38.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 487
38.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 488
38.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 488
RCC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 493
38.3.1
RCC ................................................................................................ 493
HAL RCC Extension Driver ......................................................... 511
39.1
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 511
39.1.1
39.2
39.3
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef .......................................................... 511
RCCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 512
39.2.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 512
39.2.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 512
RCCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 513
39.3.1
40
PWREx ........................................................................................... 482
HAL RCC Generic Driver ............................................................. 485
38.1
39
PWR_PVDTypeDef ........................................................................ 480
PWREx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 480
37.3.1
38
PWR ............................................................................................... 477
RCCEx ............................................................................................ 513
HAL RTC Generic Driver ............................................................. 529
40.1
RTC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 529
40.1.1
RTC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 529
DOCID026526 Rev 4
13/832
Contents
40.2
40.3
40.1.2
UM1786
RTC_TimeTypeDef......................................................................... 529
40.1.3
RTC_DateTypeDef ......................................................................... 530
40.1.4
RTC_AlarmTypeDef ....................................................................... 531
40.1.5
RTC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 531
RTC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 532
40.2.1
RTC Operating Condition ............................................................... 532
40.2.2
Backup Domain Reset .................................................................... 532
40.2.3
Backup Domain Access.................................................................. 532
40.2.4
How to use RTC Driver................................................................... 533
40.2.5
RTC and low power modes ............................................................ 534
40.2.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 534
40.2.7
RTC Time and Date functions ........................................................ 534
40.2.8
RTC Alarm functions ...................................................................... 535
40.2.9
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 535
RTC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 540
40.3.1
41
HAL RTC Extension Driver ......................................................... 550
41.1
RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 550
41.1.1
41.2
41.3
41.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 550
41.2.2
RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ......................................... 551
41.2.3
RTC Wake-up functions ................................................................. 552
41.2.4
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 552
41.2.5
Extended features functions ........................................................... 552
41.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 553
RTCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 561
RTCEx ............................................................................................ 561
HAL SDADC Generic Driver ........................................................ 579
42.1
42.2
14/832
RTC_TamperTypeDef .................................................................... 550
RTCEx Firmware driver API description ........................................ 550
41.3.1
42
RTC ................................................................................................ 540
SDADC Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 579
42.1.1
SDADC_InitTypeDef....................................................................... 579
42.1.2
SDADC_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 579
42.1.3
SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef ......................................................... 580
SDADC Firmware driver API description ....................................... 581
42.2.1
SDADC specific features ................................................................ 581
42.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 581
42.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 583
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
42.3
42.2.4
Peripheral control functions ............................................................ 583
42.2.5
IO operation functions .................................................................... 584
42.2.6
ADC Peripheral State functions ...................................................... 585
42.2.7
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 585
SDADC Firmware driver defines ................................................... 597
42.3.1
43
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver.............................................. 603
43.1
43.2
43.3
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures ...................... 603
43.1.1
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef ............................................................ 603
43.1.2
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef .......................................... 604
43.1.3
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef ...................................................... 605
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description............................. 606
43.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 606
43.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 608
43.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 609
43.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 610
43.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 610
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines ......................................... 614
43.3.1
44
SMARTCARD ................................................................................. 614
HAL SMARTCARD Extension Driver .......................................... 626
44.1
44.2
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver API description ........................ 626
44.1.1
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 626
44.1.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 626
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver defines ..................................... 627
44.2.1
45
SDADC ........................................................................................... 597
SMARTCARDEx ............................................................................. 627
HAL SMBUS Generic Driver ........................................................ 628
45.1
45.2
45.3
SMBUS Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 628
45.1.1
SMBUS_InitTypeDef ...................................................................... 628
45.1.2
SMBUS_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 629
SMBUS Firmware driver API description ...................................... 630
45.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 630
45.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 631
45.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 632
45.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 633
45.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 633
SMBUS Firmware driver defines ................................................... 639
DOCID026526 Rev 4
15/832
Contents
45.3.1
46
HAL SPI Generic Driver ............................................................... 646
46.1
46.2
46.3
SPI Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 646
46.1.1
SPI_InitTypeDef ............................................................................. 646
46.1.2
__SPI_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 647
SPI Firmware driver API description ............................................. 648
46.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 648
46.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 649
46.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 649
46.2.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 650
46.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 650
SPI Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 656
46.3.1
47
SPIEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 662
47.1.1
IO operation functions .................................................................... 662
47.1.2
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 662
HAL SRAM Generic Driver .......................................................... 663
48.1
SRAM Firmware driver registers structures................................... 663
48.1.1
48.2
48.3
48.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 663
48.2.2
SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ......................... 664
48.2.3
SRAM Input and Output functions .................................................. 664
48.2.4
SRAM Control functions ................................................................. 664
48.2.5
SRAM State functions .................................................................... 665
48.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 665
SRAM Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 669
SRAM ............................................................................................. 669
HAL TIM Generic Driver .............................................................. 670
49.1
16/832
SRAM_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 663
SRAM Firmware driver API description ......................................... 663
48.3.1
49
SPI .................................................................................................. 656
HAL SPI Extension Driver ........................................................... 662
47.1
48
UM1786
SMBUS ........................................................................................... 639
TIM Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 670
49.1.1
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef ................................................................... 670
49.1.2
TIM_OC_InitTypeDef...................................................................... 670
49.1.3
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef ........................................................... 671
49.1.4
TIM_IC_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 672
49.1.5
TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef ............................................................. 672
49.1.6
TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 673
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
49.2
49.3
49.1.7
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef ....................................................... 674
49.1.8
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 674
49.1.9
TIM_HandleTypeDef ...................................................................... 675
TIM Firmware driver API description ............................................. 675
49.2.1
TIMER Generic features ................................................................. 675
49.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 676
49.2.3
Time Base functions ....................................................................... 676
49.2.4
Time Output Compare functions .................................................... 677
49.2.5
Time PWM functions ...................................................................... 677
49.2.6
Time Input Capture functions ......................................................... 678
49.2.7
Time One Pulse functions .............................................................. 678
49.2.8
Time Encoder functions .................................................................. 679
49.2.9
IRQ handler management .............................................................. 679
49.2.10
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 679
49.2.11
TIM Callbacks functions ................................................................. 680
49.2.12
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 680
49.2.13
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 680
TIM Firmware driver defines.......................................................... 706
49.3.1
50
TIM.................................................................................................. 706
HAL TIM Extension Driver........................................................... 722
50.1
50.2
50.3
TIMEx Firmware driver registers structures................................... 722
50.1.1
TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef ......................................................... 722
50.1.2
TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef ............................................. 722
50.1.3
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef ............................................................ 723
TIMEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 724
50.2.1
TIMER Extended features .............................................................. 724
50.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 724
50.2.3
Timer Hall Sensor functions ........................................................... 724
50.2.4
Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ......................... 725
50.2.5
Timer Complementary PWM functions ........................................... 725
50.2.6
Timer Complementary One Pulse functions................................... 726
50.2.7
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 726
50.2.8
Extended Callbacks functions ........................................................ 726
50.2.9
Extended Peripheral State functions .............................................. 727
50.2.10
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 727
TIMEx Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 738
50.3.1
TIMEx ............................................................................................. 738
DOCID026526 Rev 4
17/832
Contents
51
UM1786
HAL TSC Generic Driver ............................................................. 742
51.1
51.2
51.3
TSC Firmware driver registers structures ...................................... 742
51.1.1
TSC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 742
51.1.2
TSC_IOConfigTypeDef................................................................... 743
51.1.3
TSC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 743
TSC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 744
51.2.1
TSC specific features ..................................................................... 744
51.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 744
51.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 744
51.2.4
IO Operation functions.................................................................... 745
51.2.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 745
51.2.6
State and Errors functions .............................................................. 745
51.2.7
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 745
TSC Firmware driver defines......................................................... 749
51.3.1
52
HAL UART Generic Driver........................................................... 758
52.1
52.2
52.3
UART Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 758
52.1.1
UART_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 758
52.1.2
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef ....................................................... 759
52.1.3
UART_WakeUpTypeDef ................................................................ 759
52.1.4
UART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 760
UART Firmware driver API description ......................................... 761
52.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 761
52.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 763
52.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 764
52.2.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 764
52.2.5
Peripheral State and Error functions .............................................. 765
52.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 765
UART Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 773
52.3.1
53
UART .............................................................................................. 773
HAL UART Extension Driver ....................................................... 789
53.1
18/832
TSC................................................................................................. 749
UARTEx Firmware driver API description ..................................... 789
53.1.1
UART peripheral extended features ............................................... 789
53.1.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 789
53.1.3
IO operation function ...................................................................... 789
53.1.4
Peripheral Control function ............................................................. 789
53.1.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 790
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Contents
53.2
UARTEx Firmware driver defines .................................................. 792
53.2.1
54
HAL USART Generic Driver ........................................................ 793
54.1
54.2
54.3
USART Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 793
54.1.1
USART_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 793
54.1.2
USART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 794
USART Firmware driver API description ....................................... 795
54.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 795
54.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 797
54.2.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 797
54.2.4
Peripheral State and Error functions .............................................. 798
54.2.5
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 798
USART Firmware driver defines.................................................... 804
54.3.1
55
USART............................................................................................ 804
HAL USART Extension Driver .................................................... 813
55.1
USARTEx Firmware driver defines ............................................... 813
55.1.1
56
UARTEx .......................................................................................... 792
USARTEx ....................................................................................... 813
HAL WWDG Generic Driver ........................................................ 814
56.1
56.2
56.3
WWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 814
56.1.1
WWDG_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 814
56.1.2
WWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 814
WWDG Firmware driver API description ....................................... 815
56.2.1
WWDG specific features ................................................................ 815
56.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 815
56.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 815
56.2.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 816
56.2.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 816
56.2.6
Detailed description of functions .................................................... 816
WWDG Firmware driver defines.................................................... 819
56.3.1
WWDG............................................................................................ 819
57
FAQs............................................................................................. 823
58
Revision history .......................................................................... 827
DOCID026526 Rev 4
19/832
List of tables
UM1786
List of tables
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions ............................................................................................................ 22
Table 2: HAL drivers files .......................................................................................................................... 24
Table 3: User-application files .................................................................................................................. 25
Table 4: APIs classification ....................................................................................................................... 29
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers ................................................................................... 31
Table 6: HAL API naming rules ................................................................................................................ 34
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations .................................................... 35
Table 8: Callback functions ....................................................................................................................... 36
Table 9: HAL generic APIs ....................................................................................................................... 37
Table 10: HAL extension APIs .................................................................................................................. 38
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration ......................................................................... 42
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure .............................................................................. 44
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros ................................................................................ 46
Table 14: MSP functions ........................................................................................................................... 51
Table 15: Timeout values ......................................................................................................................... 55
Table 16: Document revision history ...................................................................................................... 827
20/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
List of figures
List of figures
Figure 1: Example of project template ...................................................................................................... 26
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions ............................................................................................... 39
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions ................................................................................................ 39
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals ............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs .............................................................................................................. 40
Figure 6: File inclusion model ................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 7: HAL driver model ....................................................................................................................... 49
DOCID026526 Rev 4
21/832
Acronyms and definitions
1
UM1786
Acronyms and definitions
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions
22/832
Acronym
Definition
ADC
Analog-to-digital converter
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
API
Application Programming Interface
BSP
Board Support Package
COMP
Comparator
CMSIS
Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CRYP
Cryptographic processor unit
CRC
CRC calculation unit
DAC
Digital to analog converter
DMA
Direct Memory Access
EXTI
External interrupt/event controller
FLASH
Flash memory
FMC
Flexible Memory Controller
GPIO
General purpose I/Os
HAL
Hardware abstraction layer
HRTIM
High Resolution Timer
I2C
Inter-integrated circuit
I2S
Inter-integrated sound
IRDA
InfraRed Data Association
IWDG
Independent watchdog
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display Controler
MSP
MCU Specific Package
NAND
NAND Flash memory
NOR
NOR Flash memory
NVIC
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
PCD
USB Peripheral Controller Driver
PWR
Power controller
RCC
Reset and clock controller
RNG
Random Number Generator
RTC
Real-time clock
SD
Secure Digital
SDADC
Sigma-delta Analog-to-digital Converter
SRAM
SRAM external memory
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Acronyms and definitions
Acronym
Definition
SMARTCARD
Smartcard IC
SPI
Serial Peripheral interface
SysTick
System tick timer
TIM
Advanced-control, general-purpose or basic timer
TSC
Touch Sensing Controller
UART
Universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
USART
Universal synchronous receiver/transmitter
WWDG
Window watchdog
USB
Universal Serial Bus
PPP
STM32 peripheral or block
DOCID026526 Rev 4
23/832
Overview of HAL drivers
2
UM1786
Overview of HAL drivers
The HAL drivers were designed to offer a rich set of APIs and to interact easily with the
application upper layers.
Each driver consists of a set of functions covering the most common peripheral features.
The development of each driver is driven by a common API which standardizes the driver
structure, the functions and the parameter names.
The HAL drivers consist of a set of driver modules, each module being linked to a
standalone peripheral. However, in some cases, the module is linked to a peripheral
functional mode. As an example, several modules exist for the USART peripheral: UART
driver module, USART driver module, SMARTCARD driver module and IRDA driver
module.
The HAL main features are the following:







Cross-family portable set of APIs covering the common peripheral features as well as
extension APIs in case of specific peripheral features.
Three API programming models: polling, interrupt and DMA.
APIs are RTOS compliant:

Fully reentrant APIs

Systematic usage of timeouts in polling mode.
Peripheral multi-instance support allowing concurrent API calls for multiple instances
of a given peripheral (USART1, USART2...)
All HAL APIs implement user-callback functions mechanism:

Peripheral Init/DeInit HAL APIs can call user-callback functions to perform
peripheral system level Initialization/De-Initialization (clock, GPIOs, interrupt,
DMA)

Peripherals interrupt events

Error events.
Object locking mechanism: safe hardware access to prevent multiple spurious
accesses to shared resources.
Timeout used for all blocking processes: the timeout can be a simple counter or a
timebase.
2.1
HAL and user-application files
2.1.1
HAL driver files
A HAL drivers are composed of the following set of files:
Table 2: HAL drivers files
File
24/832
Description
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp.c
Main peripheral/module driver file.
It includes the APIs that are common to all STM32 devices.
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_adc.c, stm32f3xx_hal_irda.c, …
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp.h
Header file of the main driver C file
It includes common data, handle and enumeration structures,
define statements and macros, as well as the exported generic
APIs.
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_adc.h, stm32f3xx_hal_irda.h, …
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Overview of HAL drivers
File
Description
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
Extension file of a peripheral/module driver. It includes the specific
APIs for a given part number or family, as well as the newly
defined APIs that overwrite the default generic APIs if the internal
process is implemented in different way.
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.c, stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.c, …
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex.h
Header file of the extension C file.
It includes the specific data and enumeration structures, define
statements and macros, as well as the exported device part
number specific APIs
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.h, stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.h, …
stm32f3xx_hal.c
This file is used for HAL initialization and contains DBGMCU,
Remap and Time Delay based on systick APIs.
stm32f3xx_hal.h
stm32f3xx_hal.c header file
stm32f3xx_hal_msp_template.c
Template file to be copied to the user application folder.
It contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32f3xx_hal_conf_template.h
Template file allowing to customize the drivers for a given
application.
stm32f3xx_hal_def.h
2.1.2
Common HAL resources such as common define statements,
enumerations, structures and macros.
User-application files
The minimum files required to build an application using the HAL are listed in the table
below:
Table 3: User-application files
File
system_stm32f3xx.c
Description
This file contains SystemInit() which is called at startup just after reset and
before branching to the main program. It does not configure the system
clock at startup (contrary to the standard library). This is to be done using
the HAL APIs in the user files.
It allows to :

relocate the vector table in internal SRAM.
startup_stm32f3xx.s
Toolchain specific file that contains reset handler and exception vectors.
For some toolchains, it allows adapting the stack/heap size to fit the
application requirements.
stm32f3xx_flash.icf
(optional)
Linker file for EWARM toolchain allowing mainly to adapt the stack/heap
size to fit the application requirements.
stm32f3xx_hal_msp.c
This file contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h
This file allows the user to customize the HAL drivers for a specific
application.
It is not mandatory to modify this configuration. The application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
25/832
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1786
File
stm32f3xx_it.c/.h
Description
This file contains the exceptions handler and peripherals interrupt service
routine, and calls HAL_IncTick() at regular time intervals to increment a
local variable (declared in stm32f3xx_hal.c) used as HAL timebase. By
default, this function is called each 1ms in Systick ISR. .
The PPP_IRQHandler() routine must call HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() if an
interrupt based process is used within the application.
This file contains the main program routine, mainly:
main.c/.h




the call to HAL_Init()
assert_failed() implementation
system clock configuration
peripheral HAL initialization and user application code.
The STM32Cube package comes with ready-to-use project templates, one for each
supported board. Each project contains the files listed above and a preconfigured project
for the supported toolchains.
Each project template provides empty main loop function and can be used as a starting
point to get familiar with project settings for STM32Cube. Their characteristics are the
following:




It contains sources of HAL, CMSIS and BSP drivers which are the minimal
components to develop a code on a given board.
It contains the include paths for all the firmware components.
It defines the STM32 device supported, and allows to configure the CMSIS and HAL
drivers accordingly.
It provides ready to use user files preconfigured as defined below:

HAL is initialized

SysTick ISR implemented for HAL_Delay()

System clock configured with the maximum frequency of the device
If an existing project is copied to another location, then include paths must be
updated.
Figure 1: Example of project template
26/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.2
Overview of HAL drivers
HAL data structures
Each HAL driver can contain the following data structures:



2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures
Initialization and configuration structures
Specific process structures.
Peripheral handle structures
The APIs have a modular generic multi-instance architecture that allows working with
several IP instances simultaneously.
PPP_HandleTypeDef *handle is the main structure that is implemented in the HAL
drivers. It handles the peripheral/module configuration and registers and embeds all the
structures and variables needed to follow the peripheral device flow.
The peripheral handle is used for the following purposes:



Multi instance support: each peripheral/module instance has its own handle. As a
result instance resources are independent.
Peripheral process intercommunication: the handle is used to manage shared data
resources between the process routines.
Example: global pointers, DMA handles, state machine.
Storage : this handle is used also to manage global variables within a given HAL
driver.
An example of peripheral structure is shown below:
typedef struct
{
USART_TypeDef *Instance; /* USART registers base address */
USART_InitTypeDef Init; /* Usart communication parameters */
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t TxXferSize; /* Usart Tx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount;/* Usart Tx Transfer Counter */
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t RxXferSize; /* Usart Rx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount; /* Usart Rx Transfer Counter */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /* Usart Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /* Usart Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State; /* Usart communication state */
__IO HAL_USART_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode;/* USART Error code */
}USART_HandleTypeDef;
1) The multi-instance feature implies that all the APIs used in the application are
re-entrant and avoid using global variables because subroutines can fail to be reentrant if they rely on a global variable to remain unchanged but that variable is
modified when the subroutine is recursively invoked. For this reason, the following
rules are respected:


Re-entrant code does not hold any static (or global) non-constant data: reentrant functions can work with global data. For example, a re-entrant
interrupt service routine can grab a piece of hardware status to work with
(e.g. serial port read buffer) which is not only global, but volatile. Still, typical
use of static variables and global data is not advised, in the sense that only
atomic read-modify-write instructions should be used in these variables. It
should not be possible for an interrupt or signal to occur during the execution
of such an instruction.
Reentrant code does not modify its own code.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
27/832
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1786
2) When a peripheral can manage several processes simultaneously using the
DMA (full duplex case), the DMA interface handle for each process is added in the
PPP_HandleTypeDef.
3) For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used.
The peripherals concerned by this exception are the following:






2.2.2
GPIO
SYSTICK
NVIC
PWR
RCC
FLASH.
Initialization and configuration structure
These structures are defined in the generic driver header file when it is common to all part
numbers. When they can change from one part number to another, the structures are
defined in the extension header file for each part number.
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the UART communication baudrate.*/
uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received
in a frame.*/
uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.*/
uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or
disabled.*/
uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.*/
uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies wether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or
disabled,
to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8).*/
}UART_InitTypeDef;
The config structure is used to initialize the sub-modules or sub-instances. See
below example:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef*
sConfig)
2.2.3
Specific process structures
The specific process structures are used for specific process (common APIs). They are
defined in the generic driver header file.
Example:
HAL_PPP_Process (PPP_HandleTypeDef* hadc,PPP_ProcessConfig* sConfig)
28/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.3
Overview of HAL drivers
API classification
The HAL APIs are classified into three categories:

Generic APIs: common generic APIs applying to all STM32 devices. These APIs are
consequently present in the generic HAL drivers files of all STM32 microcontrollers.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef*
hadc);

Extension APIs: This set of API is divided into two sub-categories :

Family specific APIs: APIs applying to a given family. They are located in the
extension HAL driver file (see example below related to the ADC).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t
SingleDiff);
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t
SingleDiff);

Device part number specific APIs: These APIs are implemented in the
extension file and delimited by specific define statements relative to a given part
number.
#if defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx) || \
defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx) #endif /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC ||
STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || STM32F328xx || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F318xx */
/* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
The data structure related to the specific APIs is delimited by the device part
number define statement. It is located in the corresponding extension header C
file.
The following table summarizes the location of the different categories of HAL APIs in the
driver files.
Table 4: APIs classification
Generic file
Common APIs
X
Extension file
X
(1)
Family specific APIs
X
Device specific APIs
X
Notes:
(1)
In some cases, the implementation for a specific device part number may change . In this case the generic API
is declared as weak function in the extension file. The API is implemented again to overwrite the default function
DOCID026526 Rev 4
29/832
Overview of HAL drivers
UM1786
Family specific APIs are only related to a given family. This means that if a
specific API is implemented in another family, and the arguments of this latter
family are different, additional structures and arguments might need to be added.
The IRQ handlers are used for common and family specific processes.
2.4
30/832
Devices supported by HAL drivers
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Overview of HAL drivers
IP/Module
STM32F301x6/x8
STM32F302x6/x8
STM32F302xB/xC
STM32F302xE
STM32F303x6/x8
STM32F303xC
STM32F303xE
STM32F373xB/xC
STM32F334x6/x8
STM32F318xx
STM32F328xx
STM32F358xx
STM32F378xx
STM32F398xx
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers
stm32f3xx_hal.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_adc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_can.c
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_cec.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f3xx_hal_comp.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_crc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_crc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_dac.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_dac_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_hrtim.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_i2s.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
DOCID026526 Rev 4
31/832
32/832
IP/Module
STM32F302x6/x8
STM32F302xB/xC
STM32F302xE
STM32F303x6/x8
STM32F303xC
STM32F303xE
STM32F373xB/xC
STM32F334x6/x8
STM32F318xx
STM32F328xx
STM32F358xx
STM32F378xx
STM32F398xx
UM1786
STM32F301x6/x8
Overview of HAL drivers
stm32f3xx_hal_irda.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_iwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_msp_template.c
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
stm32f3xx_hal_nand.c
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_nor.c
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_opamp.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_pcd.c
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_pccard.c
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_rtc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_sdadc.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_smbus.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DOCID026526 Rev 4
IP/Module
STM32F302x6/x8
STM32F302xB/xC
STM32F302xE
STM32F303x6/x8
STM32F303xC
STM32F303xE
STM32F373xB/xC
STM32F334x6/x8
STM32F318xx
STM32F328xx
STM32F358xx
STM32F378xx
STM32F398xx
Overview of HAL drivers
STM32F301x6/x8
UM1786
stm32f3xx_hal_spi.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_sram.c
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_tim.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_tsc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_uart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_usart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_hal_wwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f3xx_ll_fmc.c
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
DOCID026526 Rev 4
33/832
UM1786
2.5
HAL drivers rules
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules
The following naming rules are used in HAL drivers:
Table 6: HAL API naming rules
File
names
Generic
Family specific
Device specific
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp (c/h)
stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
stm32f3xx_ hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
Module
name
Functio
n name
HAL_PPP_Function
HAL_PPP_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
Handle
name
PPP_HandleTypedef
NA
NA
Init
structu
re
name
PPP_InitTypeDef
NA
PPP_InitTypeDef
Enum
name
HAL_PPP_StructnameTypeD
ef
NA
NA










34/832
HAL_PPP_ MODULE
The PPP prefix refers to the peripheral functional mode and not to the peripheral itself.
For example, if the USART, PPP can be USART, IRDA, UART or SMARTCARD
depending on the peripheral mode.
The constants used in one file are defined within this file. A constant used in several
files is defined in a header file. All constants are written in uppercase, except for
peripheral driver function parameters.
typedef variable names should be suffixed with _TypeDef.
Registers are considered as constants. In most cases, their name is in uppercase and
uses the same acronyms as in the STM32F3xx reference manuals.
Peripheral registers are declared in the PPP_TypeDef structure (e.g. ADC_TypeDef)
in the CMSIS header file corresponding to the selected platform: stm32f301x8.h,
stm32f302x8.h, stm32f302xc.h, stm32f302xe.h, stm32f303x8.h, stm32f303xc.h,
stm32f303xe.h, stm32f318xx.h, stm32f328xx.h, stm32f334x8.h, stm32f358xx.h,
stm32f373xc.h, stm32f378xx.h and stm32f398xx.h . The platform is selected by
enabling the compilation switch in the compilation toolchain directive or in the
stm32f3xx.h file.
Peripheral function names are prefixed by HAL_, then the corresponding peripheral
acronym in uppercase followed by an underscore. The first letter of each word is in
uppercase (e.g. HAL_UART_Transmit()). Only one underscore is allowed in a function
name to separate the peripheral acronym from the rest of the function name.
The structure containing the PPP peripheral initialization parameters are named
PPP_InitTypeDef (e.g. ADC_InitTypeDef).
The structure containing the Specific configuration parameters for the PPP peripheral
are named PPP_xxxxConfTypeDef (e.g. ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef).
Peripheral handle structures are named PPP_HandleTypedef (e.g
DMA_HandleTypeDef)
The functions used to initialize the PPP peripheral according to parameters specified
in PPP_InitTypeDef are named HAL_PPP_Init (e.g. HAL_TIM_Init()).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



2.5.2
The functions used to reset the PPP peripheral registers to their default values are
named PPP_DeInit, e.g. TIM_DeInit.
The MODE suffix refers to the process mode, which can be polling, interrupt or DMA.
As an example, when the DMA is used in addition to the native resources, the function
should be called: HAL_PPP_Function_DMA ().
The Feature prefix should refer to the new feature.
Example: HAL_ADC_Start() refers to the injection mode
HAL general naming rules

For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used. This rule
applies to the following peripherals:

GPIO

SYSTICK

NVIC

RCC

FLASH.
Example: The HAL_GPIO_Init() requires only the GPIO address and its configuration
parameters.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/*GPIO Initialization body */
}

The macros that handle interrupts and specific clock configurations are defined in
each peripheral/module driver. These macros are exported in the peripheral driver
header files so that they can be used by the extension file. The list of these macros is
defined below: This list is not exhaustive and other macros related to peripheral
features can be added, so that they can be used in the user application.
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations
Macros
Description
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Enables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Disables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_GET_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Gets a specific peripheral interrupt
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Clears a specific peripheral
interrupt status
__HAL_PPP_GET_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Gets a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Clears a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)
Enables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)
Disables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_XXXX (__HANDLE__, __PARAM__)
Specific PPP HAL driver macro
__HAL_PPP_GET_ IT_SOURCE (__HANDLE__, __
INTERRUPT __)
Checks the source of specified
interrupt
DOCID026526 Rev 4
35/832
UM1786



NVIC and SYSTICK are two ARM Cortex core features. The APIs related to these
features are located in the stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c file.
When a status bit or a flag is read from registers, it is composed of shifted values
depending on the number of read values and of their size. In this case, the returned
status width is 32 bits. Example : STATUS = XX | (YY << 16) or STATUS = XX | (YY
<< 8) | (YY << 16) | (YY << 24)".
The PPP handles are valid before using the HAL_PPP_Init() API. The init function
performs a check before modifying the handle fields.
HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
if(hppp == NULL)
{ return HAL_ERROR;
}

The macros defined below are used:

Conditional macro:#define ABS(x) (((x) > 0) ? (x) : -(x))

Pseudo-code macro (multiple instructions macro):
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions
Besides the APIs, HAL peripheral drivers include:


HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() peripheral interrupt handler that should be called from
stm32f3xx_it.c
User callback functions.
The user callback functions are defined as empty functions with “weak” attribute. They
have to be defined in the user code.
There are three types of user callbacks functions:



Peripheral system level initialization/ de-Initialization callbacks: HAL_PPP_MspInit()
and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit
Process complete callbacks : HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Error callback: HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback.
Table 8: Callback functions
Callback functions
HAL_PPP_MspInit() / _DeInit()
Ex: HAL_USART_MspInit()
Called from HAL_PPP_Init() API function to perform peripheral
system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Ex: HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when the process
completes
HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback
36/832
Example
Ex: HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when an error
occurs
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.6
HAL generic APIs
The generic APIs provide common generic functions applying to all STM32 devices. They
are composed of four APIs groups:




Initialization and de-initialization functions:HAL_PPP_Init(), HAL_PPP_DeInit()
IO operation functions: HAL_PPP_Read(), HAL_PPP_Write(),HAL_PPP_Transmit(),
HAL_PPP_Receive()
Control functions: HAL_PPP_Set (), HAL_PPP_Get ().
State and Errors functions: HAL_PPP_GetState (), HAL_PPP_GetError ().
For some peripheral/module drivers, these groups are modified depending on the
peripheral/module implementation.
Example: in the timer driver, the API grouping is based on timer features (PWM, OC, IC...).
The initialization and de-initialization functions allow initializing a peripheral and configuring
the low-level resources, mainly clocks, GPIO, alternate functions (AF) and possibly DMA
and interrupts. The HAL_DeInit()function restores the peripheral default state, frees the
low-level resources and removes any direct dependency with the hardware.
The IO operation functions perform a row access to the peripheral payload data in write
and read modes.
The control functions are used to change dynamically the peripheral configuration and set
another operating mode.
The peripheral state and errors functions allow retrieving in runtime the peripheral and data
flow states, and identifying the type of errors that occurred. The example below is based on
the ADC peripheral. The list of generic APIs is not exhaustive. It is only given as an
example.
Table 9: HAL generic APIs
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_Init()
This function initializes the peripheral and
configures the low -level resources (clocks,
GPIO, AF..)
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
This function restores the peripheral default state,
frees the low-level resources and removes any
direct dependency with the hardware.
HAL_ADC_Start ()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop ()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
This function allows waiting for the end of
conversions when the polling method is used. In
this case, a timout value is specified by the user
according to the application.
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
This function handles ADC interrupt requests
Initialization
group
IO operation
group
DOCID026526 Rev 4
37/832
UM1786
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine to
indicate the end of the current process or when a
DMA transfer has completed
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine if a
peripheral error or a DMA transfer error occurred
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
This function configures the selected ADC regular
channel, the corresponding rank in the sequencer
and the sample time
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
This function configures the analog watchdog for
the selected ADC
HAL_ADC_GetState()
This function allows getting in runtime the
peripheral and the data flow states.
HAL_ADC_GetError()
This fuction allows getting in runtime the error
that occurred during IT routine
Control group
State and
Errors group
2.7
HAL extension APIs
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview
The extension APIs provide specific functions or overwrite modified APIs for a specific
family (series) or specific part number within the same family.
The extension model consists of an additional file, stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex.c, that includes
all the specific functions and define statements (stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex.h) for a given part
number.
Below an example based on the ADC peripheral:
Table 10: HAL extension APIs
38/832
Function Group
Common API Name
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start()
This function is used to start the automatic ADC calibration
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue()
This function is used to get the ADC calibration factor
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue()
This function is used to set the calibration factor to overwrite
automatic conversion result
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases
The specific IP features can be handled by the HAL drivers in five different ways. They are
described below.
Case1: Adding a part number-specific function
When a new feature specific to a given device is required, the new APIs are added in the
stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.c extension file. They are named HAL_PPPEx_Function().
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.c/h
#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) || \
defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx) || \
defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F328xx) || \
defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || defined(STM32F318xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(struct __ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc,
uint32_t SingleDiff);
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(struct __ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t
SingleDiff);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue(struct __ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc,
uint32_t SingleDiff, uint32_t CalibrationFactor);
#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx || */
/* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx || */
/* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || STM32F328xx || */
/* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F318xx */
Case2: Adding a family-specific function
In this case, the API is added in the extension driver C file and named
HAL_PPPEx_Function ().
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions
DOCID026526 Rev 4
39/832
UM1786
Case3 : Adding a new peripheral (specific to a device belonging to a given
family)
When a peripheral which is available only in a specific device is required, the APIs
corresponding to this new peripheral/module are added in stm32f3xx_hal_newppp.c.
However the inclusion of this file is selected in the stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h using the macro:
#define HAL_NEWPPP_MODULE_ENABLED
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals
Example: stm32f3xx_hal_sdadc.c/h
Case4: Updating existing common APIs
In this case, the routines are defined with the same names in the stm32f3xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
extension file, while the generic API is defined as weak, so that the compiler will overwrite
the original routine by the new defined function.
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs
Case5 : Updating existing data structures
The data structure for a specific device part number (e.g. PPP_InitTypeDef) can have
different fields. In this case, the data structure is defined in the extension header file and
delimited by the specific part number define statement.
Example:
#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
typedef struct
{
(...)
}PPP_InitTypeDef;
#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
40/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.8
File inclusion model
The header of the common HAL driver file (stm32f3xx_hal.h) includes the common
configurations for the whole HAL library. It is the only header file that is included in the user
sources and the HAL C sources files to be able to use the HAL resources.
Figure 6: File inclusion model
A PPP driver is a standalone module which is used in a project. The user must enable the
corresponding USE_HAL_PPP_MODULE define statement in the configuration file.
/*********************************************************************
* @file stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version VX.Y.Z * @date dd-mm-yyyy
* @brief This file contains the modules to be used
**********************************************************************
(…)
#define USE_HAL_USART_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_IRDA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_DMA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_RCC_MODULE
(…)
2.9
HAL common resources
The common HAL resources, such as common define enumerations, structures and
macros, are defined in stm32f3xx_hal_def.h.The main common define enumeration is
HAL_StatusTypeDef.

HAL Status The HAL status is used by almost all HAL APIs, except for boolean
functions and IRQ handler. It returns the status of the current API operations. It has
four possible values as described below:
Typedef enum
{ HAL_OK = 0x00, HAL_ERROR = 0x01, HAL_BUSY = 0x02, HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
DOCID026526 Rev 4
41/832
UM1786

HAL Locked The HAL lock is used by all HAL APIs to prevent accessing by accident
shared resources.
typedef enum
{ HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00, /*!<Resources unlocked */
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01 /*!< Resources locked */
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
In addition to common resources, the stm32f3xx_hal_def.h file calls the stm32f3xx.h file in
CMSIS library to get the data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals:



Declarations of peripheral registers and bits definition.
Macros to access peripheral registers hardware (Write register, Read
register…etc.).
Common macros

Macro defining HAL_MAX_DELAY
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF

Macro linking a PPP peripheral to a DMA structure pointer: __HAL_LINKDMA();
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
2.10
HAL configuration
The configuration file, stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h, allows customizing the drivers for the user
application. Modifying this configuration is not mandatory: the application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
To configure these parameters, the user should enable, disable or modify some options by
uncommenting, commenting or modifying the values of the related define statements as
described in the table below:
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration
Configuration item
Description
Default
Value
HSE_VALUE
Defines the value of the external oscillator (HSE)
expressed in Hz. The user must adjust this define
statement when using a different crystal value.
8 000 000
(Hz)
Timeout for HSE start up, expressed in ms
5000
HSI_VALUE
Defines the value of the internal oscillator (HSI)
expressed in Hz.
16 000 000
(Hz)
HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
Timeout for HSI start up, expressed in ms
5000
LSE_VALUE
Defines the value of the external oscillator (HSE)
expressed in Hz. The user must adjust this define
statement when using a different crystal value.
32768 (Hz)
LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
Timeout for LSE start up, expressed in ms
5000
LSI_VALUE
Defines the value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator
expressed in Hz. The real value may vary depending
on the variations in voltage and temperature.
40 000 (Hz)
VDD_VALUE
VDD value
3300 (mV)
USE_RTOS
Enables the use of RTOS
FALSE (for
future use)
HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
42/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Configuration item
Description
Default
Value
PREFETCH_ENABLE
Enables prefetch feature
TRUE
The stm32f3xx_hal_conf_template.h file is located in the HAL drivers Inc folder. It
should be copied to the user folder, renamed and modified as described above.
By default, the values defined in the stm32f3xx_hal_conf_template.h file are the
same as the ones used for the examples and demonstrations. All HAL include
files are enabled so that they can be used in the user code without modifications.
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling
This chapter gives an overview of how the system peripherals are handled by the HAL
drivers. The full API list is provided within each peripheral driver description section.
2.11.1
Clock
Two main functions can be used to configure the system clock:


HAL_RCC_OscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct). This function
configures/enables multiple clock sources (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL).
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t
FLatency). This function

Selects the system clock source

Configures AHB and APB clock dividers

Configures the number of Flash memory wait states

Updates the SysTick configuration when HCLK clock changes.
Some peripheral clocks are not derived from the system clock (RTC, USB…). In this case,
the clock configuration is performed by an extended API defined in
stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.c: HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
*PeriphClkInit).
Additional RCC HAL driver functions are available:



HAL_RCC_DeInit() Clock de-init function that return clock configuration to reset state
Get clock functions that allow retreiving various clock configurations (system clock,
HCLK, PCLK1, …)
MCO and CSS configuration functions
A set of macros are defined in stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.h and stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.h. They
allow executing elementary operations on RCC block registers, such as peripherals clock
gating/reset control:



__PPP_CLK_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_DISABLE to enable/disable the peripheral clock
__PPP_FORCE_RESET/__PPP_RELEASE_RESET to force/release peripheral reset
__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE to enable/disable the
peripheral clock during low power (Sleep) mode.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
43/832
UM1786
2.11.2
GPIOs
GPIO HAL APIs are the following:



HAL_GPIO_Init() / HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin() / HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ().
In addition to standard GPIO modes (input, output, analog), pin mode can be configured as
EXTI with interrupt or event generation.
When selecting EXTI mode with interrupt generation, the user must call
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler() from stm32f3xx_it.c and implement
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
The table below describes the GPIO_InitTypeDef structure field.
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
Structure
field
Pin
Description
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
Possible values: GPIO_PIN_x or GPIO_PIN_All, where x[0..15]
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins: GPIO mode or EXTI mode.
Possible values are:

Mode


Pull
Speed
44/832
GPIO mode

GPIO_MODE_INPUT : Input Floating

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP : Output Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD : Output Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_AF_PP : Alternate Function Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_AF_OD : Alternate Function Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_ANALOG : Analog mode
External Interrupt Mode

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING : Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
External Event Mode

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-down activation for the selected pins.
Possible values are:
GPIO_NOPULL
GPIO_PULLUP
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Specifies the speed for the selected pins
Possible values are:
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Structure
field
Description
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins.
Possible values: GPIO_AFx_PPP, where
AFx: is the alternate function index
PPP: is the peripheral instance
Example: use GPIO_AF1_TIM2 to connect TIM2 IOs on AF1.
These values are defined in the GPIO extended driver, since the AF mapping may
change between product lines.
Alternate
Refer to the “Alternate function mapping” table in the
datasheets for the detailed description of the system and
peripheral I/O alternate functions.
Please find below typical GPIO configuration examples:

Configuring GPIOs as output push-pull to drive external LEDs
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_12 | GPIO_PIN_13 | GPIO_PIN_14 | GPIO_PIN_15;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct);

Configuring PA0 as external interrupt with falling edge sensitivity:
GPIO_InitStructure.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);

Configuring USART1 Tx (PA9, mapped on AF4) as alternate function:
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_9;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF4_USART1;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct);
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer
The Cortex HAL driver, stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c, provides APIs to handle NVIC and
Systick. The supported APIs include:







HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()/HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ() / HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ () /
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
45/832
UM1786

2.11.4
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
PWR
The PWR HAL driver handles power management. The features shared between all
STM32 Series are listed below:




2.11.5
PVD configuration, enabling/disabling and interrupt handling

HAL_PWR_PVDConfig()

HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() / HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()

HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()

HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
Wakeup pin configuration

HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin() / HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
Low power mode entry

HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
Backup domain configuration

HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()/ HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess()
EXTI
The EXTI is not considered as a standalone peripheral but rather as a service used by
other peripheral. As a result there are no EXTI APIs but each peripheral HAL driver
implements the associated EXTI configuration and EXTI function are implemented as
macros in its header file.
The first 16 EXTI lines connected to the GPIOs are managed within the GPIO driver. The
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure allows configuring an I/O as external interrupt or external
event.
The EXTI lines connected internally to the PVD, RTC, USB, and COMP are configured
within the HAL drivers of these peripheral through the macros given in the table below. The
EXTI internal connections depend on the targeted STM32 microcontroller (refer to the
product datasheet for more details):
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros
Macros
Description
Defines the EXTI line connected to the internal peripheral.
Example:
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!<External
interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line */
PPP_EXTI_LINE_FUNCTION
46/832
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Enables a given EXTI line
Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Disables a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT()
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Gets a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit status.
Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Macros
Description
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Clears a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit.
Example;
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG()
Generates a software interrupt for a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT()
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Enables event on a given EXTI Line
Example:
_HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT()
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Disables event on a given EXTI line
Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT()
If the EXTI interrupt mode is selected, the user application must call
HAL_PPP_FUNCTION_IRQHandler() (for example HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()), from
stm32f3xx_it.c file, and implement HAL_PPP_FUNCTIONCallback() callback function (for
example HAL_PWR_PVDCallback().
2.11.6
DMA
The DMA HAL driver allows enabling and configuring the peripheral to be connected to the
DMA Channels (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memory which do not require any
initialization). Refer to the product reference manual for details on the DMA request
corresponding to each peripheral.
For a given channel, HAL_DMA_Init() API allows programming the required configuration
through the following parameters:







Transfer Direction
Source and Destination data formats
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode
Channels Priority level
Source and Destination Increment mode
FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed)
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed).
Two operating modes are available:


Polling mode I/O operation
a. Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the Length of data to be transferred have been configured.
b.
Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer. In this
case a fixed timeout can be configured depending on the user application.
Interrupt mode I/O operation
a.
Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
b.
Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
c.
Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the length of data to be transferred have been confgured. In this
case the DMA interrupt is configured.
d.
Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt
subroutine
DOCID026526 Rev 4
47/832
e.
UM1786
When data transfer is complete, HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed
and a user function can be called by customizing XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback function pointer (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
Additional functions and macros are available to ensure efficient DMA management:


Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and
HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error detection.
Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
The most used DMA HAL driver macros are the following:







__HAL_DMA_ENABLE: enablse the specified DMA Channels.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE: disables the specified DMA Channels.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: gets the DMA Channels pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: clears the DMA Channels pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: enables the specified DMA Channels interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: disables the specified DMA Channels interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: checks whether the specified DMA channel
interrupt has occurred or not.
When a peripheral is used in DMA mode, the DMA initialization should be done in
the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. In addition, the user application should
associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle (refer to section “HAL IO operation
functions”).
DMA channel callbacks need to be initialized by the user application only in case
of memory-to-memory transfer. However when peripheral-to-memory transfers
are used, these callbacks are automatically initialized by calling a process API
function that uses the DMA.
48/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.12
How to use HAL drivers
2.12.1
HAL usage models
The following figure shows the typical use of the HAL driver and the interaction between
the application user, the HAL driver and the interrupts.
Figure 7: HAL driver model
The functions implemented in the HAL driver are shown in green, the functions
called from interrupt handlers in dotted lines, and the msp functions implemented
in the user application in red. Non-dotted lines represent the interactions between
the user application functions.
Basically, the HAL driver APIs are called from user files and optionally from interrupt
handlers file when the APIs based on the DMA or the PPP peripheral dedicated interrupts
are used.
When DMA or PPP peripheral interrupts are used, the PPP process complete callbacks are
called to inform the user about the process completion in real-time event mode (interrupts).
Note that the same process completion callbacks are used for DMA in interrupt mode.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
49/832
UM1786
2.12.2
HAL initialization
2.12.2.1
HAL global initialization
In addition to the peripheral initialization and de-initialization functions, a set of APIs are
provided to initialize the HAL core implemented in file stm32f3xx_hal.c.




2.12.2.2
HAL_Init(): this function must be called at application startup to

Initialize data/instruction cache and pre-fetch queue

Set Systick timer to generate an interrupt each 1ms (based on HSI clock) with the
lowest priority

Call HAL_MspInit() user callback function to perform system level initializations
(Clock, GPIOs, DMA, interrupts). HAL_MspInit() is defined as “weak” empty
function in the HAL drivers.
HAL_DeInit()

Resets all peripherals

Calls function HAL_MspDeInit() which a is user callback function to do system
level De-Initalizations.
HAL_GetTick(): this function gets current SysTick counter value (incremented in
SysTick interrupt) used by peripherals drivers to handle timeouts.
HAL_Delay(). this function implements a delay (expressed in milliseconds) using the
SysTick timer.
Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides an accurate
delay (expressed in milliseconds) based on a variable incremented in SysTick ISR.
This means that if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR, then the SysTick
interrupt must have highest priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt,
otherwise the caller ISR will be blocked.
System clock initialization
The clock configuration is done at the beginning of the user code. However the user can
change the configuration of the clock in his own code. Please find below the typical Clock
configuration sequence:
void SystemClock_Config(void)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
/* Enable HSE Oscillator and activate PLL with HSE as source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEPredivValue = RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV1;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLMUL = RCC_PLL_MUL9;
if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct)!= HAL_OK)
{
Error_Handler();
}
/* Select PLL as system clock source and configure the HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2
clocks dividers */
RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = (RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK |
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2);
RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;
if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_2)!= HAL_OK)
{
Error_Handler();
}
}
50/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.12.2.3
HAL MSP initialization process
The peripheral initialization is done through HAL_PPP_Init() while the hardware resources
initialization used by a peripheral (PPP) is performed during this initialization by calling
MSP callback function HAL_PPP_MspInit().
The MspInit callback performs the low level initialization related to the different additional
hardware resources: RCC, GPIO, NVIC and DMA.
All the HAL drivers with handles include two MSP callbacks for initialization and deinitialization:
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
The MSP callbacks are declared empty as weak functions in each peripheral driver. The
user can use them to set the low level initialization code or omit them and use his own
initialization routine.
The HAL MSP callback is implemented inside the stm32f3xx_hal_msp.c file in the user
folders. An stm32f3xx_hal_msp_template.c file is located in the HAL folder and should be
copied to the user folder. It can be generated automatically by STM32CubeMX tool and
further modified. Note that all the routines are declared as weak functions and could be
overwritten or removed to use user low level initialization code.
stm32f3xx_hal_msp.c file contains the following functions:
Table 14: MSP functions
Routine
Description
void HAL_MspInit()
Global MSP initialization routine
void HAL_MspDeInit()
Global MSP de-initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspInit()
PPP MSP initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit()
PPP MSP de-initialization routine
By default, if no peripheral needs to be de-initialized during the program execution, the
whole MSP initialization is done in Hal_MspInit() and MSP De-Initialization in the
Hal_MspDeInit(). In this case the HAL_PPP_MspInit() and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() are not
implemented.
When one or more peripherals needs to be de-initialized in run time and the low level
resources of a given peripheral need to be released and used by another peripheral,
HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() and HAL_PPP_MspInit() are implemented for the concerned
peripheral and other peripherals initialization and de-Initialization are kept in the global
HAL_MspInit() and the HAL_MspDeInit().
If there is nothing to be initialized by the global HAL_MspInit() and HAL_MspDeInit(), the
two routines can simply be omitted.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
51/832
UM1786
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process
The HAL functions with internal data processing like Transmit, Receive, Write and Read
are generally provided with three data processing modes as follows:



2.12.3.1
Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
Polling mode
In polling mode, the HAL functions return the process status when the data processing in
blocking mode is complete. The operation is considered complete when the function
returns the HAL_OK status, otherwise an error status is returned. The user can get more
information through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. The data processing is handled
internally in a loop. A timeout (expressed in ms) is used to prevent process hanging.
The example below shows the typical polling mode processing sequence :
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Transmit ( PPP_HandleTypeDef * phandle, uint8_t pData,
int16_tSize,uint32_tTimeout)
{
if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
(…) while (data processing is running)
{
if( timeout reached )
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
return HAL_OK; }
2.12.3.2
Interrupt mode
In Interrupt mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing and enabling the appropriate interruption. The end of the operation is indicated
by a callback declared as a weak function. It can be customized by the user to be informed
in real-time about the process completion. The user can also get the process status
through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function.
In interrupt mode, four functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_IT(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler(): the global PPP peripheral interruption
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback (): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessErrorCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in interrupt mode, HAL_PPP_Process_IT() is called in the user file and
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler in stm32f3xx_it.c.
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver.
This means that the user can declare it again in the application. The function in the driver is
not modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
main.c file:
52/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_SendIT(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
stm32f3xx_it.cfile:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void USART1_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_UART_IRQHandler(&UartHandle);
}
2.12.3.3
DMA mode
In DMA mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing through the DMA and after enabling the appropriate DMA interruption. The end
of the operation is indicated by a callback declared as a weak function and can be
customized by the user to be informed in real-time about the process completion. The user
can also get the process status through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. For the DMA
mode, three functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_DMA(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler(): the DMA interruption used by the PPP peripheral
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ErrorCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in DMA mode, HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() is called in the user file and
the HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler() is placed in the stm32f3xx_it.c. When DMA mode is
used, the DMA initialization is done in the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. The user should
also associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle. For this purpose, the handles of all the
peripheral drivers that use the DMA must be declared as follows:
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef *Instance; /* Register base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP communication parameters */
HAL_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP communication state */
(…)
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma; /* associated DMA handle */
} PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The initialization is done as follows (UART example):
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
DOCID026526 Rev 4
53/832
UM1786
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = UART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
(..)
}
void HAL_USART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
{
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_tx;
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_rx;
(…)
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_tx, hdma_tx);
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_rx, hdma_rx);
(…)
}
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver
that means, the user can declare it again in the application code. The function in the driver
should not be modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Paramaters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX; UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_Send_DMA(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_TxErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
stm32f3xx_it.c file:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void DMAx_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&UartHandle.DMA_Handle_tx);
}
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() should be linked in the
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() function to the DMA transfer complete callback and the DMA
transfer Error callback by using the following statement:
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, Params….)
{
(…)
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback ;
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ;
(…)
}
54/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.12.4
Timeout and error management
2.12.4.1
Timeout management
The timeout is often used for the APIs that operate in polling mode. It defines the delay
during which a blocking process should wait till an error is returned. An example is provided
below:
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t
CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
The timeout possible value are the following:
Table 15: Timeout values
Timeout value
Description
0
No poll : Immediate process check and exit
1 ... (HAL_MAX_DELAY -1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY
(1)
Timeout in ms
Infinite poll till process is successful
Notes:
(1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY is defined in the stm32fxxx_hal_def.h as 0xFFFFFFFF
However, in some cases, a fixed timeout is used for system peripherals or internal HAL
driver processes. In these cases, the timeout has the same meaning and is used in the
same way, except when it is defined locally in the drivers and cannot be modified or
introduced as an argument in the user application.
Example of fixed timeout:
#define LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT 100
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
}
The following example shows how to use the timeout inside the polling functions:
HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef HAL_PPP_Poll (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, uint32_t Timeout)
{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
DOCID026526 Rev 4
55/832
UM1786
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return hppp->State;
}
}
(…)
}
2.12.4.2
Error management
The HAL drivers implement a check for the following items:



Valid parameters: for some process the used parameters should be valid and already
defined, otherwise the system can crash or go into an undefined state. These critical
parameters are checked before they are used (see example below).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp, uint32_t
*pdata, uint32 Size) { if ((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) { return HAL_ERROR; } }
Valid handle: the PPP peripheral handle is the most important argument since it keeps
the PPP driver vital parameters. It is always checked in the beginning of the
HAL_PPP_Init() function. HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef*
hppp) { if (hppp == NULL) //the handle should be already allocated { return
HAL_ERROR; } }
Timeout error: the following statement is used when a timeout error occurs: while
(Process ongoing) { timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout; while (data processing is
running) { if(timeout) { return HAL_TIMEOUT; } }
When an error occurs during a peripheral process, HAL_PPP_Process () returns with a
HAL_ERROR status. The HAL PPP driver implements the HAL_PPP_GetError () to allow
retrieving the origin of the error.
HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef HAL_PPP_GetError (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp);
In all peripheral handles, a HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef is defined and used to store the last
error code.
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef * Instance; /* PPP registers base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP initialization parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* PPP locking object */
__IO HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP state */
__IO HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* PPP Error code */
(…)
/* PPP specific parameters */
}
PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The error state and the peripheral global state are always updated before returning an
error:
PPP->State = HAL_PPP_READY; /* Set the peripheral ready */
PP->ErrorCode = HAL_ERRORCODE ; /* Set the error code */
_HAL_UNLOCK(PPP) ; /* Unlock the PPP resources */
return HAL_ERROR; /*return with HAL error */
HAL_PPP_GetError () must be used in interrupt mode in the error callback:
void HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
ErrorCode = HAL_PPP_GetError (hppp); /* retreive error code */
}
56/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
2.12.4.3
Run-time checking
The HAL implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all HAL
drivers functions. The run-time checking is achieved by using an assert_param macro. This
macro is used in all the HAL drivers' functions which have an input parameter. It allows
verifying that the input value lies within the parameter allowed values.
To enable the run-time checking, use the assert_param macro, and leave the define
USE_FULL_ASSERT uncommented in stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h file.
void HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
(..) /* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
(..)
/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length *
@{
*/
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M)
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) ||
\ ((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
If the expression passed to the assert_param macro is false, theassert_failed function is
called and returns the name of the source file and the source line number of the call that
failed. If the expression is true, no value is returned.
The assert_param macro is implemented in stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h:
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
* line number of the call that failed.
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
* @retval None */
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr)?(void)0:assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__,
__LINE__))
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------*/
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
#else
#define assert_param(expr)((void)0)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
The assert_failed function is implemented in the main.c file or in any other user C file:
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT /**
* @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
* where the assert_param error has occurred.
* @param file: pointer to the source file name
* @param line: assert_param error line source number
* @retval None */
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line)
{
/* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
/* Infinite loop */
while (1)
{
DOCID026526 Rev 4
57/832
UM1786
}
}
Because of the overhead run-time checking introduces, it is recommended
to use it during application code development and debugging, and to
remove it from the final application to improve code size and speed.
58/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
3
HAL System Driver
3.1
HAL Firmware driver API description
3.1.1
How to use this driver
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be used by
the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
The HAL contains two APIs categories:


3.1.2
HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions
HAL Control functions
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock configuration. It
initializes the source of time base also when timeout is needed and the backup
domain when enabled.
de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated Tick
interrupt priority.

Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user can eventually
implement his proper time base source (a general purpose timer for example or
other time source), keeping in mind that Time base duration should be kept 1ms
since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and handled in milliseconds basis.

Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically at the
beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().

Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, the
Tick interrupt line must have higher priority (numerically lower) than the
peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.

functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak to make
override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
This section contains the following APIs:





3.1.3
HAL_Init()
HAL_DeInit()
HAL_MspInit()
HAL_MspDeInit()
HAL_InitTick()
HAL Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






Provide a tick value in millisecond
Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
Suspend the time base source interrupt
Resume the time base source interrupt
Get the HAL API driver version
Get the device identifier
DOCID026526 Rev 4
59/832
UM1786




Get the device revision identifier
Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode
Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
This section contains the following APIs:














3.1.4
HAL_IncTick()
HAL_GetTick()
HAL_Delay()
HAL_SuspendTick()
HAL_ResumeTick()
HAL_GetHalVersion()
HAL_GetREVID()
HAL_GetDEVID()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init (void )
Function Description
This function configures the Flash prefetch, Configures time base
source, NVIC and Low level hardware.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is called at the beginning of program after reset
and before the clock configuration
The Systick configuration is based on HSI clock, as HSI is the
clock used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is
set to Priority group 4
The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when
exting from Reset. Once done, time base tick start
incrementing. In the default implementation,Systick is used as
source of time base. The tick variable is incremented each
1ms in its ISR.


HAL_DeInit
60/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit (void )
Function Description
This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the
source of time base.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is optional.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspInit (void )
Function Description
Initializes the MSP.
Return values

None:
HAL_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspDeInit (void )
Function Description
DeInitializes the MSP.
Return values

None:
HAL_InitTick
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
Function Description
This function configures the source of the time base.
Parameters

TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is called automatically at the beginning of
program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, The the SysTick interrupt must have
higher priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral
interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementation in user file.

HAL_IncTick
Function Name
void HAL_IncTick (void )
Function Description
This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" used
as application time base.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation, this variable is incremented
each 1ms in Systick ISR.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

HAL_Delay
Function Name
void HAL_Delay (__IO uint32_t Delay)
Function Description
This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based on
variable incremented.
Parameters

Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
61/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals where uwTick is incremented. The function is
declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
implementations in user file.
HAL_SuspendTick
Function Name
void HAL_SuspendTick (void )
Function Description
Suspend Tick increment.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() is called, the the SysTick
interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment is suspended.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

HAL_ResumeTick
Function Name
void HAL_ResumeTick (void )
Function Description
Resume Tick increment.
Return values

None:
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() is called, the the SysTick
interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment is resumed.
The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.
HAL_GetTick
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetTick (void )
Function Description
Povides a tick value in millisecond.
Return values

tick: value
Notes

The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.
HAL_GetHalVersion
62/832
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion (void )
Function Description
This function returns the HAL revision.
Return values

version: : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_GetREVID
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID (void )
Function Description
Returns the device revision identifier.
Return values

Device: revision identifier
HAL_GetDEVID
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID (void )
Function Description
Returns the device identifier.
Return values

Device: identifier
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values

None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
63/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
3.2
HAL Firmware driver defines
3.2.1
HAL
CAN Error Code
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG
EWG error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV
EPV error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF
BOF error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF
Stuff error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR
Form error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK
Acknowledgment error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR
Bit recessive
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD
LEC dominant
HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC
LEC transfer error
CRC aliases for Exported Functions
HAL_CRC_Input_Data_Reverse
HAL_CRC_Output_Data_Reverse
HAL DMA Remapping
64/832
HAL_REMAPDMA_ADC24_DMA2_CH34
ADC24 DMA remap
(STM32F303xB/C/E,
STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx
devices) 1: Remap (ADC24 DMA
requests mapped on DMA2
channels 3 and 4)
HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM16_DMA1_CH6
TIM16 DMA request remap 1:
Remap (TIM16_CH1 and
TIM16_UP DMA requests mapped
on DMA1 channel 6)
HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM17_DMA1_CH7
TIM17 DMA request remap 1:
Remap (TIM17_CH1 and
TIM17_UP DMA requests mapped
on DMA1 channel 7)
HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM6_DAC1_CH1_DMA1_CH3
TIM6 and DAC channel1 DMA
remap (STM32F303xB/C/E,
STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx
devices) 1: Remap (TIM6_UP and
DAC_CH1 DMA requests mapped
on DMA1 channel 3)
HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM7_DAC1_CH2_DMA1_CH4
TIM7 and DAC channel2 DMA
remap (STM32F303xB/C/E,
STM32F358xx and STM32F398xx
devices) 1: Remap (TIM7_UP and
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
DAC_CH2 DMA requests mapped
on DMA1 channel 4)
HAL_REMAPDMA_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5
DAC2 channel1 DMA remap
(STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only) 1:
Remap (DAC2_CH1 DMA requests
mapped on DMA1 channel 5)
HAL_REMAPDMA_TIM18_DAC2_CH1_DMA1_CH5
DAC2 channel1 DMA remap
(STM32F303x4/6/8 devices only) 1:
Remap (DAC2_CH1 DMA requests
mapped on DMA1 channel 5)
IS_DMA_REMAP
HAL CCM RAM page write protection
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE0
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 0
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE1
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 1
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE2
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 2
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE3
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 3
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE4
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 4
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE5
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 5
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE6
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 6
HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE7
ICODE SRAM Write protection page 7
IS_HAL_SYSCFG_WP_PAGE
HAL state definition
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET
SMBUS not yet initialized or disabled
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY
SMBUS initialized and ready for use
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY
SMBUS internal process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX
Master Data Transmission process is
ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX
Master Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX
Slave Data Transmission process is
ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX
Slave Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_TIMEOUT
Timeout state
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_ERROR
Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN
Address Listen Mode is ongoing
HAL SYSCFG Interrupts
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IOC
Floating Point Unit Invalid operation Interrupt
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_DZC
Floating Point Unit Divide-by-zero Interrupt
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_UFC
Floating Point Unit Underflow Interrupt
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_OFC
Floating Point Unit Overflow Interrupt
DOCID026526 Rev 4
65/832
UM1786
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IDC
Floating Point Unit Input denormal Interrupt
HAL_SYSCFG_IT_FPU_IXC
Floating Point Unit Inexact Interrupt
IS_HAL_SYSCFG_INTERRUPT
HAL Trigger Remapping
HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_DAC1_TRIG
DAC trigger remap (when TSEL = 001 on
STM32F303xB/C and STM32F358xx devices) 0:
No remap (DAC trigger is TIM8_TRGO) 1: Remap
(DAC trigger is TIM3_TRGO)
HAL_REMAPTRIGGER_TIM1_ITR3
TIM1 ITR3 trigger remap 0: No remap 1: Remap
(TIM1_TRG3 = TIM17_OC)
IS_HAL_REMAPTRIGGER
SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region
SYSCFG_OFFSET
CFGR2_OFFSET
BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber
CFGR2_BYPADDRPAR_BB
Fast-mode Plus on GPIO
66/832
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB6
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7
Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB7
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8
Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB8
SYSCFG_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9
Enable Fast-mode Plus on PB9
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
4
HAL ADC Generic Driver
4.1
ADC Firmware driver registers structures
4.1.1
__ADC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields







ADC_TypeDef * Instance
ADC_InitTypeDef Init
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef InjectionConfig
Field Documentation







ADC_TypeDef* __ADC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
ADC_InitTypeDef __ADC_HandleTypeDef::Init
ADC required parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __ADC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer DMA Handler
HAL_LockTypeDef __ADC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ADC locking object
__IO uint32_t __ADC_HandleTypeDef::State
ADC communication state (bitmap of ADC states)
__IO uint32_t __ADC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
ADC Error code
ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef __ADC_HandleTypeDef::InjectionConfig
ADC injected channel configuration build-up structure
4.2
ADC Firmware driver API description
4.2.1
ADC peripheral features







12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution (available only on STM32F30xxC
devices).
Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion, end of injected conversion, and
in case of analog watchdog or overrun events.
Single and continuous conversion modes.
Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially.
Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
Programmable sampling time (channel wise)
ADC conversion of regular group and injected group.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
67/832
UM1786











4.2.2
External trigger (timer or EXTI) with configurable polarity for both regular and injected
groups.
DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group.
Multimode dual mode (available on devices with 2 ADCs or more).
Configurable DMA data storage in Multimode Dual mode (available on devices with 2
DCs or more).
Configurable delay between conversions in Dual interleaved mode (available on
devices with 2 DCs or more).
ADC calibration
ADC channels selectable single/differential input (available only on STM32F30xxC
devices)
ADC Injected sequencer&channels configuration context queue (available only on
STM32F30xxC devices)
ADC offset on injected and regular groups (offset on regular group available only on
STM32F30xxC devices)
ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at slower
speed.
ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to Vdda or to
an external voltage reference).
How to use this driver
Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC
1.
68/832
Enable the ADC interface

As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level.

For STM32F30x/STM32F33x devices: Two possible clock sources: synchronous
clock derived from AHB clock or asynchronous clock derived from ADC dedicated
PLL 72MHz. - Synchronous clock is mandatory since used as ADC core clock.
Synchronous clock can be used optionally as ADC conversion clock, depending
on ADC init structure clock setting. Synchronous clock is configured using macro
__ADCx_CLK_ENABLE(). - Asynchronous can be used optionally as ADC
conversion clock, depending on ADC init structure clock setting. Asynchronous
clock is configured using function HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig().

For example, in case of device with a single ADC: Into HAL_ADC_MspInit()
(recommended code location) or with other device clock parameters
configuration:

__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

PeriphClkInit.Adc1ClockSelection = RCC_ADC1PLLCLK_DIV1 (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure) (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

For example, in case of device with 4 ADCs:

if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) || (hadc->Instance == ADC2))

{

__HAL_RCC_ADC12_CLK_ENABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

2.
3.
4.
PeriphClkInit.Adc12ClockSelection = RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV1 (optional,
if ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure) (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

}

else

{

__HAL_RCC_ADC34_CLK_ENABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.Adc34ClockSelection = RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV1; (optional,
if ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure); (optional, if
ADC conversion from asynchronous clock)

}

For STM32F37x devices: One clock setting is mandatory: ADC clock (core and
conversion clock) from APB2 clock.

Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with
other device clock parameters configuration:

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC

PeriphClkInit.AdcClockSelection = RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV2

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInit)
ADC pins configuration

Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using function HAL_GPIO_Init()
Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:

Configure the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)

Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() into the
function of corresponding ADC interruption vector ADCx_IRQHandler().
Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:

Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...) using function
HAL_DMA_Init().

Configure the NVIC for DMA using function
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)

Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() into the
function of corresponding DMA interruption vector
DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler().
Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) and regular group
parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) using function HAL_ADC_Init().
Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, channel rank
into sequencer, ..., into regular group) using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer,
..., of injected group) and the channels for injected group parameters (channel
number, channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group) using function
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel().
Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels monitored,
thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the multimode
parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel().
DOCID026526 Rev 4
69/832
UM1786
Execution of ADC conversions
1.
2.
70/832
Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the conversion accuracy
using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start().
ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, transfer by DMA.

ADC conversion by polling:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start()

Wait for ADC conversion completion using function
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() (or for injected group:
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion() )

Retrieve conversion results using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() (or for
injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() )

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop()

ADC conversion by interruption:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()

Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() (this function must be implemented in user
program) (or for injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() )

Retrieve conversion results using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() (or for
injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() )

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()

ADC conversion with transfer by DMA:

Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions using function
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()

Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() (these
functions must be implemented in user program)

Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into destination
variable address.

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral using function
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()

For devices with several ADCs: ADC multimode conversion with transfer by
DMA:

Activate the ADC peripheral (slave) using function HAL_ADC_Start()
(conversion start pending ADC master)

Activate the ADC peripheral (master) and start conversions using function
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA()

Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() (these
functions must be implemented in user program)

Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into destination
variable address.

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral (master) using function
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA()

Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral (slave) using function
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Callback functions must be implemented in user program:






HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog)
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback() (for
STM32F30x/STM32F33x devices)
Deinitialization of ADC
1.
Disable the ADC interface

ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.

Hard reset of ADC peripherals using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(),
__ADCx_RELEASE_RESET().

ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.

For STM32F30x/STM32F33x devices: Caution: For devices with several ADCs:
These settings impact both ADC of common group: ADC1&ADC2, ADC3&ADC4
if available (ADC2, ADC3, ADC4 availability depends on STM32 product)

For example, in case of device with a single ADC: Into
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with other device
clock parameters configuration:

__HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_DISABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC (optional, if
configured before)

PeriphClkInit.Adc1ClockSelection = RCC_ADC1PLLCLK_OFF (optional, if
configured before)

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure) (optional, if
configured before)

For example, in case of device with 4 ADCs:

if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) || (hadc->Instance == ADC2))

{

__HAL_RCC_ADC12_FORCE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC12_RELEASE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC12_CLK_DISABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC (optional, if
configured before)

PeriphClkInit.Adc12ClockSelection = RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF (optional,
if configured before)

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure) (optional, if
configured before)

}

else

{

__HAL_RCC_ADC32_FORCE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC32_RELEASE_RESET() (optional)

__HAL_RCC_ADC34_CLK_DISABLE() (mandatory)

PeriphClkInit.Adc34ClockSelection = RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF (optional,
if configured before)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
71/832
UM1786

2.
3.
4.
4.2.3
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&RCC_PeriphClkInitStructure) (optional, if
configured before)

}

For STM32F37x devices:

Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
other device clock parameters configuration:

PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC

PeriphClkInit.AdcClockSelection = RCC_ADCPLLCLK_OFF

HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInit)
ADC pins configuration

Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:

Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:

Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_Init().

Disable the NVIC for DMA using function
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the ADC.
De-initialize the ADC.
This section contains the following APIs:




4.2.4
HAL_ADC_Init()
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
HAL_ADC_MspInit()
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:










Start conversion of regular group.
Stop conversion of regular group.
Poll for conversion complete on regular group.
Poll for conversion event.
Get result of regular channel conversion.
Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions.
Handle ADC interrupt request
Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer.
This section contains the following APIs:






72/832
HAL_ADC_Start()
HAL_ADC_Stop()
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent()
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786








4.2.5
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_ADC_GetValue()
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback()
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure channels on regular group
Configure the analog watchdog
This section contains the following APIs:


4.2.6
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()
Peripheral state and errors functions
This subsection provides functions to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.


Check the ADC state
Check the ADC error code
This section contains the following APIs:


4.2.7
HAL_ADC_GetState()
HAL_ADC_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_ADC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADC peripheral and regular group according to
parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top
level depending on both possible clock sources: PLL clock or
AHB clock. See commented example code below that can be
copied and uncommented into HAL_ADC_MspInit().
Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when
coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function
can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
ADC_InitTypeDef structure on the fly, without modifying MSP
configuration. If ADC MSP has to be modified again,
HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called before HAL_ADC_Init().
The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state.
For parameters constraints, see comments of structure

DOCID026526 Rev 4
73/832


UM1786
"ADC_InitTypeDef".
This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of
entire ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters
details, see comments of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
For devices with several ADCs: parameters related to
common ADC registers (ADC clock mode) are set only if all
ADCs sharing the same common group are disabled. If this is
not the case, these common parameters setting are bypassed
without error reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in
case of update of a parameter of ADC_InitTypeDef on the fly,
without disabling the other ADCs sharing the same common
group.
HAL_ADC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset
values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

For devices with several ADCs: reset of ADC common
registers is done only if all ADCs sharing the same common
group are disabled. If this is not the case, reset of these
common parameters reset is bypassed without error
reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in case of reset of
a single ADC while the other ADCs sharing the same
common group is still running.
For devices with several ADCs: Global reset of all ADCs
sharing a common group is possible. As this function is
intended to reset a single ADC, to not impact other ADCs,
instructions for global reset of multiple ADCs have been let
commented below. If needed, the example code can be
copied and uncommented into function
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit().

HAL_ADC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit
74/832
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_ADC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

: Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function must be called for ADC slave first, then ADC
master. For ADC slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is
not started). For ADC master, ADC is enabled and multimode
conversion is started.
HAL_ADC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in case
of auto_injection mode), disable ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
Notes

: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential
conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it
should be preliminarily stopped using
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function.
: Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function must be called for ADC master first, then ADC
slave. For ADC master, converson is stopped and ADC is
disabled. For ADC slave, ADC is disabled only (conversion
stop of ADC master has already stopped conversion of ADC
slave).

HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Wait for regular group conversion to be completed.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Poll for conversion event.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
75/832
UM1786
Parameters
Return values



hadc: ADC handle
EventType: the ADC event type. This parameter can be one
of the following values:

ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog 1 event
(main analog watchdog, present on all STM32 devices)

ADC_AWD2_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog 2 event
(additional analog watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)

ADC_AWD3_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog 3 event
(additional analog watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)

ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event

ADC_JQOVF_EVENT: ADC Injected context queue
overflow event
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.

HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group with interruption.
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in case
of auto_injection mode), disable interruption of end-of-conversion,
disable ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
Notes

: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential
conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it
should be preliminarily stopped using
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function.
: Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function must be called for ADC master first, then ADC
slave. For ADC master, conversion is stopped and ADC is
disabled. For ADC slave, ADC is disabled only (conversion
stop of ADC master has already stopped conversion of ADC
slave).

HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
76/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers
result through DMA.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in case
of auto_injection mode), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable ADC
peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
Notes

: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential
conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it
should be preliminarily stopped using
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function.
: Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function is for single-ADC mode only. For multimode, use
the dedicated MultimodeStop function.

HAL_ADC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Get ADC regular group conversion result.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

Converted: value
Notes

Reading DR register automatically clears EOC (end of
conversion of regular group) flag. Additionally, this functions
clears EOS (end of sequence of regular group) flag, in case of
the end of the sequence is reached.
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Handles ADC interrupt request.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
77/832
Function Description
UM1786
Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
ADC error callback in non blocking mode (ADC conversion with
interruption or transfer by DMA)
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig)
Function Description
Configures the the selected channel to be linked to the regular
group.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
sConfig: Structure of ADC channel for regular group.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

In case of usage of internal measurement channels:
Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. The recommended sampling time
is at least: For devices STM32F37x: 17.1us for temperature
sensorFor the other STM32F3 devices: 2.2us for each of
channels Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. These internal paths can
be be disabled using function HAL_ADC_DeInit().
Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes channel into regular group, following calls to this
function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, without
reseting the ADC. The setting of these parameters is
conditioned to ADC state. For parameters constraints, see
comments of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef".

HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
Function Name
78/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef *
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
AnalogWDGConfig)
Function Description
Configures the analog watchdog.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
AnalogWDGConfig: Structure of ADC analog watchdog
configuration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes the selected analog watchdog, following calls to this
function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef" on the fly, without
reseting the ADC. The setting of these parameters is
conditioned to ADC state. For parameters constraints, see
comments of structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef".
HAL_ADC_GetState
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
return the ADC state
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: state
Notes

ADC state machine is managed by bitfield, state must be
compared with bit by bit. For example: " if
(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1),
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) " " if
(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1),
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) ) "
HAL_ADC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Return the ADC error code.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

ADC: Error Code
4.3
ADC Firmware driver defines
4.3.1
ADC
ADC Calibration Factor Length Verification
IS_ADC_CALFACT
Description:

Calibration factor length verification (7 bits maximum)
Parameters:

_Calibration_Factor_: Calibration factor value
Return value:

None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
79/832
UM1786
ADC Conversion Group
ADC_REGULAR_GROUP
ADC_INJECTED_GROUP
ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP
ADC Exported Macros
__HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset ADC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
ADC Exported Types
Notes:
HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET

80/832
ADC state machine is managed by
bitfields, state must be compared with bit
by bit. For example: " if
(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(h
adc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) "
" if
(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(h
adc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) ) " ADC
not yet initialized or disabled
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY
ADC peripheral ready for use
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL
ADC is busy to internal process (initialization,
calibration)
HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT
TimeOut occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL
Internal error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG
Configuration error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA
DMA error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY
A conversion on group regular is ongoing or
can occur (either by continuous mode, external
trigger, low power auto power-on, multimode
ADC master control)
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC
Conversion data available on group regular
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR
Not available on STM32F1 device: Overrun
occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP
Not available on STM32F1 device: End Of
Sampling flag raised
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY
A conversion on group injected is ongoing or
can occur (either by auto-injection mode,
external trigger, low power auto power-on,
multimode ADC master control)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC
Conversion data available on group injected
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_JQOVF
Not available on STM32F1 device: Injected
queue overflow occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1
Out-of-window occurrence of analog watchdog
1
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2
Not available on STM32F1 device: Out-ofwindow occurrence of analog watchdog 2
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3
Not available on STM32F1 device: Out-ofwindow occurrence of analog watchdog 3
HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAV
E
ADC in multimode slave state, controlled by
another ADC master (
ADC Injected Conversion Number Verification
IS_ADC_INJECTED_NB_CONV
ADC Regular Discontinuous Mode NumberVerification
IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISCONT_NUMBER
ADC Regular Conversion Number Verification
IS_ADC_REGULAR_NB_CONV
DOCID026526 Rev 4
81/832
UM1786
5
HAL ADC Extension Driver
5.1
ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures
5.1.1
ADC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields














uint32_t ClockPrescaler
uint32_t Resolution
uint32_t DataAlign
uint32_t ScanConvMode
uint32_t EOCSelection
uint32_t LowPowerAutoWait
uint32_t ContinuousConvMode
uint32_t NbrOfConversion
uint32_t DiscontinuousConvMode
uint32_t NbrOfDiscConversion
uint32_t ExternalTrigConv
uint32_t ExternalTrigConvEdge
uint32_t DMAContinuousRequests
uint32_t Overrun
Field Documentation




82/832
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
Select ADC clock source (synchronous clock derived from AHB clock or
asynchronous clock derived from ADC dedicated PLL 72MHz) and clock prescaler.
The clock is common for all the ADCs. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_ClockPrescaler Note: In case of usage of channels on injected group, ADC
frequency should be lower than AHB clock frequency /4 for resolution 12 or 10 bits,
AHB clock frequency /3 for resolution 8 bits, AHB clock frequency /2 for resolution 6
bits. Note: In case of usage of the ADC dedicated PLL clock, this clock must be
preliminarily enabled and prescaler set at RCC top level. Note: This parameter can be
modified only if all ADCs of the common ADC group are disabled (for products with
several ADCs)
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Resolution
Configures the ADC resolution. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Resolution
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DataAlign
Specifies ADC data alignment to right (for resolution 12 bits: MSB on register bit 11
and LSB on register bit 0) (default setting) or to left (for resolution 12 bits, if offset
disabled: MSB on register bit 15 and LSB on register bit 4, if offset enabled: MSB on
register bit 14 and LSB on register bit 3). See reference manual for alignments with
other resolutions. This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_Data_align
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ScanConvMode
Configures the sequencer of regular and injected groups. This parameter can be
associated to parameter 'DiscontinuousConvMode' to have main sequence subdivided
in successive parts. If disabled: Conversion is performed in single mode (one channel
converted, the one defined in rank 1). Parameters 'NbrOfConversion' and
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786








'InjectedNbrOfConversion' are discarded (equivalent to set to 1). If enabled:
Conversions are performed in sequence mode (multiple ranks defined by
'NbrOfConversion'/'InjectedNbrOfConversion' and each channel rank). Scan direction
is upward: from rank1 to rank 'n'. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Scan_mode
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::EOCSelection
Specifies what EOC (End Of Conversion) flag is used for conversion by polling and
interruption: end of conversion of each rank or complete sequence. This parameter
can be a value of ADCEx_EOCSelection.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::LowPowerAutoWait
Selects the dynamic low power Auto Delay: ADC conversions are performed only
when necessary. New conversion starts only when the previous conversion (for
regular group) or previous sequence (for injected group) has been treated by user
software. This feature automatically adapts the speed of ADC to the speed of the
system that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency
applications. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: Do not use
with interruption or DMA (HAL_ADC_Start_IT(), HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()) since they
have to clear immediately the EOC flag to free the IRQ vector sequencer. Do use with
polling: 1. Start conversion with HAL_ADC_Start(), 2. Later on, when conversion data
is needed: use HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() to ensure that conversion is
completed and use HAL_ADC_GetValue() to retrieve conversion result and trig
another conversion (in case of usage of injected group, use the equivalent functions
HAL_ADCExInjected_Start(), HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(), ...).
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ContinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in single mode (one conversion) or
continuous mode for regular group, after the selected trigger occurred (software start
or external trigger). This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ranks that will be converted within the regular group
sequencer. To use the regular group sequencer and convert several ranks, parameter
'ScanConvMode' must be enabled. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 16. Note: This parameter must be modified when no
conversion is on going on regular group (ADC disabled, or ADC enabled without
continuous mode or external trigger that could launch a conversion).
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversions sequence of regular group is performed in
Complete-sequence/Discontinuous-sequence (main sequence subdivided in
successive parts). Discontinuous mode is used only if sequencer is enabled
(parameter 'ScanConvMode'). If sequencer is disabled, this parameter is discarded.
Discontinuous mode can be enabled only if continuous mode is disabled. If continuous
mode is enabled, this parameter setting is discarded. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfDiscConversion
Specifies the number of discontinuous conversions in which the main sequence of
regular group (parameter NbrOfConversion) will be subdivided. If parameter
'DiscontinuousConvMode' is disabled, this parameter is discarded. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 8.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConv
Selects the external event used to trigger the conversion start of regular group. If set
to ADC_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. This parameter can be a
value of ADCEx_External_trigger_source_Regular Caution: For devices with
several ADCs, external trigger source is common to ADC common group (for
example: ADC1&ADC2, ADC3&ADC4, if available)
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConvEdge
Selects the external trigger edge of regular group. If trigger is set to
DOCID026526 Rev 4
83/832


5.1.2
UM1786
ADC_SOFTWARE_START, this parameter is discarded. This parameter can be a
value of ADCEx_External_trigger_edge_Regular
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DMAContinuousRequests
Specifies whether the DMA requests are performed in one shot mode (DMA transfer
stop when number of conversions is reached) or in Continuous mode (DMA transfer
unlimited, whatever number of conversions). Note: In continuous mode, DMA must be
configured in circular mode. Otherwise an overrun will be triggered when DMA buffer
maximum pointer is reached. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
Note: This parameter must be modified when no conversion is on going on both
regular and injected groups (ADC disabled, or ADC enabled without continuous mode
or external trigger that could launch a conversion).
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Overrun
Select the behaviour in case of overrun: data overwritten (default) or preserved. This
parameter is for regular group only. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Overrun Note: Case of overrun set to data preserved and usage with end on
conversion interruption (HAL_Start_IT()): ADC IRQ handler has to clear end of
conversion flags, this induces the release of the preserved data. If needed, this data
can be saved into function HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() (called before end of
conversion flags clear). Note: Error reporting in function of conversion mode:Usage
with ADC conversion by polling for event or interruption: Error is reported only if
overrun is set to data preserved. If overrun is set to data overwritten, user can willingly
not read the conversion data each time, this is not considered as an erroneous
case.Usage with ADC conversion by DMA: Error is reported whatever overrun setting
(DMA is expected to process all data from data register, any data missed would be
abnormal).
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t Channel
uint32_t Rank
uint32_t SamplingTime
uint32_t SingleDiff
uint32_t OffsetNumber
uint32_t Offset
Field Documentation



84/832
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Channel
Specifies the channel to configure into ADC regular group. This parameter can be a
value of ADCEx_channels Note: Depending on devices, some channels may not be
available on package pins. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Rank
Specifies the rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_regular_rank Note: In case of need to disable a channel or change order of
conversion sequencer, rank containing a previous channel setting can be overwritten
by the new channel setting (or parameter number of conversions can be adjusted)
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::SamplingTime
Sampling time value to be set for the selected channel. Unit: ADC clock cycles
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time (12.5 ADC clock
cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits, 10.5 cycles at 10 bits, 8.5 cycles at 8 bits, 6.5 cycles
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



5.1.3
at 6 bits). This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_sampling_times Caution: This
parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into
regular and/or injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in
the other group (regular/injected), it will be updated to last setting. Note: In case of
usage of internal measurement channels (VrefInt/Vbat/TempSensor), sampling time
constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC
clock frequency and sampling time setting) Refer to device datasheet for timings
values, parameters TS_vrefint, TS_vbat, TS_temp (values rough order: 2.2us min).
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::SingleDiff
Selection of single-ended or differential input. In differential mode: Differential
measurement is between the selected channel 'i' (positive input) and channel 'i+1'
(negative input). Only channel 'i' has to be configured, channel 'i+1' is configured
automatically. This parameter must be a value of ADCEx_SingleDifferential Caution:
This parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into
regular and/or injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in
the other group (regular/injected), it will be updated to last setting. Note: Channels 1 to
14 are available in differential mode. Channels 15, 16, 17, 18 can be used only in
single-ended mode. Note: When configuring a channel 'i' in differential mode, the
channel 'i+1' is not usable separately. Note: This parameter must be modified when
ADC is disabled (before ADC start conversion or after ADC stop conversion). If ADC is
enabled, this parameter setting is bypassed without error reporting (as it can be the
expected behaviour in case of another parameter update on the fly)
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::OffsetNumber
Selects the offset number This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_OffsetNumber
Caution: Only one channel is allowed per channel. If another channel was on this
offset number, the offset will be changed to the new channel
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Offset
Defines the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when convert
channels. Offset value must be a positive number. Depending of ADC resolution
selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively. Note: This
parameter must be modified when no conversion is on going on both regular and
injected groups (ADC disabled, or ADC enabled without continuous mode or external
trigger that could launch a conversion).
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t InjectedChannel
uint32_t InjectedRank
uint32_t InjectedSamplingTime
uint32_t InjectedSingleDiff
uint32_t InjectedOffsetNumber
uint32_t InjectedOffset
uint32_t InjectedNbrOfConversion
uint32_t InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
uint32_t AutoInjectedConv
uint32_t QueueInjectedContext
uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConv
uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
DOCID026526 Rev 4
85/832
UM1786
Field Documentation








86/832
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedChannel
Configure the ADC injected channel This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_channels Note: Depending on devices, some channels may not be available
on package pins. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedRank
The rank in the regular group sequencer This parameter must be a value of
ADCEx_injected_rank Note: In case of need to disable a channel or change order of
conversion sequencer, rank containing a previous channel setting can be overwritten
by the new channel setting (or parameter number of conversions can be adjusted)
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedSamplingTime
Sampling time value to be set for the selected channel. Unit: ADC clock cycles
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time (12.5 ADC clock
cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits, 10.5 cycles at 10 bits, 8.5 cycles at 8 bits, 6.5 cycles
at 6 bits). This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_sampling_times Caution: This
parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into
regular and/or injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in
the other group (regular/injected), it will be updated to last setting. Note: In case of
usage of internal measurement channels (VrefInt/Vbat/TempSensor), sampling time
constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC
clock frequency and sampling time setting) Refer to device datasheet for timings
values, parameters TS_vrefint, TS_vbat, TS_temp (values rough order: 2.2us min).
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedSingleDiff
Selection of single-ended or differential input. In differential mode: Differential
measurement is between the selected channel 'i' (positive input) and channel 'i+1'
(negative input). Only channel 'i' has to be configured, channel 'i+1' is configured
automatically. This parameter must be a value of ADCEx_SingleDifferential Caution:
This parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into
regular and/or injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in
the other group (regular/injected), it will be updated to last setting. Note: Channels 1 to
14 are available in differential mode. Channels 15, 16, 17, 18 can be used only in
single-ended mode. Note: When configuring a channel 'i' in differential mode, the
channel 'i-1' is not usable separately. Note: This parameter must be modified when
ADC is disabled (before ADC start conversion or after ADC stop conversion). If ADC is
enabled, this parameter setting is bypassed without error reporting (as it can be the
expected behaviour in case of another parameter update on the fly)
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedOffsetNumber
Selects the offset number This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_OffsetNumber
Caution: Only one channel is allowed per offset number. If another channel was on
this offset number, the offset will be changed to the new channel.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedOffset
Defines the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data. Offset value must be
a positive number. Depending of ADC resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF,
0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedNbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ranks that will be converted within the injected group
sequencer. To use the injected group sequencer and convert several ranks,
parameter 'ScanConvMode' must be enabled. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 4. Caution: this setting impacts the entire
injected group. Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure
a channel on injected group can impact the configuration of other channels previously
set.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversions sequence of injected group is performed in
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




Complete-sequence/Discontinuous-sequence (main sequence subdivided in
successive parts). Discontinuous mode is used only if sequencer is enabled
(parameter 'ScanConvMode'). If sequencer is disabled, this parameter is discarded.
Discontinuous mode can be enabled only if continuous mode is disabled. If continuous
mode is enabled, this parameter setting is discarded. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: This parameter must be modified when ADC is disabled
(before ADC start conversion or after ADC stop conversion). Note: For injected group,
number of discontinuous ranks increment is fixed to one-by-one. Caution: this setting
impacts the entire injected group. Therefore, call of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can
impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::AutoInjectedConv
Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion after
regular one This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: To use
Automatic injected conversion, discontinuous mode must be disabled
('DiscontinuousConvMode' and 'InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode' set to DISABLE)
Note: To use Automatic injected conversion, injected group external triggers must be
disabled ('ExternalTrigInjecConv' set to ADC_SOFTWARE_START) Note: In case of
DMA used with regular group: if DMA configured in normal mode (single shot) JAUTO
will be stopped upon DMA transfer complete. To maintain JAUTO always enabled,
DMA must be configured in circular mode. Caution: this setting impacts the entire
injected group. Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure
a channel on injected group can impact the configuration of other channels previously
set.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::QueueInjectedContext
Specifies whether the context queue feature is enabled. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE. If context queue is enabled, injected sequencer&channels
configurations are queued on up to 2 contexts. If a new injected context is set when
queue is full, error is triggered by interruption and through function
'HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback'. Caution: This feature request that the
sequence is fully configured before injected conversion start. Therefore, configure
channels with HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() as many times as value of
'InjectedNbrOfConversion' parameter. Caution: this setting impacts the entire injected
group. Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a
channel on injected group can impact the configuration of other channels previously
set. Note: This parameter must be modified when ADC is disabled (before ADC start
conversion or after ADC stop conversion).
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConv
Selects the external event used to trigger the conversion start of injected group. If set
to ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. This
parameter can be a value of ADCEx_External_trigger_source_Injected Caution:
this setting impacts the entire injected group. Therefore, call of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can
impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
Selects the external trigger edge of injected group. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_External_trigger_edge_Injected. If trigger is set to
ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START, this parameter is discarded. Caution: this
setting impacts the entire injected group. Therefore, call of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can
impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
87/832
UM1786
5.1.4
ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t ContextQueue
uint32_t ChannelCount
Field Documentation


5.1.5
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef::ContextQueue
Injected channel configuration context: build-up over each
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() call to finally initialize JSQR register at
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() last call
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfigTypeDef::ChannelCount
Number of channels in the injected sequence
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t WatchdogNumber
uint32_t WatchdogMode
uint32_t Channel
uint32_t ITMode
uint32_t HighThreshold
uint32_t LowThreshold
Field Documentation



88/832
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogNumber
Selects which ADC analog watchdog to apply to the selected channel. For Analog
Watchdog 1: Only 1 channel can be monitored (or overall group of channels by setting
parameter 'WatchdogMode') For Analog Watchdog 2 and 3: Several channels can be
monitored (by successive calls of 'HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()' for each
channel) This parameter can be a value of ADCEx_analog_watchdog_number.
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogMode
For Analog Watchdog 1: Configures the ADC analog watchdog mode: single
channel/overall group of channels, regular/injected group. For Analog Watchdog 2 and
3: There is no configuration for overall group of channels as AWD1. Set value
'ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE' to reset channels group programmed with
parameter 'Channel', set any other value to not use this parameter. This parameter
can be a value of ADCEx_analog_watchdog_mode.
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::Channel
Selects which ADC channel to monitor by analog watchdog. For Analog Watchdog 1:
this parameter has an effect only if parameter 'WatchdogMode' is configured on single
channel. Only 1 channel can be monitored. For Analog Watchdog 2 and 3: Several
channels can be monitored (successive calls of HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()
must be done, one for each channel. Channels group reset can be done by setting
WatchdogMode to 'ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE'). This parameter can be a
value of ADCEx_channels.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



5.1.6
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::ITMode
Specifies whether the analog watchdog is configured in interrupt or polling mode. This
parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::HighThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. Depending of ADC
resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively. Note:
Analog watchdog 2 and 3 are limited to a resolution of 8 bits: if ADC resolution is 12
bits the 4 LSB are ignored, if ADC resolution is 10 bits the 2 LSB are ignored.
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::LowThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. Depending of ADC
resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F respectively. Note:
Analog watchdog 2 and 3 are limited to a resolution of 8 bits: if ADC resolution is 12
bits the 4 LSB are ignored, if ADC resolution is 10 bits the 2 LSB are ignored.
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Mode
uint32_t DMAAccessMode
uint32_t TwoSamplingDelay
Field Documentation



uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::Mode
Configures the ADC to operate in independent or multi mode. This parameter can be
a value of ADCEx_Common_mode
uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::DMAAccessMode
Configures the DMA mode for multi ADC mode: selection whether 2 DMA channels
(each ADC use its own DMA channel) or 1 DMA channel (one DMA channel for both
ADC, DMA of ADC master) This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multimode Caution: Limitations with
multimode DMA access enabled (1 DMA channel used): In case of dual mode in high
speed (more than 5Msps) or high activity of DMA by other peripherals, there is a risk
of DMA overrun. Therefore, it is recommended to disable multimode DMA access:
each ADC uses its own DMA channel. Refer to device errata sheet for more details.
uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::TwoSamplingDelay
Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_delay_between_2_sampling_phases Delay range depends on selected
resolution: from 1 to 12 clock cycles for 12 bits, from 1 to 10 clock cycles for 10 bits
from 1 to 8 clock cycles for 8 bits, from 1 to 6 clock cycles for 6 bits
5.2
ADCEx Firmware driver API description
5.2.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Initialize and configure the ADC.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
89/832
UM1786

De-initialize the ADC.
This section contains the following APIs:


5.2.2
HAL_ADC_Init()
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






















Start conversion of regular group.
Stop conversion of regular group.
Poll for conversion complete on regular group.
Poll for conversion event.
Get result of regular channel conversion.
Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions.
Handle ADC interrupt request
Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer.
Start conversion of injected group.
Stop conversion of injected group.
Poll for conversion complete on injected group.
Get result of injected channel conversion.
Start conversion of injected group and enable interruptions.
Stop conversion of injected group and disable interruptions.
Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
Stop multimode and disable ADC DMA transfer.
Get result of multimode conversion.
Perform the ADC self-calibration for single or differential ending.
Get calibration factors for single or differential ending.
Set calibration factors for single or differential ending.
This section contains the following APIs:




















90/832
HAL_ADC_Start()
HAL_ADC_Stop()
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent()
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_ADC_GetValue()
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start()
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786










5.2.3
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop()
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_IT()
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA()
HAL_ADCEx_RegularMultiModeStop_DMA()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback()
HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback()
HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Configure channels on regular group
Configure channels on injected group
Configure multimode
Configure the analog watchdog
This section contains the following APIs:




5.2.4
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel()
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff)
Function Description
Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration Calibration prerequisite:
ADC must be disabled (execute this function before
HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
SingleDiff: Selection of single-ended or differential input This
parameter can be one of the following values:

ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single
ended

ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED: Channel in mode input
differential ended
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff)
Function Description
Get the calibration factor from automatic conversion result.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
SingleDiff: Selection of single-ended or differential input This
parameter can be one of the following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
91/832
UM1786


Return values

ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single
ended
ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED: Channel in mode input
differential ended
Converted: value
HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff, uint32_t
CalibrationFactor)
Function Description
Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result.
Parameters



Return values

hadc: ADC handle
SingleDiff: Selection of single-ended or differential input This
parameter can be one of the following values:

ADC_SINGLE_ENDED: Channel in mode input single
ended

ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED: Channel in mode input
differential ended
CalibrationFactor: Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits
maximum)
HAL: state
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of injected group.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function must be called for ADC slave first, then ADC
master. For ADC slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is
not started). For ADC master, ADC is enabled and multimode
conversion is started.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
92/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC group injected conversion (potential conversion on
going on ADC group regular is not impacted), disable ADC
peripheral if no conversion is on going on group regular.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
Notes

To stop ADC conversion of both groups regular and injected
and to to disable ADC peripheral, instead of using 2 functions
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop() and
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(), use function HAL_ADC_Stop().
If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, function
HAL_ADC_Stop must be used.
Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs):
This function must be called for ADC master first, then ADC
slave. For ADC master, conversion is stopped and ADC is
disabled. For ADC slave, ADC is disabled only (conversion
stop of ADC master has already stopped conversion of ADC
slave).
In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop must be
used.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Wait for injected group conversion to be completed.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC, starts conversion of injected group with interruption.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC group injected conversion (potential conversion on
going on ADC group regular is not impacted), disable ADC
peripheral if no conversion is on going on group regular.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
With ADC configured in multimode, for ADC master: Enables ADC,
starts conversion of regular group and transfers result through
DMA.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
With ADC configured in multimode, for ADC master: Stop ADC
group regular conversion (potential conversion on going on ADC
group injected is not impacted), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
93/832
UM1786
ADC peripheral if no conversion is on going on group injected.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Returns the last ADC Master&Slave regular conversions results
data in the selected multi mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave
must not be used)
Return values

The: converted data value.
Notes

Reading register CDR does not clear flag ADC flag EOC
(ADC group regular end of unitary conversion), as it is the
case for independent mode data register.
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC group regular conversion (potential conversion on going
on ADC group injected is not impacted), disable ADC peripheral if
no conversion is on going on group injected.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

HAL: status.
Notes

To stop ADC conversion of both groups regular and injected
and to to disable ADC peripheral, instead of using 2 functions
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop() and
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(), use function HAL_ADC_Stop().
In case of auto-injection mode, this function also stop
conversion on ADC group injected.

HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_IT
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC group regular conversion (potential conversion on going
on ADC group injected is not impacted), disable ADC peripheral if
no conversion is on going on group injected.
HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA
94/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Stop ADC group regular conversion (potential conversion on going
on ADC group injected is not impacted), disable ADC DMA
transfer, disable ADC peripheral if no conversion is on going on
group injected.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_ADCEx_RegularMultiModeStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_RegularMultiModeStop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
With ADC configured in multimode, for ADC master: Stop ADC
group regular conversion (potential conversion on going on ADC
group injected is not impacted), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable
ADC peripheral if no conversion is on going on group injected.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
Function Description
Get ADC injected group conversion result.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
InjectedRank: the converted ADC injected rank. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected

ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected

ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected

ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected
Return values

ADC: group injected conversion data
Notes

Reading register JDRx automatically clears ADC flag JEOC
(ADC group injected end of unitary conversion).
This function does not clear ADC flag JEOS (ADC group
injected end of sequence conversion) Occurrence of flag
JEOS rising: If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag JEOS is
equivalent to flag JEOC.If sequencer is composed of several
ranks, during the scan sequence flag JEOC only is raised, at
the end of the scan sequence both flags JEOC and EOS are
raised. Flag JEOS must not be cleared by this function
because it would not be compliant with low power features
(feature low power auto-wait, not available on all STM32
families). To clear this flag, either use function: in
programming model IT: HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in
programming model polling:
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion() or
__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS).

HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
95/832
UM1786
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Injected context queue overflow flag callback.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
Notes

This callback is called if injected context queue is enabled
(parameter "QueueInjectedContext" in injected channel
configuration) and if a new injected context is set when queue
is full (maximum 2 contexts).
HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Analog watchdog 2 callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Analog watchdog 3 callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: ADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef *
sConfigInjected)
Function Description
Configures the ADC injected group and the selected channel to be
linked to the injected group.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
sConfigInjected: Structure of ADC injected group and ADC
channel for injected group.
Return values

None:
Notes

Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes injected group, following calls to this function can be
used to reconfigure some parameters of structure
"ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting the
ADC. The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC
state. For parameters constraints, see comments of structure
"ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef".
In case of usage of internal measurement channels:

96/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. The recommended sampling time
is at least: For devices STM32F37x: 17.1us for temperature
sensorFor the other STM32F3 devices: 2.2us for each of
channels Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. These internal paths can
be be disabled using function HAL_ADC_DeInit().
To reset injected sequencer, function
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop() can be used.
Caution: For Injected Context Queue use: a context must be
fully defined before start of injected conversion: all channels
configured consecutively for the same ADC instance.
Therefore, Number of calls of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must correspond to
value of parameter InjectedNbrOfConversion for each
context. Example 1: If 1 context intended to be used (or not
use of this feature: QueueInjectedContext=DISABLE) and
usage of the 3 first injected ranks
(InjectedNbrOfConversion=3),
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must be called once
for each channel (3 times) before launching a conversion.
This function must not be called to configure the 4th injected
channel: it would start a new context into context
queue.Example 2: If 2 contexts intended to be used and
usage of the 3 first injected ranks
(InjectedNbrOfConversion=3),
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must be called once
for each channel and for each context (3 channels x 2
contexts = 6 calls). Conversion can start once the 1st context
is set. The 2nd context can be set on the fly.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef *
multimode)
Function Description
Enable ADC multimode and configure multimode parameters.
Parameters


hadc: ADC handle
multimode: : Structure of ADC multimode configuration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Possibility to update parameters on the fly: This function
initializes multimode parameters, following calls to this
function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of
structure "ADC_MultiModeTypeDef" on the fly, without
reseting the ADCs (both ADCs of the common group). The
setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. For
parameters constraints, see comments of structure
"ADC_MultiModeTypeDef".
To change back configuration from multimode to single mode,
ADC must be reset (using function HAL_ADC_Init() ).

DOCID026526 Rev 4
97/832
UM1786
5.3
ADCEx Firmware driver defines
5.3.1
ADCEx
ADC Extended Analog Watchdog Mode
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_INJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REGINJEC
ADC Extended Analog Watchdog Selection
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_1
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_2
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_3
ADC Extended Channels
ADC_CHANNEL_1
ADC_CHANNEL_2
ADC_CHANNEL_3
ADC_CHANNEL_4
ADC_CHANNEL_5
ADC_CHANNEL_6
ADC_CHANNEL_7
ADC_CHANNEL_8
ADC_CHANNEL_9
ADC_CHANNEL_10
ADC_CHANNEL_11
ADC_CHANNEL_12
ADC_CHANNEL_13
ADC_CHANNEL_14
ADC_CHANNEL_15
ADC_CHANNEL_16
ADC_CHANNEL_17
ADC_CHANNEL_18
ADC_CHANNEL_VOPAMP1
ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT
98/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
ADC_CHANNEL_VOPAMP2
ADC_CHANNEL_VOPAMP3
ADC_CHANNEL_VOPAMP4
ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT
ADC Extended Clock Prescaler
ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV1
ADC asynchronous clock derived from ADC
dedicated PLL
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV1
ADC synchronous clock derived from AHB clock
without prescaler
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
ADC synchronous clock derived from AHB clock
divided by a prescaler of 2
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4
ADC synchronous clock derived from AHB clock
divided by a prescaler of 4
IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER
ADC Extended Dual ADC Mode
ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_ALTERTRIG
ADC_DUALMODE_REGINTERL_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_INTERL
ADC_DUALMODE_ALTERTRIG
ADC Extended Data Alignment
ADC_DATAALIGN_RIGHT
ADC_DATAALIGN_LEFT
ADC Extended Delay Between 2 Sampling Phases
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_1CYCLE
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_2CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_3CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_4CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_5CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_6CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_7CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_8CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_9CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_10CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_11CYCLES
DOCID026526 Rev 4
99/832
UM1786
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_12CYCLES
ADC Extended DMA Mode for Dual ADC Mode
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_DISABLED
DMA multimode disabled: each ADC will use its
own DMA channel
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_12_10_BITS
DMA multimode enabled (one DMA channel for
both ADC, DMA of ADC master) for 12 and 10
bits resolution
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_8_6_BITS
DMA multimode enabled (one DMA channel for
both ADC, DMA of ADC master) for 8 and 6 bits
resolution
ADC Extended End of Regular Sequence/Conversion
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV
ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_SEQ_CONV
reserved for future use
ADC Extended Error Code
HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL
ADC IP internal error: if problem of clocking,
enable/disable, erroneous state
HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR
Overrun error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_JQOVF
Injected context queue overflow error
ADC Extended Event Type
ADC_AWD1_EVENT
ADC Analog watchdog 1 event (main analog watchdog, present
on all STM32 devices)
ADC_AWD2_EVENT
ADC Analog watchdog 2 event (additional analog watchdog, not
present on all STM32 families)
ADC_AWD3_EVENT
ADC Analog watchdog 3 event (additional analog watchdog, not
present on all STM32 families)
ADC_OVR_EVENT
ADC overrun event
ADC_JQOVF_EVENT
ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow event
ADC_AWD_EVENT
ADCEx Exported Macros
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Notes:

100/832
ADC enable requires a delay for ADC
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
stabilization time (refer to device
datasheet, parameter tSTAB) On
STM32F3 devices, some hardware
constraints must be strictly respected
before using this macro: ADC internal
voltage regulator must be preliminarily
enabled. This is performed by function
HAL_ADC_Init().ADC state requirements:
ADC must be disabled, no conversion on
going, no calibration on going. These
checks are performed by functions
HAL_ADC_start_xxx().
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE
Description:

Disable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT
On STM32F3 devices, some hardware
constraints must be strictly respected
before using this macro: ADC state
requirements: ADC must be enabled, no
conversion on going. These checks are
performed by functions
HAL_ADC_start_xxx().
Description:

Enable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY)
interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of
Sampling interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source

ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt
source

ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected
DOCID026526 Rev 4
101/832




UM1786
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source
ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog
watchdog 1 interrupt source (main
analog watchdog, present on all
STM32 devices)
ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog
watchdog 2 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog
watchdog 3 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected
Context Queue Overflow interrupt
source
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


102/832
__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY)
interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of
Sampling interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source

ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt
source

ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source

ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog
watchdog 1 interrupt source (main
analog watchdog, present on all
STM32 devices)

ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog
watchdog 2 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog
watchdog 3 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected
Context Queue Overflow interrupt
source
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified ADC interrupt
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt source to
check This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

ADC_IT_RDY: ADC Ready (ADRDY)
interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOSMP: ADC End of
Sampling interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOC: ADC End of Regular
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_EOS: ADC End of Regular
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source

ADC_IT_OVR: ADC overrun interrupt
source

ADC_IT_JEOC: ADC End of Injected
Conversion interrupt source

ADC_IT_JEOS: ADC End of Injected
sequence of Conversions interrupt
source

ADC_IT_AWD1: ADC Analog
watchdog 1 interrupt source (main
analog watchdog, present on all
STM32 devices)

ADC_IT_AWD2: ADC Analog
watchdog 2 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)

ADC_IT_AWD3: ADC Analog
watchdog 3 interrupt source
(additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)

ADC_IT_JQOVF: ADC Injected
Context Queue Overflow interrupt
source
Return value:

State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
103/832
UM1786
Description:
__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected ADC's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__FLAG__: ADC flag This parameter can
be any combination of the following values:

ADC_FLAG_RDY: ADC Ready
(ADRDY) flag

ADC_FLAG_EOSMP: ADC End of
Sampling flag

ADC_FLAG_EOC: ADC End of
Regular Conversion flag

ADC_FLAG_EOS: ADC End of
Regular sequence of Conversions flag

ADC_FLAG_OVR: ADC overrun flag

ADC_FLAG_JEOC: ADC End of
Injected Conversion flag

ADC_FLAG_JEOS: ADC End of
Injected sequence of Conversions flag

ADC_FLAG_AWD1: ADC Analog
watchdog 1 flag (main analog
watchdog, present on all STM32
devices)

ADC_FLAG_AWD2: ADC Analog
watchdog 2 flag (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)

ADC_FLAG_AWD3: ADC Analog
watchdog 3 flag (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)

ADC_FLAG_JQOVF: ADC Injected
Context Queue Overflow flag
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the ADC's pending flags.
Parameters:


104/832
__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__FLAG__: ADC flag This parameter can
be any combination of the following values:

ADC_FLAG_RDY: ADC Ready
(ADRDY) flag

ADC_FLAG_EOSMP: ADC End of
Sampling flag

ADC_FLAG_EOC: ADC End of
Regular Conversion flag

ADC_FLAG_EOS: ADC End of
Regular sequence of Conversions flag

ADC_FLAG_OVR: ADC overrun flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






ADC_FLAG_JEOC: ADC End of
Injected Conversion flag
ADC_FLAG_JEOS: ADC End of
Injected sequence of Conversions flag
ADC_FLAG_AWD1: ADC Analog
watchdog 1 flag (main analog
watchdog, present on all STM32
devices)
ADC_FLAG_AWD2: ADC Analog
watchdog 2 flag (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)
ADC_FLAG_AWD3: ADC Analog
watchdog 3 flag (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3
devices)
ADC_FLAG_JQOVF: ADC Injected
Context Queue Overflow flag
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
None
Description:

Reset ADC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
External Trigger Edge of Injected Group
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC Extended External trigger enable and polarity selection for regular group
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
External Trigger Source of Injected Group
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T2_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T6_TRGO
DOCID026526 Rev 4
105/832
UM1786
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EXT_IT15
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T7_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T2_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T15_TRGO
ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START
IS_ADC_EXTTRIGINJEC
IS_ADC_EXTTRIGINJEC
ADC Extended External trigger selection for regular group
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC1
< List of external triggers with generic trigger
name, independently of
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T4_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T6_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_EXT_IT11
External triggers of regular group for
ADC3&ADC4 only
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T4_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T7_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_EXT_IT2
106/832
External triggers of regular group for
ADC1&ADC2, ADC3&ADC4
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T4_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T15_TRGO
ADC_SOFTWARE_START
ADC Extended Flags Definition
ADC_FLAG_RDY
ADC Ready (ADRDY) flag
ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
ADC End of Sampling flag
ADC_FLAG_EOC
ADC End of Regular Conversion flag
ADC_FLAG_EOS
ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions flag
ADC_FLAG_OVR
ADC overrun flag
ADC_FLAG_JEOC
ADC End of Injected Conversion flag
ADC_FLAG_JEOS
ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions flag
ADC_FLAG_AWD1
ADC Analog watchdog 1 flag (main analog watchdog, present on
all STM32 devices)
ADC_FLAG_AWD2
ADC Analog watchdog 2 flag (additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_FLAG_AWD3
ADC Analog watchdog 3 flag (additional analog watchdog, present
only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_FLAG_JQOVF
ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow flag
ADC_FLAG_AWD
ADC Extended Injected Channel Rank
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4
ADC Extended Internal HAL driver trigger selection for injected group
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_CC4
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T2_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T2_CC1
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T3_CC4
DOCID026526 Rev 4
107/832
UM1786
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T4_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_EXT_IT15
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_CC4
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_TRGO2
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_TRGO2
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T3_CC3
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T3_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T3_CC1
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T6_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T15_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_CC4
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T4_CC3
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_CC2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_CC4
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T4_CC4
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T4_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_TRGO2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T8_TRGO2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T1_CC3
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T3_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T2_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T7_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIGINJEC_T15_TRGO
ADC Extended Internal HAL driver trigger selection for regular group
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_CC1
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_CC2
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_CC3
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T2_CC2
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T3_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T4_CC4
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_EXT_IT11
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T8_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T8_TRGO2
108/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_TRGO2
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T2_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T4_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T6_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T15_TRGO
ADC1_2_EXTERNALTRIG_T3_CC4
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T3_CC1
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T2_CC3
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_CC3
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T8_CC1
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T8_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_EXT_IT2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T4_CC1
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T2_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T8_TRGO2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T1_TRGO2
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T3_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T4_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T7_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T15_TRGO
ADC3_4_EXTERNALTRIG_T2_CC1
ADC Extended Interrupts Definition
ADC_IT_RDY
ADC Ready (ADRDY) interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOSMP
ADC End of Sampling interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOC
ADC End of Regular Conversion interrupt source
ADC_IT_EOS
ADC End of Regular sequence of Conversions interrupt source
ADC_IT_OVR
ADC overrun interrupt source
ADC_IT_JEOC
ADC End of Injected Conversion interrupt source
ADC_IT_JEOS
ADC End of Injected sequence of Conversions interrupt source
ADC_IT_AWD1
ADC Analog watchdog 1 interrupt source (main analog watchdog,
present on all STM32 devices)
ADC_IT_AWD2
ADC Analog watchdog 2 interrupt source (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3 devices)
ADC_IT_AWD3
ADC Analog watchdog 3 interrupt source (additional analog
watchdog, present only on STM32F3 devices)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
109/832
UM1786
ADC_IT_JQOVF
ADC Injected Context Queue Overflow interrupt source
ADC_IT_AWD
ADC Extended Offset Number
ADC_OFFSET_NONE
ADC_OFFSET_1
ADC_OFFSET_2
ADC_OFFSET_3
ADC_OFFSET_4
ADC Extended overrun
ADC_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN
Default setting, to be used for compatibility with
other STM32 devices
ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED
ADC Extended Range Verification
IS_ADC_RANGE
ADC Extended rank into regular group
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_1
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_2
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_3
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_4
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_5
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_6
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_7
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_8
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_9
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_10
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_11
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_12
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_13
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_14
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_15
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_16
ADC Extended Resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
ADC 12-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_10B
ADC 10-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_8B
ADC 8-bit resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_6B
ADC 6-bit resolution
ADC Extended Sampling Times
110/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
ADC_SAMPLETIME_1CYCLE_5
Sampling time 1.5 ADC clock cycle
ADC_SAMPLETIME_2CYCLES_5
Sampling time 2.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_4CYCLES_5
Sampling time 4.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_7CYCLES_5
Sampling time 7.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_19CYCLES_5
Sampling time 19.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_61CYCLES_5
Sampling time 61.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_181CYCLES_5
Sampling time 181.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC_SAMPLETIME_601CYCLES_5
Sampling time 601.5 ADC clock cycles
ADC Extended Scan Mode
ADC_SCAN_DISABLE
ADC_SCAN_ENABLE
ADC Extended Single-ended/Differential input mode
ADC_SINGLE_ENDED
ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED
DOCID026526 Rev 4
111/832
UM1786
6
HAL CAN Generic Driver
6.1
CAN Firmware driver registers structures
6.1.1
CAN_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t SJW
uint32_t BS1
uint32_t BS2
uint32_t TTCM
uint32_t ABOM
uint32_t AWUM
uint32_t NART
uint32_t RFLM
uint32_t TXFP
Field Documentation









112/832
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the length of a time quantum. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the CAN operating mode. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_operating_mode
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::SJW
Specifies the maximum number of time quanta the CAN hardware is allowed to
lengthen or shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_synchronisation_jump_width
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::BS1
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 1. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::BS2
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TTCM
Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. This parameter can be set
to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::ABOM
Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::AWUM
Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::NART
Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. This parameter can be set
to ENABLE or DISABLE.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


6.1.2
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::RFLM
Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TXFP
Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE.
CAN_FilterConfTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t FilterIdHigh
uint32_t FilterIdLow
uint32_t FilterMaskIdHigh
uint32_t FilterMaskIdLow
uint32_t FilterFIFOAssignment
uint32_t FilterNumber
uint32_t FilterMode
uint32_t FilterScale
uint32_t FilterActivation
uint32_t BankNumber
Field Documentation








uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterIdHigh
Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, first one for
a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterIdLow
Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, second one
for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMaskIdHigh
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode
(MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMaskIdLow
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode
(LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterFIFOAssignment
Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. This parameter can be
a value of CAN_filter_FIFO
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterNumber
Specifies the filter which will be initialized. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 27.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMode
Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_filter_mode
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterScale
Specifies the filter scale. This parameter can be a value of CAN_filter_scale
DOCID026526 Rev 4
113/832
UM1786


6.1.3
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterActivation
Enable or disable the filter. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::BankNumber
Select the start slave bank filter F3 devices don't support CAN2 interface (Slave).
Therefore this parameter is meaningless but it has been kept for compatibility accross
STM32 families
CanTxMsgTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t StdId
uint32_t ExtId
uint32_t IDE
uint32_t RTR
uint32_t DLC
uint8_t Data
Field Documentation






6.1.4
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x1FFFFFFF.
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be transmitted. This
parameter can be a value of CAN_identifier_type
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter
can be a value of CAN_remote_transmission_request
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be transmitted. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 8.
uint8_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::Data[8]
Contains the data to be transmitted. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
CanRxMsgTypeDef
Data Fields






114/832
uint32_t StdId
uint32_t ExtId
uint32_t IDE
uint32_t RTR
uint32_t DLC
uint8_t Data
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


uint32_t FMI
uint32_t FIFONumber
Field Documentation








6.1.5
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x1FFFFFFF.
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be received. This parameter
can be a value of CAN_identifier_type
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the received message. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_remote_transmission_request
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 8.
uint8_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::Data[8]
Contains the data to be received. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::FMI
Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in the mailbox passes through.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::FIFONumber
Specifies the receive FIFO number. This parameter can be CAN_FIFO0 or
CAN_FIFO1
CAN_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields







CAN_TypeDef * Instance
CAN_InitTypeDef Init
CanTxMsgTypeDef * pTxMsg
CanRxMsgTypeDef * pRxMsg
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation



CAN_TypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
CAN_InitTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::Init
CAN required parameters
CanTxMsgTypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::pTxMsg
Pointer to transmit structure
DOCID026526 Rev 4
115/832
UM1786




CanRxMsgTypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::pRxMsg
Pointer to reception structure
HAL_LockTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CAN locking object
__IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::State
CAN communication state
__IO uint32_t CAN_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
CAN Error code This parameter can be a value of HAL_CAN_Error_Code
6.2
CAN Firmware driver API description
6.2.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Enable the CAN controller interface clock using
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE();
CAN pins configuration

Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();

Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function
HAL_GPIO_Init();
Initialise and configure the CAN using HAL_CAN_Init() function.
Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function.
Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function.
Polling mode IO operation


Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation using
HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout according to
his end application
Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation using
HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout according to
his end application
Interrupt mode IO operation





Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT()
Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT()
Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine
At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
CAN HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver.


116/832
__HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts
__HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is
enabled or disabled
__HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags
__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status
You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros
6.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the CAN.
De-initialize the CAN.
This section contains the following APIs:





6.2.3
HAL_CAN_Init()
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter()
HAL_CAN_DeInit()
HAL_CAN_MspInit()
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit()
Peripheral State and Error functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to :


Check the CAN state.
Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process
This section contains the following APIs:


6.2.4
HAL_CAN_GetState()
HAL_CAN_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_CAN_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef *
sFilterConfig)
Function Description
Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified
DOCID026526 Rev 4
117/832
UM1786
parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
Parameters
Return values


hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure
that contains the filter configuration information.

None:
HAL_CAN_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CAN_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_MspInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Initializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
Parameters

Return values

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Timeout: Timeout duration.

HAL: status
HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT
Function Name
118/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CAN_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive (CAN_HandleTypeDef
* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receives a correct CAN frame.
Parameters

Return values


hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
FIFONumber: FIFO number.
Timeout: Timeout duration.


HAL: status
None:
HAL_CAN_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
Function Description
Receives a correct CAN frame.
Parameters

Return values

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
FIFONumber: FIFO number.


HAL: status
None:
HAL_CAN_Sleep
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Enters the Sleep (low power) mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_CAN_WakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN
peripheral is in the normal mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
119/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_CAN_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Handles CAN interrupt request.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Error CAN callback.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None:
HAL_CAN_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Return the CAN error code.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

CAN: Error Code
HAL_CAN_GetState
Function Name
120/832
HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
return the CAN state
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL: state
6.3
CAN Firmware driver defines
6.3.1
CAN
CAN Exported Macros
__HAL_CAN_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CAN handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT

Enable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT

Disable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING
None
Description:

Return the number of pending received
messages.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
__FIFONUMBER__: Receive FIFO
number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
Return value:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
121/832
UM1786

The: number of pending message.
Description:
__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG

Check whether the specified CAN flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

CAN_TSR_RQCP0: Request
MailBox0 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP1: Request
MailBox1 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP2: Request
MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK0: Transmission
OK MailBox0 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK1: Transmission
OK MailBox1 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK2: Transmission
OK MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME0: Transmit mailbox
0 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME1: Transmit mailbox
1 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME2: Transmit mailbox
2 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep
acknowledge Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAKI: Sleep
acknowledge Flag

CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning
Flag

CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag

CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG
122/832
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Clear the specified CAN pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

CAN_TSR_RQCP0: Request
MailBox0 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP1: Request
MailBox1 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP2: Request
MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK0: Transmission
OK MailBox0 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK1: Transmission
OK MailBox1 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK2: Transmission
OK MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME0: Transmit mailbox
0 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME1: Transmit mailbox
1 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME2: Transmit mailbox
2 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAKI: Sleep
acknowledge Flag

CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning
Flag

CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag

CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check if the specified CAN interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CAN
DOCID026526 Rev 4
123/832
UM1786
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox
empty interrupt enable

CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO0 message
pending interrupt enablev

CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO1 message
pending interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check the transmission status of a CAN
Frame.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
__TRANSMITMAILBOX__: the number of
the mailbox that is used for transmission.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE
The: new status of transmission (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Release the specified receive FIFO.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle.
__FIFONUMBER__: Receive FIFO
number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_CANCEL_TRANSMIT
None
Description:

Cancel a transmit request.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
__TRANSMITMAILBOX__: the number of
the mailbox that is used for transmission.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_DBG_FREEZE
None
Description:

Enable or disables the DBG Freeze for
CAN.
Parameters:

124/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

__NEWSTATE__: new state of the CAN
peripheral. This parameter can be:
ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is
frozen during debug. Reception FIFOs can
still be accessed/controlled normally) or
DISABLE (CAN is working during debug).
Return value:

None
CAN Filter FIFO
CAN_FILTER_FIFO0
Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x
CAN_FILTER_FIFO1
Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x
CAN Filter Mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK
Identifier mask mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDLIST
Identifier list mode
CAN Filter Scale
CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT
Two 16-bit filters
CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT
One 32-bit filter
CAN Flags
CAN_FLAG_RQCP0
Request MailBox0 flag
CAN_FLAG_RQCP1
Request MailBox1 flag
CAN_FLAG_RQCP2
Request MailBox2 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK0
Transmission OK MailBox0 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK1
Transmission OK MailBox1 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK2
Transmission OK MailBox2 flag
CAN_FLAG_TME0
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_TME1
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_TME2
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_FF0
FIFO 0 Full flag
CAN_FLAG_FOV0
FIFO 0 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_FF1
FIFO 1 Full flag
CAN_FLAG_FOV1
FIFO 1 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_WKU
Wake up flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAK
Sleep acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAKI
Sleep acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_EWG
Error warning flag
CAN_FLAG_EPV
Error passive flag
CAN_FLAG_BOF
Bus-Off flag
CAN Identifier Type
DOCID026526 Rev 4
125/832
UM1786
CAN_ID_STD
Standard Id
CAN_ID_EXT
Extended Id
CAN InitStatus
CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED
CAN initialization failed
CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS
CAN initialization OK
CAN Interrupts
CAN_IT_TME
Transmit mailbox empty interrupt
CAN_IT_FMP0
FIFO 0 message pending interrupt
CAN_IT_FF0
FIFO 0 full interrupt
CAN_IT_FOV0
FIFO 0 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_FMP1
FIFO 1 message pending interrupt
CAN_IT_FF1
FIFO 1 full interrupt
CAN_IT_FOV1
FIFO 1 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_WKU
Wake-up interrupt
CAN_IT_SLK
Sleep acknowledge interrupt
CAN_IT_EWG
Error warning interrupt
CAN_IT_EPV
Error passive interrupt
CAN_IT_BOF
Bus-off interrupt
CAN_IT_LEC
Last error code interrupt
CAN_IT_ERR
Error Interrupt
CAN Mailboxes
CAN_TXMAILBOX_0
CAN_TXMAILBOX_1
CAN_TXMAILBOX_2
CAN Operating Mode
CAN_MODE_NORMAL
Normal mode
CAN_MODE_LOOPBACK
Loopback mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT
Silent mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT_LOOPBACK
Loopback combined with silent mode
CAN Receive FIFO Number
CAN_FIFO0
CAN FIFO 0 used to receive
CAN_FIFO1
CAN FIFO 1 used to receive
CAN Remote Transmission Request
CAN_RTR_DATA
Data frame
CAN_RTR_REMOTE
Remote frame
CAN Synchronization Jump Width
126/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
CAN_SJW_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_SJW_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_SJW_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_SJW_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in Bit Segment 1
CAN_BS1_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS1_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS1_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS1_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS1_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS1_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS1_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS1_8TQ
8 time quantum
CAN_BS1_9TQ
9 time quantum
CAN_BS1_10TQ
10 time quantum
CAN_BS1_11TQ
11 time quantum
CAN_BS1_12TQ
12 time quantum
CAN_BS1_13TQ
13 time quantum
CAN_BS1_14TQ
14 time quantum
CAN_BS1_15TQ
15 time quantum
CAN_BS1_16TQ
16 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in Bit Segment 2
CAN_BS2_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS2_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS2_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS2_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS2_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS2_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS2_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS2_8TQ
8 time quantum
DOCID026526 Rev 4
127/832
UM1786
7
HAL CEC Generic Driver
7.1
CEC Firmware driver registers structures
7.1.1
CEC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t SignalFreeTime
uint32_t Tolerance
uint32_t BRERxStop
uint32_t BREErrorBitGen
uint32_t LBPEErrorBitGen
uint32_t BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
uint32_t SignalFreeTimeOption
uint32_t OwnAddress
uint32_t ListenMode
uint8_t InitiatorAddress
Field Documentation






128/832
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTime
Set SFT field, specifies the Signal Free Time. It can be one of
CEC_Signal_Free_Time and belongs to the set {0,...,7} where 0x0 is the default
configuration else means 0.5 + (SignalFreeTime - 1) nominal data bit periods
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::Tolerance
Set RXTOL bit, specifies the tolerance accepted on the received waveforms, it can be
a value of CEC_Tolerance : CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BRERxStop
Set BRESTP bit CEC_BRERxStop : specifies whether or not a Bit Rising Error stops
the reception. CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is not stopped.
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is stopped.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BREErrorBitGen
Set BREGEN bit CEC_BREErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is
generated on the CEC line upon Bit Rising Error detection.
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation if BRESTP is set.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::LBPEErrorBitGen
Set LBPEGEN bit CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is
generated on the CEC line upon Long Bit Period Error detection.
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
Set BRDNOGEN bit CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen : allows to avoid an Error-Bit
generation on the CEC line upon an error detected on a broadcast message.It
supersedes BREGEN and LBPEGEN bits for a broadcast message error handling. It
can take two values:1) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. __
a) BRE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line if
BRESTP=CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE and
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




7.1.2
BREGEN=CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION. __ b) LBPE detection: errorbit generation on the CEC line if
LBPGEN=CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.2)
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. no error-bit generation
in case neither a) nor b) are satisfied. Additionally, there is no error-bit generation in
case of Short Bit Period Error detection in a broadcast message while LSTN bit is set.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTimeOption
Set SFTOP bit CEC_SFT_Option : specifies when SFT timer starts.
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM SFT: timer starts when TXSOM is set by software.
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END: SFT timer starts automatically at the end of
message transmission/reception.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress
Set OAR field, specifies CEC device address within a 15-bit long field
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::ListenMode
Set LSTN bit CEC_Listening_Mode : specifies device listening mode. It can take two
values:CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives only message
addressed to its own address (OAR). Messages addressed to different destination are
ignored. Broadcast messages are always received.CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE:
CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to its own address (OAR) with positive
acknowledge. Messages addressed to different destination are received, but without
interfering with the CEC bus: no acknowledge sent.
uint8_t CEC_InitTypeDef::InitiatorAddress
CEC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields









CEC_TypeDef * Instance
CEC_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint32_t ErrorCode
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation






CEC_TypeDef* CEC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
CEC registers base address
CEC_InitTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Init
CEC communication parameters
uint8_t* CEC_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to CEC Tx transfer Buffer
uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
CEC Tx Transfer Counter
uint8_t* CEC_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to CEC Rx transfer Buffer
uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
CEC Rx Transfer size, 0: header received only
DOCID026526 Rev 4
129/832
UM1786



uint32_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
For errors handling purposes, copy of ISR register in case error is reported
HAL_LockTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::State
CEC communication state
7.2
CEC Firmware driver API description
7.2.1
How to use this driver
The CEC HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
7.2.2
Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:

Enable the CEC interface clock.

CEC pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.

Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.

NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
(HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):

Configure the CEC interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in in
case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical address and
Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.

This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API. The specific CEC interrupts
(Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be
managed using the macros __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC

The following parameters need to be configured:

SignalFreeTime

Tolerance

BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)

BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)

LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)

BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message
error)

SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)

OwnAddress (CEC device address)

ListenMode
This section contains the following APIs:




130/832
HAL_CEC_Init()
HAL_CEC_DeInit()
HAL_CEC_MspInit()
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
7.2.3
IO operation function
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.





The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
There are two mode of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

Non Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts. These
API's return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be indicated
through the dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode. The
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be
executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process The
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication
error is detected
Blocking mode API's are :

HAL_CEC_Transmit()

HAL_CEC_Receive()
Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :

HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()

HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()

HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:









7.2.4
HAL_CEC_Transmit()
HAL_CEC_Receive()
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize()
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.


HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC
peripheral.
HAL_CEC_GetError() API report the CEC handle error code.
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_CEC_GetState()
HAL_CEC_GetError()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
131/832
UM1786
7.2.5
Detailed description of functions
HAL_CEC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init (CEC_HandleTypeDef *
hcec)
Function Description
Initialize the CEC mode according to the specified parameters in
the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CEC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef *
hcec)
Function Description
DeInitialize the CEC peripheral.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CEC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_MspInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC MSP Init.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_Transmit
132/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hcec: CEC handle.
DestinationAddress: destination logical address.
pData: pointer to input byte data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the
header). 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14
operands).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

Timeout: Timeout duration.

HAL: status
HAL_CEC_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive (CEC_HandleTypeDef
* hcec, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive data in blocking mode.
Parameters



hcec: CEC handle
pData: pointer to received data buffer.
Timeout: Timeout duration.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is
known when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec>RxXferSize. hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes +
operands (0 to 14 operands max). If only a header is
received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0.
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Size)
Function Description
Send data in interrupt mode.
Parameters




hcec: CEC handle.
DestinationAddress: destination logical address.
pData: pointer to input byte data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the
header). 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14
operands).
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t * pData)
Function Description
Receive data in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hcec: CEC handle.
pData: pointer to received data buffer.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is
known when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec>RxXferSize. hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes +
operands (0 to 14 operands max). If only a header is
received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
133/832
UM1786
HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Get size of the received frame.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

Frame: size
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC error callback.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_CEC_GetState
134/832
Function Name
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Return the CEC state.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle.
Return values

HAL: state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_CEC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Return the CEC error code.
Parameters

hcec: : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CEC.
Return values

CEC: Error Code
7.3
CEC Firmware driver defines
7.3.1
CEC
CEC all RX or TX errors flags
CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR
All Rx or Tx errors flags concatenation
CEC Error Bit Generation if Bit Rise Error reported
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
No Error-Bit on CEC line in case of BRE
detection
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
Error-Bit on CEC line in case of BRE
detection
CEC Reception Stop on Error
CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC reception not stopped by BRE detection
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC reception stopped by BRE detection
CEC Error Bit Generation on Broadcast message
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATIO
N
Error-Bit on CEC line for
specific error conditions on a
broadcast message (cf
Reference Manual)
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERA
TION
No Error-Bit on CEC line for
specific error conditions on a
broadcast message (cf
Reference Manual)
CEC Error Code
HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR
CEC Rx-Overrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE
CEC Rx Bit Rising Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_SBPE
CEC Rx Short Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_LBPE
CEC Rx Long Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE
CEC Rx Missing Acknowledge
HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST
CEC Arbitration Lost
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR
CEC Tx-Buffer Underrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR
CEC Tx-Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE
CEC Tx Missing Acknowledge
DOCID026526 Rev 4
135/832
UM1786
CEC Exported Macros
__HAL_CEC_RESET_HANDLE_STA
TE
Description:

Reset CEC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CEC handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG

Check whether or not the specified CEC
interrupt flag is set.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the interrupt to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing
acknowledge Error

CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error.

CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer
Underrun.

CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of
transmission (successful transmission of
the last byte).

CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request.

CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost

CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing
Acknowledge

CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period
Error

CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period
Error

CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rissing Error

CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun.

CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of
Reception.

CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG
IT: Status
Description:

Clear the interrupt or status flag when raised
(write at 1)
Parameters:


136/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the interrupt/status flag
to clear. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786













CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing
acknowledge Error
CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error.
CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer
Underrun.
CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of
transmission (successful transmission of
the last byte).
CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request.
CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost
CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing
Acknowledge
CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period
Error
CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period
Error
CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rissing Error
CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun.
CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of
Reception.
CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT
none
Description:

Enable the specified CEC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC
interrupt to enable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing
acknowledge Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
Enable

CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission IT
Enable

CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request IT
Enable

CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost IT
Enable

CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing
Acknowledge IT Enable

CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception IT
DOCID026526 Rev 4
137/832

UM1786
Enable
CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received IT
Enable
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT

Disable the specified CEC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC
interrupt to disable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing
acknowledge Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
Enable

CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission IT
Enable

CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request IT
Enable

CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost IT
Enable

CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing
Acknowledge IT Enable

CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error IT
Enable

CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception IT
Enable

CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received IT
Enable
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE
none
Description:

Check whether or not the specified CEC
interrupt is enabled.
Parameters:


138/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC
interrupt to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing
acknowledge Error IT Enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786












CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
Enable
CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission IT
Enable
CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request IT
Enable
CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost IT
Enable
CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing
Acknowledge IT Enable
CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error IT
Enable
CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error IT
Enable
CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error IT
Enable
CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception IT
Enable
CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received IT
Enable
Return value:

Flag: Status
Description:
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE

Enable the CEC device.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE

Disable the CEC device.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET
none
Description:

Set Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET
none
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
139/832
UM1786

Set Transmission End flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

none
Notes:

__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION
_START_FLAG
If the CEC message consists of only one
byte, TXEOM must be set before TXSOM.
Description:

Get Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION
_END_FLAG
FlagStatus
Description:

Get Transmission End flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR
FlagStatus
Description:

Clear OAR register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_SET_OAR
none
Description:

Set OAR register (without resetting
previously set address in case of multiaddress mode).
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
__ADDRESS__: own address value (CEC
logical address is identified by bit position)
Return value:

none
Notes:

140/832
To reset OAR, __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
needs to be called beforehand.
CEC flags definition
CEC_FLAG_TXACKE
Tx missing acknowledge error flag
CEC_FLAG_TXERR
Tx error flag
CEC_FLAG_TXUDR
Tx underrun flag
CEC_FLAG_TXEND
Tx end of message flag
CEC_FLAG_TXBR
Tx byte request flag
CEC_FLAG_ARBLST
Arbitration lost flag
CEC_FLAG_RXACKE
Rx missing acknowledge error flag
CEC_FLAG_LBPE
Long bit period error flag
CEC_FLAG_SBPE
Short bit period error flag
CEC_FLAG_BRE
Bit rising error flag
CEC_FLAG_RXOVR
Rx overrun flag
CEC_FLAG_RXEND
End of reception flag
CEC_FLAG_RXBR
RX byte received flag
CEC all RX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR
All Rx errors interruptions concatenation
CEC all TX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR
All Tx errors interruptions concatenation
CEC Initiator logical address position in message header
CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS
CEC Initiator logical address position in message header
CEC interrupts definition
CEC_IT_TXACKE
Tx missing acknowledge error interruption
CEC_IT_TXERR
Tx error interruption
CEC_IT_TXUDR
Tx underrun interruption
CEC_IT_TXEND
Tx end of message interruption
CEC_IT_TXBR
Tx byte request interruption
CEC_IT_ARBLST
Arbitration lost interruption
CEC_IT_RXACKE
Rx missing acknowledge error interruption
CEC_IT_LBPE
Long bit period error interruption
CEC_IT_SBPE
Short bit period error interruption
CEC_IT_BRE
Bit rising error interruption
CEC_IT_RXOVR
Rx overrun interruption
CEC_IT_RXEND
End of reception interruption
CEC_IT_RXBR
RX byte received interruption
CEC Error Bit Generation if Long Bit Period Error reported
DOCID026526 Rev 4
141/832
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
UM1786
No Error-Bit on CEC line in case of LBPE
detection
Error-Bit on CEC line in case of LBPE
detection
CEC Listening mode option
CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE
CEC peripheral receives only message addressed
to its own address (OAR).
CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE
CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to
its own address (OAR) with positive acknowledge.
Messages addressed to different destination are
received, but without interfering with the CEC bus:
no acknowledge sent.
CEC Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS
CEC Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
CEC Signal Free Time start option
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM
SFT timer starts when TXSOM is set by software
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END
SFT timer starts automatically at the end of
message transmission/reception
CEC Signal Free Time setting parameter
CEC_DEFAULT_SFT
Transmission history-based signal free time (ruled by
hardware)
CEC_0_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
0.5 nominal data bit period
CEC_1_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
1.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC_2_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
2.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC_3_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
3.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC_4_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
4.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC_5_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
5.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC_6_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
6.5 nominal data bit periods
CEC Receiver Tolerance
142/832
CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
Standard tolerance margin
CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
Extended Tolerance
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
8
HAL COMP Generic Driver
8.1
COMP Firmware driver registers structures
8.1.1
COMP_InitTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t InvertingInput
uint32_t NonInvertingInput
uint32_t Output
uint32_t OutputPol
uint32_t Hysteresis
uint32_t BlankingSrce
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t WindowMode
uint32_t TriggerMode
Field Documentation








uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::InvertingInput
Selects the inverting input of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMPEx_InvertingInput
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::NonInvertingInput
Selects the non inverting input of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMPEx_NonInvertingInput Note: Only available on STM32F302xB/xC,
STM32F303xB/xC and STM32F358xx devices
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::Output
Selects the output redirection of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMPEx_Output
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::OutputPol
Selects the output polarity of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMP_OutputPolarity
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::Hysteresis
Selects the hysteresis voltage of the comparator. This parameter can be a value of
COMPEx_Hysteresis Note: Only available on STM32F302xB/xC, STM32F303xB/xC,
STM32F373xB/xC, STM32F358xx and STM32F378xx devices
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::BlankingSrce
Selects the output blanking source of the comparator. This parameter can be a value
of COMPEx_BlankingSrce Note: Not available on STM32F373xB/C and
STM32F378xx devices
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::Mode
Selects the operating consumption mode of the comparator to adjust the
speed/consumption. This parameter can be a value of COMPEx_Mode Note: Not
available on STM32F301x6/x8, STM32F302x6/x8, STM32F334x6/x8, STM32F318xx
and STM32F328xx devices
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::WindowMode
Selects the window mode of the comparator X (X=2, 4 or 6 if available). This
parameter can be a value of COMPEx_WindowMode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
143/832
UM1786

8.1.2
uint32_t COMP_InitTypeDef::TriggerMode
Selects the trigger mode of the comparator (interrupt mode). This parameter can be a
value of COMP_TriggerMode
COMP_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




COMP_TypeDef * Instance
COMP_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




COMP_TypeDef* COMP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
COMP_InitTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::Init
COMP required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef COMP_HandleTypeDef::State
COMP communication state
8.2
COMP Firmware driver API description
8.2.1
COMP Peripheral features
The STM32F3xx device family integrates up to 7 analog comparators COMP1,
COMP2...COMP7:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
144/832
The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins. For STM32F3xx
devices please refer to the COMP peripheral section in corresponding Reference
Manual.
The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() and can be set
on GPIO pins. For STM32F3xx devices please refer to the COMP peripheral section in
corresponding Reference Manual.
The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2, TIM3...). For
STM32F3xx devices please refer to the COMP peripheral section in corresponding
Reference Manual.
Each couple of comparators COMP1 and COMP2, COMP3 and COMP4, COMP5
and COMP6 can be combined in window mode and respectively COMP1, COMP3 and
COMP5 non inverting input is used as common non-inverting input.
The seven comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up from Sleep and Stop
modes (through the EXTI controller):

COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21

COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22

COMP3 is internally connected to EXTI Line 29

COMP4 is internally connected to EXTI Line 30

COMP5 is internally connected to EXTI Line 31

COMP6 is internally connected to EXTI Line 32
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

8.2.2
COMP7 is internally connected to EXTI Line 33. From the corresponding IRQ
handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the adequate macro
__HAL_COMP_COMPx_EXTI_GET_FLAG().
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of all
STM32F3xx devices. To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8.2.3
Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to

Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()

Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using
HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator output to the GPIO pin

If required enable the COMP interrupt (EXTI line Interrupt): by configuring and
enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and selecting the desired sensitivity level
using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator interrupt vector
using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() functions.
Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:

Select the inverting input (input minus)

Select the non-inverting input (input plus)

Select the output polarity

Select the output redirection

Select the hysteresis level

Select the power mode

Select the event/interrupt mode HAL_COMP_Init() calls internally
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE() in order to enable the comparator(s).
On-the-fly reconfiguration of comparator(s) may be done by calling again
HAL_COMP_Init( function with new input parameter values; HAL_COMP_MspInit()
function shall be adapted to support multi configurations.
Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() or HAL_COMP_Start_IT()
functions.
Use HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback() and/or HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() functions
to manage comparator outputs (events and output level).
Disable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Stop() or HAL_COMP_Stop_IT() function.
De-initialize the comparator using HAL_COMP_DeInit() function.
For safety purposes comparator(s) can be locked using HAL_COMP_Lock() function.
Only a MCU reset can reset that protection.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators.
This section contains the following APIs:




8.2.4
HAL_COMP_Init()
HAL_COMP_DeInit()
HAL_COMP_MspInit()
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit()
Start Stop operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Start a comparator without interrupt generation.
Stop a comparator without interrupt generation.
Start a comparator with interrupt generation.
Stop a comparator with interrupt generation.
Handle interrupts from a comparator with associated callback function.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
145/832
UM1786
This section contains the following APIs:






8.2.5
HAL_COMP_Start()
HAL_COMP_Stop()
HAL_COMP_Start_IT()
HAL_COMP_Stop_IT()
HAL_COMP_IRQHandler()
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the comparators.
This section contains the following APIs:


8.2.6
HAL_COMP_Lock()
HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

8.2.7
HAL_COMP_GetState()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_COMP_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init (COMP_HandleTypeDef
* hcomp)
Function Description
Initialize the COMP peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated
handle.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

If the selected comparator is locked, initialization cannot be
performed. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
HAL_COMP_DeInit
146/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
DeInitialize the COMP peripheral.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

If the selected comparator is locked, deinitialization cannot be
performed. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_COMP_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_MspInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Initialize the COMP MSP.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit (COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
DeInitialize the COMP MSP.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Start the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Stop the comparator.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Start the comparator in Interrupt mode.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_COMP_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Stop the comparator in Interrupt mode.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
DOCID026526 Rev 4
147/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler (COMP_HandleTypeDef *
hcomp)
Function Description
Comparator IRQ Handler.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback
Function Name
void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback (COMP_HandleTypeDef *
hcomp)
Function Description
Comparator callback.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_COMP_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Lock the selected comparator configuration.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

A system reset is required to unlock the comparator
configuration.
HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel (COMP_HandleTypeDef
* hcomp)
Function Description
Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
HAL_COMP_GetState
148/832
Function Name
HAL_COMP_StateTypeDef HAL_COMP_GetState
(COMP_HandleTypeDef * hcomp)
Function Description
Return the COMP handle state.
Parameters

hcomp: COMP handle
Return values

HAL: state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
8.3
COMP Firmware driver defines
8.3.1
COMP
COMP Exported Macros
__HAL_COMP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset COMP handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP handle.
Return value:

None
COMP Flag
COMP_FLAG_LOCK
Lock flag
COMP Extended Private macro to get the EXTI line associated with a comparator
handle
COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE
Description:

Get the specified EXTI line for a comparator instance.
Parameters:

__INSTANCE__: specifies the COMP instance.
Return value:

value: of
COMP Private macros to check input parameters
IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL
IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE
COMP Output Level
COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW
COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH
COMP Output Polarity
COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED
COMP output on GPIO isn't inverted
COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED
COMP output on GPIO is inverted
COMP State Lock
COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK
COMP Trigger Mode
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_NONE
No External Interrupt trigger
detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising
edge trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Falling edge trigger detection
DOCID026526 Rev 4
149/832
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
150/832
UM1786
External Interrupt Mode with
Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge
trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge
trigger detection
COMP_TRIGGERMODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling
edge trigger detection
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
9
HAL COMP Extension Driver
9.1
COMPEx Firmware driver defines
9.1.1
COMPEx
COMP Extended Blanking Source
(STM32F303xE/STM32F398xx/STM32F303xC/STM32F358xx Product devices)
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_NONE
No blanking source
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM1OC5
TIM1 OC5 selected as blanking source for
COMP1, COMP2, COMP3 and COMP7
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM2OC3
TIM2 OC5 selected as blanking source for
COMP1 and COMP2
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM3OC3
TIM2 OC3 selected as blanking source for
COMP1, COMP2 and COMP5
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM2OC4
TIM2 OC4 selected as blanking source for
COMP3 and COMP6
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM8OC5
TIM8 OC5 selected as blanking source for
COMP4, COMP5, COMP6 and COMP7
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM3OC4
TIM3 OC4 selected as blanking source for
COMP4
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM15OC1
TIM15 OC1 selected as blanking source for
COMP4
COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_TIM15OC2
TIM15 OC2 selected as blanking source for
COMP6 and COMP7
COMP Extended Exported Macros
__HAL_COMP_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the specified comparator.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP handle.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the specified comparator.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP handle.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_LOCK
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
151/832
UM1786

Lock a comparator instance.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: COMP handle
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_COMP_GET_FLAG

Check whether the specified COMP
flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: COMP Handle.
__FLAG__: flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the
following values:

COMP_FLAG_LOCK lock flag
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Enable the COMP1 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP1 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
152/832
None
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
Enable the COMP1 EXTI line rising &
UM1786
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP1 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP1 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP1 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP1 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the COMP1 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
RESET: or SET
153/832
UM1786
__HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clear the COMP1 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:
154/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP2 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP2 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP2 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the COMP2 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP2 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP3 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
Disable the COMP3 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
155/832
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP3 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP3 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP3 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP3 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP3 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP3 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP3 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
156/832
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

NT
Enable the COMP3 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP3 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the COMP3 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP3_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP3 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP4 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP4 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP4 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP4 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
157/832
UM1786
__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
Description:

Enable the COMP4 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP4 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP4 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP4 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP4 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP4 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP4 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

158/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
Check whether the COMP4 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP4_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP4 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP5 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP5 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP5 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP5 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP5 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP5 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
Enable the COMP5 EXTI line in
159/832
UM1786
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP5 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP5 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP5 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP5 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the COMP5 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP5_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP5 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP6 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
160/832
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

ING_EDGE
Disable the COMP6 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP6 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP6 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP6 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP6 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP6 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP6 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP6 EXTI line.
Return value:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
161/832
UM1786

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP6 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP6 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the COMP6 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP6_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP6 EXTI flag.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP7 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP7 EXTI line rising
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_ENABLE_FAL
LING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP7 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_DISABLE_FA
LLING_EDGE
162/832
None
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
Disable the COMP7 EXTI line falling
edge trigger.
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_ENABLE_RISI
NG_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Enable the COMP7 EXTI line rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_DISABLE_RIS
ING_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

Disable the COMP7 EXTI line rising
& falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP7 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP7 EXTI line in
interrupt mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a software interrupt on the
COMP7 EXTI line.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_ENABLE_EVE
NT
None
Description:

Enable the COMP7 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_DISABLE_EV
ENT
None
Description:

Disable the COMP7 EXTI line in
event mode.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
163/832
UM1786

Check whether the COMP7 EXTI line
flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_COMP_COMP7_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
RESET: or SET
Description:

Clear the COMP7 EXTI flag.
Return value:

None
COMP Extended EXTI lines
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP1
External interrupt line 21 connected to COMP1
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP2
External interrupt line 22 connected to COMP2
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP3
External interrupt line 29 connected to COMP3
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP4
External interrupt line 30 connected to COMP4
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP5
External interrupt line 31 connected to COMP5
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP6
External interrupt line 32 connected to COMP6
COMP_EXTI_LINE_COMP7
External interrupt line 33 connected to COMP7
COMP_EXTI_LINE_REG2_MASK
Mask for External interrupt line control in register xxx2
COMP Extended Hysteresis
COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE
No hysteresis
COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW
Hysteresis level low
COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM
Hysteresis level medium
COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH
Hysteresis level high
COMP Extended InvertingInput
(STM32F302xE/STM32F303xE/STM32F398xx/STM32F302xC/STM32F303xC/STM32F35
8xx Product devices)
164/832
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_4VREFINT
1/4 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_1_2VREFINT
1/2 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_3_4VREFINT
3/4 VREFINT connected to comparator
inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_VREFINT
VREFINT connected to comparator inverting
input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1_CH1
DAC1_CH1_OUT (PA4) connected to
comparator inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1_CH2
DAC1_CH2_OUT (PA5) connected to
comparator inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1
IO1 (PA0 for COMP1, PA2 for COMP2, PD15
for COMP3, PE8 for COMP4, PD13 for
COMP5, PD10 for COMP6, PC0 for COMP7)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
connected to comparator inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO2
IO2 (PB12 for COMP3, PB2 for COMP4, PB10
for COMP5, PB15 for COMP6) connected to
comparator inverting input
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC1
COMP_INVERTINGINPUT_DAC2
COMP Extended Private macros to check input parameters
IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT
IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT
IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_INSTANCE
IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE
IS_COMP_MODE
IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS
IS_COMP_OUTPUT
IS_COMP_OUTPUT_INSTANCE
IS_COMP_BLANKINGSRCE
IS_COMP_BLANKINGSRCE_INSTANCE
COMP Extended miscellaneous defines
COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL Mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL Mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL Mask
COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE
COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxWNDWEN mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE Mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST Mask
COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING_MASK
COMP_CSR_COMPxBLANKING mask
COMP Extended Mode
COMP_MODE_HIGHSPEED
High Speed
COMP_MODE_MEDIUMSPEED
Medium Speed
COMP_MODE_LOWPOWER
Low power mode
COMP_MODE_ULTRALOWPOWER
Ultra-low power mode
COMP Extended NonInvertingInput (STM32F302xC/STM32F303xC/STM32F358xx
Product devices)
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
IO1 (PA1 for COMP1, PA7 for
COMP2, PB14 for COMP3,
PB0 for COMP4, PD12 for
COMP5, PD11 for COMP6,
PA0 for COMP7) connected to
165/832
UM1786
comparator non inverting input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO2
IO2 (PA3 for COMP2, PD14
for COMP3, PE7 for COMP4,
PB13 for COMP5, PB11 for
COMP6, PC1 for COMP7)
connected to comparator non
inverting input
COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED
DAC ouput connected to
comparator COMP1 non
inverting input
COMP Extended Output (STM32F303xC/STM32F358xx Product devices)
166/832
COMP_OUTPUT_NONE
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output isn't
connected to other peripherals
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output
connected to TIM1 Break Input (BKIN)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN2
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output
connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 (BKIN2)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM8BKIN
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output
connected to TIM8 Break Input (BKIN)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM8BKIN2
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output
connected to TIM8 Break Input 2 (BKIN2)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1BKIN2_TIM8BKIN2
COMP1, COMP2... or COMP7 output
connected to TIM1 Break Input 2 and TIM8
Break Input 2
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1OCREFCLR
COMP1, COMP2, COMP3 or COMP7
output connected to TIM1 OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2OCREFCLR
COMP1, COMP2 or COMP3 output
connected to TIM2 OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3OCREFCLR
COMP1, COMP2, COMP4 or COMP5
output connected to TIM3 OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM8OCREFCLR
COMP4, COMP5, COMP6 or COMP7
output connected to TIM8 OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC1
COMP1 or COMP2 output connected to
TIM1 Input Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC4
COMP1 or COMP2 output connected to
TIM2 Input Capture 4
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC1
COMP1 or COMP2 output connected to
TIM3 Input Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM4IC1
COMP3 output connected to TIM4 Input
Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC2
COMP3 output connected to TIM3 Input
Capture 2
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM15IC1
COMP3 output connected to TIM15 Input
Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM15BKIN
COMP3 output connected to TIM15 Break
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Input (BKIN)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3IC3
COMP4 output connected to TIM3 Input
Capture 3
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM15IC2
COMP4 output connected to TIM15 Input
Capture 2
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM4IC2
COMP4 output connected to TIM4 Input
Capture 2
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM15OCREFCLR
COMP4 output connected to TIM15
OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC1
COMP5 output connected to TIM2 Input
Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM17IC1
COMP5 output connected to TIM17 Input
Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM4IC3
COMP5 output connected to TIM4 Input
Capture 3
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM16BKIN
COMP5 output connected to TIM16 Break
Input (BKIN)
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC2
COMP6 output connected to TIM2 Input
Capture 2
COMP_OUTPUT_COMP6_TIM2OCREFCLR
COMP6 output connected to TIM2 OCREF
Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM16OCREFCLR
COMP6 output connected to TIM16
OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM16IC1
COMP6 output connected to TIM16 Input
Capture 1
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM4IC4
COMP6 output connected to TIM4 Input
Capture 4
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2IC3
COMP7 output connected to TIM2 Input
Capture 3
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1IC2
COMP7 output connected to TIM1 Input
Capture 2
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM17OCREFCLR
COMP7 output connected to TIM17
OCREF Clear
COMP_OUTPUT_TIM17BKIN
COMP7 output connected to TIM17 Break
Input (BKIN)
COMP Extended WindowMode (STM32F302xC/STM32F303xC/STM32F358xx Product
devices)
COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE
Window mode disabled
COMP_WINDOWMODE_ENABLE
Window mode enabled: non inverting input of
comparator X (x=2,4,6) is connected to the non
inverting input of comparator X-1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
167/832
UM1786
10
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
10.1
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures
10.1.1
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint8_t Enable
uint8_t Number
uint32_t BaseAddress
uint8_t Size
uint8_t SubRegionDisable
uint8_t TypeExtField
uint8_t AccessPermission
uint8_t DisableExec
uint8_t IsShareable
uint8_t IsCacheable
uint8_t IsBufferable
Field Documentation









168/832
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Enable
Specifies the status of the region. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Number
Specifies the number of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number
uint32_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::BaseAddress
Specifies the base address of the region to protect.
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Size
Specifies the size of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::SubRegionDisable
Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable. This parameter must be
a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::TypeExtField
Specifies the TEX field level. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::AccessPermission
Specifies the region access permission type. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::DisableExec
Specifies the instruction access status. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsShareable
Specifies the shareability status of the protected region. This parameter can be a
value of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsCacheable
Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsBufferable
Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable
10.2
CORTEX Firmware driver API description
10.2.1
How to use this driver
How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). The
Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
1.
2.
3.
Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table. @brief CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table The
table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority
according to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() When the
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. The
pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. IRQ priority order
(sorted by highest to lowest priority): Lowest pre-emption priority Lowest sub priority
Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver
Setup SysTick Timer for time base




The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which is a
CMSIS function that:

Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.

Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).

Resets the SysTick Counter register.

Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).

Enables the SysTick Interrupt.

Starts the SysTick Counter.
You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8)
just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined inside the
stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h file.
You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the
NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: Reload Value = SysTick
Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
169/832
UM1786


10.2.2
Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
function
Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
This section contains the following APIs:






10.2.3
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX (NVIC,
SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
This section contains the following APIs:










10.2.4
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion()
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping()
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_GetActive()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
170/832
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping (uint32_t PriorityGroup)
Function Description
Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
using the required unlock sequence.
Parameters

PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption
priority 4 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption
priority 3 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption
priority 2 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption
priority 1 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption
priority 0 bits for subpriority
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

None:
Notes

When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption
is no more possible. The pending IRQ priority will be
managed only by the subpriority.
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t
PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
Function Description
Sets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters



Return values

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn
channel. This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as
described in the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table A lower
priority value indicates a higher priority
SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. This
parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as described in
the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table A lower priority
value indicates a higher priority.
None:
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

None:
Notes

To configure interrupts priority correctly, the
NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() function should be called before.
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
171/832
UM1786
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset (void )
Function Description
Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_Config
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config (uint32_t TicksNumb)
Function Description
Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System
Tick Timer.
Parameters

TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two
interrupts.
Return values

status: - 0 Function succeeded.

1 Function failed.
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion
Function Name
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion (MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *
MPU_Init)
Function Description
Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be
protected.
Parameters

MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure
that contains the initialization and configuration information.
Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping (void )
Function Description
Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
Return values

Priority: grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP
field)
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t
PriorityGroup, uint32_t * pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *
pSubPriority)
Function Description
Gets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters


172/832
IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption
priority 4 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
priority 3 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption
priority 2 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption
priority 1 bits for subpriority

NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption
priority 0 bits for subpriority
pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value
(starting from 0).
pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from
0).



Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.

1 Interrupt status is pending.
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

None:
HAL_NVIC_GetActive
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive (IRQn_Type IRQn)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
173/832
Function Description
UM1786
Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns
the active bit).
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
Return values

status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.

1 Interrupt status is pending.
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig (uint32_t CLKSource)
Function Description
Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters

CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock
divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.

SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as
SysTick clock source.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
Return values

None:
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback (void )
Function Description
SYSTICK callback.
Return values

None:
HAL_MPU_Disable
Function Name
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Disable (void )
Function Description
Disables the MPU.
Return values

None:
HAL_MPU_Enable
174/832
Function Name
__STATIC_INLINE void HAL_MPU_Enable (uint32_t
MPU_Control)
Function Description
Enables the MPU.
Parameters

MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during
hard fault, NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the
default memory This parameter can be one of the following
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
values:

MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE

MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI

MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT

MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
Return values

None:
10.3
CORTEX Firmware driver defines
10.3.1
CORTEX
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Enable
MPU_REGION_ENABLE
MPU_REGION_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Number
MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
MPU_REGION_NUMBER1
MPU_REGION_NUMBER2
MPU_REGION_NUMBER3
MPU_REGION_NUMBER4
MPU_REGION_NUMBER5
MPU_REGION_NUMBER6
DOCID026526 Rev 4
175/832
UM1786
MPU_REGION_NUMBER7
CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO
MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
CORTEX MPU Region Size
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB
176/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB
MPU TEX Levels
MPU_TEX_LEVEL0
MPU_TEX_LEVEL1
MPU_TEX_LEVEL2
CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0
0 bits for pre-emption priority 4 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1
1 bits for pre-emption priority 3 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2
2 bits for pre-emption priority 2 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3
3 bits for pre-emption priority 1 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4
4 bits for pre-emption priority 0 bits for subpriority
CORTEX SysTick clock source
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
DOCID026526 Rev 4
177/832
UM1786
11
HAL CRC Generic Driver
11.1
CRC Firmware driver registers structures
11.1.1
CRC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint8_t DefaultPolynomialUse
uint8_t DefaultInitValueUse
uint32_t GeneratingPolynomial
uint32_t CRCLength
uint32_t InitValue
uint32_t InputDataInversionMode
uint32_t OutputDataInversionMode
Field Documentation






178/832
uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultPolynomialUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_Polynomial and indicates if default
polynomial is used. If set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE, resort to default
X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 +
X^2+ X +1. In that case, there is no need to set GeneratingPolynomial field. If
otherwise set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE, GeneratingPolynomial and
CRCLength fields must be set.
uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultInitValueUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_InitValue_Use and indicates if default init
value is used. If set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE, resort to default
0xFFFFFFFF value. In that case, there is no need to set InitValue field. If otherwise
set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE, InitValue field must be set.
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::GeneratingPolynomial
Set CRC generating polynomial as a 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long value for a polynomial
degree respectively equal to 7, 8, 16 or 32. This field is written in normal
representation, e.g., for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written
0x65. No need to specify it if DefaultPolynomialUse is set to
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE.
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::CRCLength
This parameter is a value of CRC_Polynomial_Sizes and indicates CRC length.
Value can be either one of CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B (32-bit CRC),
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B (16-bit CRC), CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B (8-bit CRC),
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B (7-bit CRC).
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InitValue
Init value to initiate CRC computation. No need to specify it if DefaultInitValueUse is
set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE.
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion and specifies input data
inversion mode. Can be either one of the following values
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE, no input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE, byte-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes
0x58D43CB2 CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD, halfword-wise inversion,
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

11.1.2
0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xD458B23C CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD, wordwise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xB23CD458
uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::OutputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion and specifies output
data (i.e. CRC) inversion mode. Can be either
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion,
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: CRC 0x11223344 is converted into
0x22CC4488
CRC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





CRC_TypeDef * Instance
CRC_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t InputDataFormat
Field Documentation





CRC_TypeDef* CRC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
CRC_InitTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRC configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRC Locking object
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::State
CRC communication state
uint32_t CRC_HandleTypeDef::InputDataFormat
This parameter is a value of CRC_Input_Buffer_Format and specifies input data
format. Can be either CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES, input data is a stream of
bytes (8-bit data) CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS, input data is a stream
of half-words (16-bit data) CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS, input data is a
stream of words (32-bit data) Note that constant
CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is defined but an initialization error must occur
if InputBufferFormat is not one of the three values listed above
11.2
CRC Firmware driver API description
11.2.1
How to use this driver


Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
Initialize CRC calculator

specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)

specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)

specify input data format

specify input or output data inversion mode if any
DOCID026526 Rev 4
179/832
UM1786


11.2.2
Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the input data
buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value
Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the input data
buffer starting with the defined initialization value (default or non-default) to initiate
CRC calculation
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and
create the associated handle
DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
DeInitialize the CRC MSP
This section contains the following APIs:




11.2.3
HAL_CRC_Init()
HAL_CRC_DeInit()
HAL_CRC_MspInit()
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer using the
combination of the previous CRC value and the new one
or

compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
This section contains the following APIs:


11.2.4
HAL_CRC_Accumulate()
HAL_CRC_Calculate()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

11.2.5
HAL_CRC_GetState()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_CRC_Init
180/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the
CRC_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_CRC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_CRC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRC_MspInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_CRC_Accumulate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Function Description
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data
buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization
value.
Parameters



hcrc: CRC handle
pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data
format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if
pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type
is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
Return values

uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32
bits)
Notes

By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer
parameter. Input buffer pointers with other types simply need
to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input
data processing based on the handle field hcrc>InputDataFormat.
HAL_CRC_Calculate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
181/832
Function Description
Parameters
UM1786
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data
buffer starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.



hcrc: CRC handle
pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data
format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if
pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type
is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
Return values

uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32
bits)
Notes

By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer
parameter. Input buffer pointers with other types simply need
to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input
data processing based on the handle field hcrc>InputDataFormat.
HAL_CRC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Return the CRC handle state.
Parameters

hcrc: CRC handle
Return values

HAL: state
11.3
CRC Firmware driver defines
11.3.1
CRC
Default CRC computation initialization value
DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE
Initial CRC default value
Indicates whether or not default init value is used
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE
Enable initial CRC default value
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE
Disable initial CRC default value
Indicates whether or not default polynomial is used
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE
Enable default generating polynomial 0x04C11DB7
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE
Disable default generating polynomial 0x04C11DB7
Default CRC generating polynomial
DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY
X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10
+X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 + X^2+ X +1
CRC Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CRC handle state.
Parameters:
182/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

__HANDLE__: CRC handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET

Reset CRC Data Register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_INITIALCRCVALUE_CONFIG
None
Description:

Set CRC INIT non-default value.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CRC handle
__INIT__: 32-bit initial value
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRC_SET_IDR

Store a 8-bit data in the Independent
Data(ID) register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CRC handle
__VALUE__: 8-bit value to be stored in
the ID register
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRC_GET_IDR

Return the 8-bit data stored in the
Independent Data(ID) register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

8-bit: value of the ID register
Input Buffer Format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_UNDEFINED
Undefined input data format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES
Input data in byte format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS
Input data in half-word format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS
Input data in word format
Polynomial sizes to configure the IP
DOCID026526 Rev 4
183/832
UM1786
CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B
Resort to a 32-bit long generating polynomial
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B
Resort to a 16-bit long generating polynomial
CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B
Resort to a 8-bit long generating polynomial
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B
Resort to a 7-bit long generating polynomial
CRC polynomial possible sizes actual definitions
184/832
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_32B
32-bit long CRC
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B
16-bit long CRC
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B
8-bit long CRC
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B
7-bit long CRC
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
12
HAL CRC Extension Driver
12.1
CRCEx Firmware driver API description
12.1.1
How to use this driver


12.1.2
Set user-defined generating polynomial thru HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
Configure Input or Output data inversion
Detailed description of functions
HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t
PolyLength)
Function Description
Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
Parameters



Return values

hcrc: CRC handle
Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.

for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1
is written 0x65

for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is
written 0x1021
PolyLength: CRC polynomial length. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 7)

CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 8)

CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 16)

CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating
polynomial of degree 32)
HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
Function Description
Set the Reverse Input data mode.
Parameters


hcrc: CRC handle
InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

CRC_INPUTDATA_NOINVERSION: no change in bit
order (default value)

CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit
reversal
DOCID026526 Rev 4
185/832
UM1786


Return values

CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD:
HalfWord-wise bit reversal
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit
reversal
HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
Function Description
Set the Reverse Output data mode.
Parameters


hcrc: CRC handle
OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC
inversion (default value)

CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level
inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
Return values

HAL: status
12.2
CRCEx Firmware driver defines
12.2.1
CRCEx
CRC Extended Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_ENABLE
Description:

Set CRC output reversal.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_DISABLE
None.
Description:

Unset CRC output reversal.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CONFIG
None.
Description:

Set CRC non-default polynomial.
Parameters:


186/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: CRC handle
__POLYNOMIAL__: 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit
polynomial
UM1786
Return value:

None.
CRC Extended Input Data Inversion Modes
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE
No input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE
Byte-wise input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD
HalfWord-wise input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD
Word-wise input data inversion
CRC Extended Output Data Inversion Modes
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE
No output data inversion
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE
Bit-wise output data inversion
DOCID026526 Rev 4
187/832
UM1786
13
HAL DAC Generic Driver
13.1
DAC Firmware driver registers structures
13.1.1
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t DAC_Trigger
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer
uint32_t DAC_OutputSwitch
Field Documentation



13.1.2
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_Trigger
Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a
value of DACEx_trigger_selection
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_OutputBuffer
Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of DAC_output_buffer For a given DAC channel, is this
paramater applies then DAC_OutputSwitch does not apply
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_OutputSwitch
Specifies whether the DAC channel output switch is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of DAC_OutputSwitch For a given DAC channel, is this
paramater applies then DAC_OutputBuffer does not apply
__DAC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






DAC_TypeDef * Instance
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle1
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle2
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation




188/832
DAC_TypeDef* __DAC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef __DAC_HandleTypeDef::State
DAC communication state
HAL_LockTypeDef __DAC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DAC locking object
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle1
Pointer DMA handler for channel 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


DMA_HandleTypeDef* __DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle2
Pointer DMA handler for channel 2
__IO uint32_t __DAC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DAC Error code
13.2
DAC Firmware driver API description
13.2.1
DAC Peripheral features
DAC Channels
The device integrates up to 3 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can be used
independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
1.
2.
3.
DAC1 channel1 with DAC1_OUT1 (PA4) as output
DAC1 channel2 with DAC1_OUT2 (PA5) as output (for STM32F3 devices having 2
channels on DAC1)
DAC2 channel1 with DAC2_OUT1 (PA6) as output (for STM32F3 devices having 2
DAC)
DAC Triggers
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE and
DAC1_OUT1/DAC1_OUT2/DAC2_OUT1 is available once writing to DHRx register.
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
1.
2.
3.
External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode.
Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
(DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
DAC Buffer mode feature
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output
impedance, and to drive external loads directly without having to add an external
operational amplifier. To enable, the output buffer use sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer =
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; Or An output switch (in STM32F303x4, STM32F303x6,
STM32F303x8 c, STM32F334x6, STM32F334x8 & STM32F334xx). To enable, the output
switch sConfig.DAC_OutputSwitch = DAC_OUTPUTSWITCH_ENABLE;
Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance value with
and without output buffer.
GPIO configurations guidelines
When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not (ex channel2 on
PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled). Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling
effect. Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on.
Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows: when unused PA5 is configured
as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
189/832
UM1786
DAC wave generation feature
Both DAC channels of DAC1 can be used to generate note that wave generation is not
available in DAC2.
1.
2.
Noise wave
Triangle wave Wave generation is NOT available in DAC2.
DAC data format
The DAC data format can be:
1.
2.
3.
8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC data value to voltage correspondance
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined by the following
equation:
DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095

with DOR is the Data Output Register
VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use

Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
DMA requests
A DMA1 or DMA2 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not a software
trigger) occurs if DMA1 or DMA2 requests are enabled using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA().
For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please refer to
Extended Features Driver description
13.2.2
How to use this driver




DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC registers using
HAL_DAC_Init()
Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
functions
Polling mode IO operation



190/832
Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
DMA mode IO operation






Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify
the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()
or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler. HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() and add his own code by customization of
function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
DAC HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.




__HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
13.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DAC.
De-initialize the DAC.
This section contains the following APIs:




13.2.4
HAL_DAC_Init()
HAL_DAC_DeInit()
HAL_DAC_MspInit()
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
191/832
UM1786






Start conversion.
Stop conversion.
Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
Get result of conversion.
Get result of dual mode conversion.
This section contains the following APIs:












13.2.5
HAL_DAC_Start()
HAL_DAC_Stop()
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_DAC_GetValue()
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue()
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Configure channels.
Configure Triangle wave generation.
Configure Noise wave generation.
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Set the specified data holding register value for Dual DAC channels.
This section contains the following APIs:



13.2.6
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_DAC_SetValue()
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue()
DAC Peripheral State and Error functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DAC state.
Check the DAC Errors.
This section contains the following APIs:


13.2.7
HAL_DAC_GetState()
HAL_DAC_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_DAC_Init
192/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Initialize the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
in the DAC_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DAC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Deinitialize the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DAC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Initialize the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DeInitialize the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC2 Channel1 selected
HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
193/832
UM1786
HAL_DAC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC2 Channel1 selected
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters





Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected
pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
DAC peripheral
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected

DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected

DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
194/832

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC2 Channel1 selected
HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_DAC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters


Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC2 Channel1 selected
The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Configures the selected DAC channel.
Parameters



Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC2 Channel1 selected
HAL: status
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Handles DAC interrupt request This function uses the interruption
of DMA underrun.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
195/832
UM1786
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
HAL_DAC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
return the DAC handle state
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_DAC_GetError
Function Name
196/832
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Function Description
Return the DAC error code.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

DAC: Error Code
13.3
DAC Firmware driver defines
13.3.1
DAC
DAC data alignement
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
DAC Error Code
HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1
DAC channel1 DMA underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2
DAC channel2 DMA underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
DAC Exported Macros
__HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DAC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__DAC_Channel__: specifies the DAC
channel
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__DAC_Channel__: specifies the DAC
channel.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
197/832
UM1786
Return value:

DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT
None
Description:

Set DHR12R1 alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT
None
Description:

Set DHR12R2 alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT
None
Description:

Set DHR12RD alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC
interrupt. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1
DMA underrun interrupt

DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2
DMA underrun interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:
198/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC
interrupt. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1
DMA underrun interrupt

DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2
DMA underrun interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the specified DAC interrupt
source is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: DAC interrupt source to
check This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1
DMA underrun interrupt

DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2
DMA underrun interrupt
Return value:

State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
Description:
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected DAC's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the DAC flag to get.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1: DAC
channel 1 DMA underrun flag

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2: DAC
channel 2 DMA underrun flag
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the DAC's flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the DAC flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1: DAC
DOCID026526 Rev 4
199/832

UM1786
channel 1 DMA underrun flag
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2: DAC
channel 2 DMA underrun flag
Return value:

None
DAC flags definition
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2
DAC interrupts definition
DAC_IT_DMAUDR1
DAC_IT_DMAUDR2
DAC lfsrunmask triangleamplitude
200/832
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise
wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise
wave generation
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1
Select max triangle amplitude of 1
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3
Select max triangle amplitude of 3
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7
Select max triangle amplitude of 7
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15
Select max triangle amplitude of 15
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31
Select max triangle amplitude of 31
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63
Select max triangle amplitude of 63
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127
Select max triangle amplitude of 127
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255
Select max triangle amplitude of 255
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511
Select max triangle amplitude of 511
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023
Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047
Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095
Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
DAC output buffer
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE
DOCID026526 Rev 4
201/832
UM1786
14
HAL DAC Extension Driver
14.1
DACEx Firmware driver API description
14.1.1
How to use this driver



14.1.2
When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used
simultaneously) : Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted
and use HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously
in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel (when DAC
channel 2 is present in DAC 1)
This section contains the following APIs:


14.1.3
HAL_DAC_SetValue()
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:







Start conversion.
Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
Get result of conversion.
Handle DAC IRQ's.
Generate triangular-wave
Generate noise-wave
Callback functions for DAC1 Channel2 (when supported)
This section contains the following APIs:













202/832
HAL_DAC_Start()
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
HAL_DAC_GetValue()
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue()
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler()
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
14.1.4
Detailed description of functions
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t
Data1, uint32_t Data2)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
Parameters




hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel
DAC. This parameter can be one of the following values:

DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected

DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected

DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in
both DAC channels at the same time.
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected
Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle
amplitude of 1

DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle
amplitude of 3
DOCID026526 Rev 4
203/832
UM1786










DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle
amplitude of 7
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle
amplitude of 15
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle
amplitude of 31
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle
amplitude of 63
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle
amplitude of 127
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle
amplitude of 255
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle
amplitude of 511
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle
amplitude of 1023
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle
amplitude of 2047
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle
amplitude of 4095
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Wave generation is not available in DAC2.
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



204/832
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC1 Channel1 selected

DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC1 Channel2 selected
Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave
generation. This parameter can be one of the following
values:

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786





Return values

DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
HAL: status
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None:
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
205/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
14.2
DACEx Firmware driver defines
14.2.1
DACEx
DACEx Channel selection
DAC_CHANNEL_1
DAC Channel 1
DAC_CHANNEL_2
DAC Channel 2
DACEx trigger selection
DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx
register has been loaded, and not by external trigger
DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO
TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO
TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T15_TRGO
TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO
TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO
TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO
TIM3 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel Use
DAC_TRIGGER_T8_TRGO
TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel Use
DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9
EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger
for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel
IS_DAC_TRIGGER
206/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
15
HAL DMA Generic Driver
15.1
DMA Firmware driver registers structures
15.1.1
DMA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t Direction
uint32_t PeriphInc
uint32_t MemInc
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment
uint32_t MemDataAlignment
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Priority
Field Documentation







15.1.2
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, from memory to
memory or from peripheral to memory. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Data_transfer_direction
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphInc
Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemInc
Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphDataAlignment
Specifies the Peripheral data width. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Peripheral_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemDataAlignment
Specifies the Memory data width. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Memory_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx. This parameter can be a value
of DMA_mode
Note:The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer
is configured on the selected Channel
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Priority
Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx. This parameter can be a value
of DMA_Priority_level
__DMA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields

DMA_Channel_TypeDef * Instance
DOCID026526 Rev 4
207/832
UM1786









DMA_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State
void * Parent
void(* XferCpltCallback
void(* XferHalfCpltCallback
void(* XferErrorCallback
void(* XferAbortCallback
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










DMA_Channel_TypeDef* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
DMA_InitTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA communication parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA locking object
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA transfer state
void* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Parent
Parent object state
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferHalfCpltCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA Half transfer complete callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer error callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferAbortCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer abort callback
__IO uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA Error code
15.2
DMA Firmware driver API description
15.2.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
208/832
Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel (except for
internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is necessary) please refer to
Reference manual for connection between peripherals and DMA requests .
For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following
parameters: Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, Circular or
Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, using
HAL_DMA_Init() function.
Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and
HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error detection.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
4.
Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer In Memory-to-Memory
transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
Polling mode IO operation


Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source address
and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this case a
fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
Interrupt mode IO operation





Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this case
the DMA interrupt is configured
Use HAL_DMAy_Channelx_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt
subroutine
At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user
can add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
DMA HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.







__HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel
interrupt has occurred or not.
You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
15.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source and
destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, circular/normal
mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_DMA_Init()
HAL_DMA_DeInit()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
209/832
UM1786
15.2.3
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
with interrupt
Abort DMA transfer
Poll for transfer complete
Handle DMA interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:






15.2.4
HAL_DMA_Start()
HAL_DMA_Start_IT()
HAL_DMA_Abort()
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT()
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer()
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler()
State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DMA state
Get error code
This section contains the following APIs:


15.2.5
HAL_DMA_GetState()
HAL_DMA_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_DMA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA according to the specified parameters in the
DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_DeInit
210/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DMA peripheral.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_DMA_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t
DataLength)
Function Description
Starts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters




Return values

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination
HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
Function Description
Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters




Return values

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination
HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Abort
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Aborts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

After disabling a DMA Channel, a check for wait until the DMA
Channel is effectively disabled is added. If a Channel is
disabled while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will
be transferred and the Channel will be effectively disabled
only after the transfer of this single data is finished.
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
211/832
UM1786
Function Description
Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Polling for transfer complete.
Parameters

Return values


hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
Timeout: Timeout duration.

HAL: status
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Handles DMA interrupt request.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

None:
HAL_DMA_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Returns the DMA state.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_DMA_GetError
212/832
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Return the DMA error code.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Channel.
Return values

DMA: Error Code
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
15.3
DMA Firmware driver defines
15.3.1
DMA
DMA Data transfer direction
DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
Peripheral to memory direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
Memory to peripheral direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Memory to memory direction
DMA Error Code
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER
no ongoin transfer
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
DMA Exported Macros
__HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DMA handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle.
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the specified DMA Channel.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_DISABLE
None.
Description:

Disable the specified DMA Channel.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Enables the specified DMA Channel
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt sources to be enabled or
DOCID026526 Rev 4
213/832
UM1786
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT

Disables the specified DMA Channel
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt sources to be enabled or
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified DMA
Channel interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt
mask
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER
Description:

214/832
The: state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
Returns the number of remaining data
units in the current DMAy Channelx
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
transfer.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

The: number of remaining data units in the
current DMA Channel transfer.
DMA flag definitions
DMA_FLAG_GL1
DMA_FLAG_TC1
DMA_FLAG_HT1
DMA_FLAG_TE1
DMA_FLAG_GL2
DMA_FLAG_TC2
DMA_FLAG_HT2
DMA_FLAG_TE2
DMA_FLAG_GL3
DMA_FLAG_TC3
DMA_FLAG_HT3
DMA_FLAG_TE3
DMA_FLAG_GL4
DMA_FLAG_TC4
DMA_FLAG_HT4
DMA_FLAG_TE4
DMA_FLAG_GL5
DMA_FLAG_TC5
DMA_FLAG_HT5
DMA_FLAG_TE5
DMA_FLAG_GL6
DMA_FLAG_TC6
DMA_FLAG_HT6
DMA_FLAG_TE6
DMA_FLAG_GL7
DMA_FLAG_TC7
DMA_FLAG_HT7
DMA_FLAG_TE7
DMA interrupt enable definitions
DMA_IT_TC
DOCID026526 Rev 4
215/832
UM1786
DMA_IT_HT
DMA_IT_TE
DMA Memory data size
DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
Memory data alignment : Byte
DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Memory data alignment : HalfWord
DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Memory data alignment : Word
DMA Memory incremented mode
DMA_MINC_ENABLE
Memory increment mode Enable
DMA_MINC_DISABLE
Memory increment mode Disable
DMA mode
DMA_NORMAL
Normal mode
DMA_CIRCULAR
Circular mode
DMA Peripheral data size
DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
Peripheral data alignment : Byte
DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord
DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
Peripheral data alignment : Word
DMA Peripheral incremented mode
DMA_PINC_ENABLE
Peripheral increment mode Enable
DMA_PINC_DISABLE
Peripheral increment mode Disable
DMA Priority level
DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
Priority level : Low
DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
Priority level : Medium
DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
Priority level : High
DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH
Priority level : Very_High
DMA Remap Enable
__HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_ENABLE
Description:

DMA remapping enable/disable
macros.
Parameters:

__HAL_DMA_REMAP_CHANNEL_DISABLE
216/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__DMA_REMAP__: This parameter
can be a value of
UM1786
16
HAL DMA Extension Driver
16.1
DMAEx Firmware driver defines
16.1.1
DMAEx
DMA Extended Exported Macros
__HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel transfer
complete flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX
The: specified transfer complete flag index.
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel half
transfer complete flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX
The: specified half transfer complete flag
index.
Description:

Returns the current DMA Channel transfer
error flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX
The: specified transfer error flag index.
Description:

Return the current DMA Channel Global
interrupt flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG
The: specified transfer error flag index.
Description:

Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
217/832
UM1786
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete
flag

DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer
complete flag

DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
Where x can be 1_7 or 1_5 (depending
on DMA1 or DMA2) to select the DMA
Channel flag.
Return value:

__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
Description:

Clears the DMA Channel pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete
flag

DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer
complete flag

DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
Where x can be 1_7 or 1_5 (depending
on DMA1 or DMA2) to select the DMA
Channel flag.
Return value:

218/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
17
HAL FLASH Generic Driver
17.1
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures
17.1.1
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef
Data Fields






__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing
__IO uint32_t DataRemaining
__IO uint32_t Address
__IO uint64_t Data
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation






__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ProcedureOnGoing
Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::DataRemaining
Internal variable to save the remaining pages to erase or half-word to program in IT
context
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Address
Internal variable to save address selected for program or erase
__IO uint64_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Data
Internal variable to save data to be programmed
HAL_LockTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Lock
FLASH locking object
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ErrorCode
FLASH error code This parameter can be a value of FLASH_Error_Codes
17.2
FLASH Firmware driver API description
17.2.1
FLASH peripheral features
The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses to the
Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations and the
read and write protection mechanisms.
The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch.
The FLASH main features are:





Flash memory read operations
Flash memory program/erase operations
Read / write protections
Prefetch on I-Code
Option Bytes programming
DOCID026526 Rev 4
219/832
UM1786
17.2.2
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH memory of
all STM32F3xx devices.
1.
2.
3.
FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed functions
to erase and program the main memory:

Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface

Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages

Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed functions
to manage the Option Bytes:

Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes

Set/Reset the write protection

Set the Read protection Level

Program the user Option Bytes

Launch the Option Bytes loader

Erase Option Bytes

Program the data Option Bytes

Get the Write protection.

Get the user option bytes.
Interrupts and flags management functions : this group includes all needed functions
to:

Handle FLASH interrupts

Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status

Get error flag status
In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing to handle the
following operations:





17.2.3
Set/Get the latency
Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
Enable/Disable the half cycle access
Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
Monitor the FLASH flags status
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH memory
operations.
This section contains the following APIs:





17.2.4
HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch()
Peripheral errors functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

220/832
HAL_FLASH_GetError()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
17.2.5
Detailed description of functions
HAL_FLASH_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Function Description
Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address.
Parameters



TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program
Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before
to unlock the FLASH interface The function
HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH
interface
If an erase and a program operations are requested
simultaneously, the erase operation is performed before the
program one.
FLASH should be previously erased before new
programmation (only exception to this is when 0x0000 is
programmed)


HAL_FLASH_Program_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Function Description
Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with
interrupt enabled.
Parameters



TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program
Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before
to unlock the FLASH interface The function
HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH
interface
If an erase and a program operations are requested
simultaneously, the erase operation is performed before the
program one.

HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
221/832
UM1786
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedure

Mass Erase: No return value expected

Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been
erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected
pages have been erased)

Program: Address which was selected for data program
Return values

none:
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedure

Mass Erase: No return value expected

Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an
error

Program: Address which was selected for data program
Return values

none:
HAL_FLASH_Unlock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock (void )
Function Description
Locks the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock
222/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL: Status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock (void )
Function Description
Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch (void )
Function Description
Launch the option byte loading.
Return values

HAL: Status
Notes

This function will reset automatically the MCU.
HAL_FLASH_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError (void )
Function Description
Get the specific FLASH error flag.
Return values

FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be: FLASH
Error Codes
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation (uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
Parameters

Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout
Return values

HAL: Status
17.3
FLASH Firmware driver defines
17.3.1
FLASH
FLASH Error Codes
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG
Programming error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP
Write protection error
FLASH Flag definition
FLASH_FLAG_BSY
FLASH Busy flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGERR
FLASH Programming error flag
FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR
FLASH Write protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_EOP
FLASH End of Operation flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
223/832
UM1786
FLASH Half Cycle
__HAL_FLASH_HALF_CYCLE_ACCESS_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the FLASH half cycle
access.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_HALF_CYCLE_ACCESS_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the FLASH half cycle
access.
Return value:

None
FLASH Interrupts
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: FLASH interrupt This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation
Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT
none
Description:

Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: FLASH interrupt This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation
Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG
none
Description:

Get the specified FLASH flag status.
Parameters:

224/832
__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH Busy flag

FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH End of Operation
flag

FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH Write
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH Programming
error flag
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
Description:

Clear the specified FLASH flag.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the following
values:

FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH End of Operation
flag

FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH Write
protected error flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGERR FLASH Programming
error flag
Return value:

none
FLASH Interrupt definition
FLASH_IT_EOP
End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source
FLASH_IT_ERR
Error Interrupt source
FLASH Latency
FLASH_LATENCY_0
FLASH Zero Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_1
FLASH One Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_2
FLASH Two Latency cycles
FLASH Prefetch
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the FLASH prefetch
buffer.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the FLASH prefetch
buffer.
Return value:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
225/832
UM1786
FLASH Type Program
226/832
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD
Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified
address.
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD
Program a word (32-bit) at a specified
address.
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD
Program a double word (64-bit) at a
specified address
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
18
HAL FLASH Extension Driver
18.1
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures
18.1.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t TypeErase
uint32_t PageAddress
uint32_t NbPages
Field Documentation



18.1.2
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::TypeErase
TypeErase: Mass erase or page erase. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Type_Erase
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::PageAddress
PageAdress: Initial FLASH page address to erase when mass erase is disabled This
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = FLASH_BASE and Max_Data =
FLASH_BANK1_END
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::NbPages
NbPages: Number of pagess to be erased. This parameter must be a value between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = (max number of pages - value of initial page)
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t OptionType
uint32_t WRPState
uint32_t WRPPage
uint8_t RDPLevel
uint8_t USERConfig
uint32_t DATAAddress
uint8_t DATAData
Field Documentation



uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
OptionType: Option byte to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_OB_Type
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPState
WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value
of FLASHEx_OB_WRP_State
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPPage
WRPPage: specifies the page(s) to be write protected This parameter can be a value
of FLASHEx_OB_Write_Protection
DOCID026526 Rev 4
227/832
UM1786




uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::RDPLevel
RDPLevel: Set the read protection level.. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_OB_Read_Protection
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::USERConfig
USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG / STOP / STDBY /
BOOT1 / VDDA_ANALOG / SRAM_PARITY / SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR This
parameter can be a combination of FLASHEx_OB_IWatchdog,
FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STOP, FLASHEx_OB_nRST_STDBY,
FLASHEx_OB_BOOT1, FLASHEx_OB_VDDA_Analog_Monitoring,
FLASHEx_OB_RAM_Parity_Check_Enable.
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::DATAAddress
DATAAddress: Address of the option byte DATA to be programmed This parameter
can be a value of FLASHEx_OB_Data_Address
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::DATAData
DATAData: Data to be stored in the option byte DATA This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
18.2
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description
18.2.1
FLASH Erasing Programming functions
The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions:


@ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done
@ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
Any operation of erase should follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
program memory access.
Call the desired function to erase page.
Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
(recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
This section contains the following APIs:


18.2.2
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
Option Bytes Programming functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH option bytes
operations.
This section contains the following APIs:




18.2.3
HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
Function Name
228/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit, uint32_t * PageError)
Function Description
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory
pages.
Parameters


pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
PageError: pointer to variable that contains the configuration
information on faulty page in case of error (0xFFFFFFFF
means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit)
Function Description
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory
pages with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
function must be called before. Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock()
to disable the flash memory access (recommended to protect
the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase (void )
Function Description
Erases the FLASH option bytes.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This functions erases all option bytes except the Read
protection (RDP). The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should
be called before to unlock the FLASH interface The function
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock
the options bytes The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch()
should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
(system reset will occur)
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Program option bytes.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
DOCID026526 Rev 4
229/832
UM1786
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
Notes

The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before
to unlock the FLASH interface The function
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock
the options bytes The function HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch()
should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
(system reset will occur)
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Get the Option byte configuration.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

None:
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData (uint32_t
DATAAdress)
Function Description
Get the Option byte user data.
Parameters

DATAAdress: Address of the option byte DATA This
parameter can be one of the following values:

OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0

OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1
Return values

Value: programmed in USER data
18.3
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines
18.3.1
FLASHEx
Option Byte BOOT1
OB_BOOT1_RESET
BOOT1 Reset
OB_BOOT1_SET
BOOT1 Set
Option Byte Data Address
OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0
OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1
Option Byte IWatchdog
OB_IWDG_SW
Software IWDG selected
OB_IWDG_HW
Hardware IWDG selected
Option Byte nRST STDBY
OB_STDBY_NO_RST
230/832
No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
OB_STDBY_RST
Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
Option Byte nRST STOP
OB_STOP_NO_RST
No reset generated when entering in STOP
OB_STOP_RST
Reset generated when entering in STOP
Option Byte SRAM Parity Check Enable
OB_SRAM_PARITY_SET
SRAM parity check enable set
OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET
SRAM parity check enable reset
Option Byte Read Protection
OB_RDP_LEVEL_0
OB_RDP_LEVEL_1
OB_RDP_LEVEL_2
Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 it's no more
possible to go back to level 1 or 0
Option Bytes Type
OPTIONBYTE_WRP
WRP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_RDP
RDP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_USER
USER option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_DATA
DATA option byte configuration
Option Byte VDDA Analog Monitoring
OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON
Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source ON
OB_VDDA_ANALOG_OFF
Analog monitoring on VDDA Power source OFF
FLASHEx OB Write Protection
OB_WRP_PAGES0TO1
OB_WRP_PAGES2TO3
OB_WRP_PAGES4TO5
OB_WRP_PAGES6TO7
OB_WRP_PAGES8TO9
OB_WRP_PAGES10TO11
OB_WRP_PAGES12TO13
OB_WRP_PAGES14TO15
OB_WRP_PAGES16TO17
OB_WRP_PAGES18TO19
OB_WRP_PAGES20TO21
OB_WRP_PAGES22TO23
OB_WRP_PAGES24TO25
OB_WRP_PAGES26TO27
OB_WRP_PAGES28TO29
OB_WRP_PAGES30TO31
DOCID026526 Rev 4
231/832
UM1786
OB_WRP_PAGES32TO33
OB_WRP_PAGES34TO35
OB_WRP_PAGES36TO37
OB_WRP_PAGES38TO39
OB_WRP_PAGES40TO41
OB_WRP_PAGES42TO43
OB_WRP_PAGES44TO45
OB_WRP_PAGES46TO47
OB_WRP_PAGES48TO49
OB_WRP_PAGES50TO51
OB_WRP_PAGES52TO53
OB_WRP_PAGES54TO55
OB_WRP_PAGES56TO57
OB_WRP_PAGES58TO59
OB_WRP_PAGES60TO61
OB_WRP_PAGES62TO127
OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK
OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK
OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK
OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK
OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK
OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK
OB_WRP_ALLPAGES
Write protection of all pages
Option Byte WRP State
OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE
Disable the write protection of the desired pages
OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE
Enable the write protection of the desired pagess
FLASHEx Page Size
FLASH_PAGE_SIZE
FLASH Type Erase
232/832
FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES
Pages erase only
FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE
Flash mass erase activation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
19
HAL GPIO Generic Driver
19.1
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures
19.1.1
GPIO_InitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t Pin
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Pull
uint32_t Speed
uint32_t Alternate
Field Documentation





uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pin
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. This parameter can be any value of
GPIO_pins
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_mode
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pull
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins. This parameter
can be a value of GPIO_pull
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Speed
Specifies the speed for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_speed
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Alternate
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins This parameter can be a value of
GPIOEx_Alternate_function_selection
19.2
GPIO Firmware driver API description
19.2.1
GPIO Peripheral features



Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually configured
by software in several modes:

Input mode

Analog mode

Output mode

Alternate function mode

External interrupt/event lines
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt lines are not
active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
233/832
UM1786




19.2.2
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
19.2.3
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected to an IO
pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals sharing the
same IO pin.
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt lines, the
port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are connected to the
16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors (16 lines
are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each input line can be
independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) and the corresponding
trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also be masked independently.
Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().

Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure

Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.

In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is configured
through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO is
configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC
output.

In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and the
corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active and the GPIO pins
are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins).
The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general
purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general purpose PF0
and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the
GPIO function.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section contains the following APIs:


234/832
HAL_GPIO_Init()
HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
19.2.4
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:






19.2.5
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin()
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin()
HAL_GPIO_LockPin()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_GPIO_Init
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_Init)
Function Description
Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the GPIO_Init.
Parameters

Return values

GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F3 family devices
GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO
peripheral.

None:
HAL_GPIO_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

Return values

GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F30X device or STM32F37X device
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).

None:
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin
Function Name
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Read the specified input port pin.
Parameters

Return values

GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F3 family
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. This parameter can
be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).

The: input port pin value.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
235/832
UM1786
HAL_GPIO_WritePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
Function Description
Set or clear the selected data port bit.
Parameters


GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F3 family
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum
values:

GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin

GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
Return values

None:
Notes

This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers
to allow atomic read/modify accesses. In this way, there is no
risk of an IRQ occurring between the read and the modify
access.

HAL_GPIO_TogglePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
Parameters

Return values

GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F3 family
GPIO_Pin: specifies the pin to be toggled.

None:
HAL_GPIO_LockPin
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin (GPIO_TypeDef *
GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
Parameters


GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32L4 family
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be locked. This
parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x
can be (0..15).
Return values

None:
Notes

The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER,
GPIOx_OSPEEDR, GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and
GPIOx_AFRH.
The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be
modified until the next reset.

236/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Handle EXTI interrupt request.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding
EXTI line.
Return values

None:
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
EXTI line detection callback.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding
EXTI line.
Return values

None:
19.3
GPIO Firmware driver defines
19.3.1
GPIO
GPIO Exported Macros
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

Check whether the specified EXTI line flag
is set or not.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line
flag to check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clear the EXTI's line pending flags.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
flags to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified EXTI line is
asserted or not.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
237/832
UM1786
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clear the EXTI's line pending bits.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a Software interrupt on selected
EXTI line.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

None
GPIO mode
238/832
GPIO_MODE_INPUT
Input Floating Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP
Output Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD
Output Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_PP
Alternate Function Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_OD
Alternate Function Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Analog Mode
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING
External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING
External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING
External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
GPIO pins
GPIO_PIN_0
GPIO_PIN_1
GPIO_PIN_2
GPIO_PIN_3
GPIO_PIN_4
GPIO_PIN_5
GPIO_PIN_6
GPIO_PIN_7
GPIO_PIN_8
GPIO_PIN_9
GPIO_PIN_10
GPIO_PIN_11
GPIO_PIN_12
GPIO_PIN_13
GPIO_PIN_14
GPIO_PIN_15
GPIO_PIN_All
GPIO_PIN_MASK
GPIO pull
GPIO_NOPULL
No Pull-up or Pull-down activation
GPIO_PULLUP
Pull-up activation
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Pull-down activation
GPIO speed
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
range up to 2 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
range 4 MHz to 10 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
range 10 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
DOCID026526 Rev 4
239/832
UM1786
20
HAL GPIO Extension Driver
20.1
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines
20.1.1
GPIOEx
GPIOEx Alternate function selection
GPIO_AF0_RTC_50Hz
GPIO_AF0_MCO
GPIO_AF0_TAMPER
GPIO_AF0_SWJ
GPIO_AF0_TRACE
GPIO_AF1_TIM2
GPIO_AF1_TIM15
GPIO_AF1_TIM16
GPIO_AF1_TIM17
GPIO_AF1_EVENTOUT
GPIO_AF2_TIM1
GPIO_AF2_TIM2
GPIO_AF2_TIM3
GPIO_AF2_TIM4
GPIO_AF2_TIM8
GPIO_AF2_TIM15
GPIO_AF2_COMP1
GPIO_AF3_TSC
GPIO_AF3_TIM8
GPIO_AF3_COMP7
GPIO_AF3_TIM15
GPIO_AF4_TIM1
GPIO_AF4_TIM8
GPIO_AF4_TIM16
GPIO_AF4_TIM17
GPIO_AF4_I2C1
GPIO_AF4_I2C2
GPIO_AF5_SPI1
GPIO_AF5_SPI2
GPIO_AF5_SPI3
240/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
GPIO_AF5_I2S
GPIO_AF5_I2S2ext
GPIO_AF5_TIM8
GPIO_AF5_IR
GPIO_AF5_UART4
GPIO_AF5_UART5
GPIO_AF6_SPI2
GPIO_AF6_SPI3
GPIO_AF6_I2S3ext
GPIO_AF6_TIM1
GPIO_AF6_TIM8
GPIO_AF6_IR
GPIO_AF7_USART1
GPIO_AF7_USART2
GPIO_AF7_USART3
GPIO_AF7_COMP3
GPIO_AF7_COMP5
GPIO_AF7_COMP6
GPIO_AF7_CAN
GPIO_AF8_COMP1
GPIO_AF8_COMP2
GPIO_AF8_COMP3
GPIO_AF8_COMP4
GPIO_AF8_COMP5
GPIO_AF8_COMP6
GPIO_AF9_CAN
GPIO_AF9_TIM1
GPIO_AF9_TIM8
GPIO_AF9_TIM15
GPIO_AF10_TIM2
GPIO_AF10_TIM3
GPIO_AF10_TIM4
GPIO_AF10_TIM8
GPIO_AF10_TIM17
GPIO_AF11_TIM1
GPIO_AF11_TIM8
DOCID026526 Rev 4
241/832
UM1786
GPIO_AF12_TIM1
GPIO_AF14_USB
GPIO_AF15_EVENTOUT
IS_GPIO_AF
GPIOEx_Get Port Index
GPIO_GET_INDEX
242/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
21
HAL HRTIM Generic Driver
21.1
HRTIM Firmware driver registers structures
21.1.1
HRTIM_InitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t HRTIMInterruptResquests
uint32_t SyncOptions
uint32_t SyncInputSource
uint32_t SyncOutputSource
uint32_t SyncOutputPolarity
Field Documentation





21.1.2
uint32_t HRTIM_InitTypeDef::HRTIMInterruptResquests
Specifies which interrupts requests must enabled for the HRTIM instance. This
parameter can be any combination of HRTIM_Common_Interrupt_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_InitTypeDef::SyncOptions
Specifies how the HRTIM instance handles the external synchronization signals. The
HRTIM instance can be configured to act as a slave (waiting for a trigger to be
synchronized) or a master (generating a synchronization signal) or both. This
parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Synchronization_Options.
uint32_t HRTIM_InitTypeDef::SyncInputSource
Specifies the external synchronization input source (significant only when the HRTIM
instance is configured as a slave). This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Synchronization_Input_Source.
uint32_t HRTIM_InitTypeDef::SyncOutputSource
Specifies the source and event to be sent on the external synchronization outputs
(significant only when the HRTIM instance is configured as a master). This parameter
can be a value of HRTIM_Synchronization_Output_Source
uint32_t HRTIM_InitTypeDef::SyncOutputPolarity
Specifies the conditioning of the event to be sent on the external synchronization
outputs (significant only when the HRTIM instance is configured as a master). This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Synchronization_Output_Polarity
HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t CaptureTrigger1
uint32_t CaptureTrigger2
uint32_t InterruptRequests
uint32_t DMARequests
uint32_t DMASrcAddress
uint32_t DMADstAddress
uint32_t DMASize
DOCID026526 Rev 4
243/832
UM1786
Field Documentation







21.1.3
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::CaptureTrigger1
Event(s) triggering capture unit 1. When the timer operates in Simple mode, this
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Channels. When the timer
operates in Waveform mode, this parameter can be a combination of
HRTIM_Capture_Unit_Trigger.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::CaptureTrigger2
Event(s) triggering capture unit 2. When the timer operates in Simple mode, this
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Channels. When the timer
operates in Waveform mode, this parameter can be a combination of
HRTIM_Capture_Unit_Trigger.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::InterruptRequests
Interrupts requests enabled for the timer.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::DMARequests
DMA requests enabled for the timer.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::DMASrcAddress
Address of the source address of the DMA transfer.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::DMADstAddress
Address of the destination address of the DMA transfer.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef::DMASize
Size of the DMA transfer
__HRTIM_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields











HRTIM_TypeDef * Instance
HRTIM_InitTypeDef Init
HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef TimerParam
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_HRTIM_StateTypeDef State
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaMaster
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaTimerA
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaTimerB
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaTimerC
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaTimerD
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaTimerE
Field Documentation




244/832
HRTIM_TypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
HRTIM_InitTypeDef __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
HRTIM required parameters
HRTIM_TimerParamTypeDef
__HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::TimerParam[MAX_HRTIM_TIMER]
HRTIM timers - including the master - parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786







21.1.4
__IO HAL_HRTIM_StateTypeDef __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::State
HRTIM communication state
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaMaster
Master timer DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaTimerA
Timer A DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaTimerB
Timer B DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaTimerC
Timer C DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaTimerD
Timer D DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __HRTIM_HandleTypeDef::hdmaTimerE
Timer E DMA handle parameters
HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Period
uint32_t RepetitionCounter
uint32_t PrescalerRatio
uint32_t Mode
Field Documentation




21.1.5
uint32_t HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef::Period
Specifies the timer period. The period value must be above 3 periods of the fHRTIM
clock. Maximum value is = 0xFFDF
uint32_t HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef::RepetitionCounter
Specifies the timer repetition period. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef::PrescalerRatio
Specifies the timer clock prescaler ratio. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Prescaler_Ratio
uint32_t HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the counter operating mode. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Counter_Operating_Mode
HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Pulse
uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t IdleLevel
Field Documentation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
245/832
UM1786




21.1.6
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the output compare mode (toggle, active, inactive). This parameter can be
any value of of HRTIM_Simple_OC_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the compare value to be loaded into the Compare Register. The compare
value must be above or equal to 3 periods of the fHRTIM clock
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef::IdleLevel
Specifies whether the output level is active or inactive when in IDLE state. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_IDLE_Level
HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Pulse
uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t IdleLevel
Field Documentation



21.1.7
uint32_t HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the compare value to be loaded into the Compare Register. The compare
value must be above or equal to 3 periods of the fHRTIM clock
uint32_t HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef::IdleLevel
Specifies whether the output level is active or inactive when in IDLE state. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_IDLE_Level
HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Event
uint32_t EventPolarity
uint32_t EventSensitivity
uint32_t EventFilter
Field Documentation

246/832
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef::Event
Specifies the external event triggering the capture. This parameter can be any 'EEVx'
value of HRTIM_External_Event_Channels
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



21.1.8
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef::EventPolarity
Specifies the polarity of the external event (in case of level sensitivity). This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef::EventSensitivity
Specifies the sensitivity of the external event. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_External_Event_Sensitivity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef::EventFilter
Defines the frequency used to sample the External Event and the length of the digital
filter. This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Filter
HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t Pulse
uint32_t OutputPolarity
uint32_t OutputIdleLevel
uint32_t Event
uint32_t EventPolarity
uint32_t EventSensitivity
uint32_t EventFilter
Field Documentation







21.1.9
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the compare value to be loaded into the Compare Register. The compare
value must be above or equal to 3 periods of the fHRTIM clock
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::OutputPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::OutputIdleLevel
Specifies whether the output level is active or inactive when in IDLE state. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_IDLE_Level
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::Event
Specifies the external event triggering the pulse generation. This parameter can be
any 'EEVx' value of HRTIM_External_Event_Channels
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::EventPolarity
Specifies the polarity of the external event (in case of level sensitivity). This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::EventSensitivity
Specifies the sensitivity of the external event. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_External_Event_Sensitivity.
uint32_t HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef::EventFilter
Defines the frequency used to sample the External Event and the length of the digital
filter. This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Filter
HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef
Data Fields
DOCID026526 Rev 4
247/832
UM1786





















uint32_t InterruptRequests
uint32_t DMARequests
uint32_t DMASrcAddress
uint32_t DMADstAddress
uint32_t DMASize
uint32_t HalfModeEnable
uint32_t StartOnSync
uint32_t ResetOnSync
uint32_t DACSynchro
uint32_t PreloadEnable
uint32_t UpdateGating
uint32_t BurstMode
uint32_t RepetitionUpdate
uint32_t PushPull
uint32_t FaultEnable
uint32_t FaultLock
uint32_t DeadTimeInsertion
uint32_t DelayedProtectionMode
uint32_t UpdateTrigger
uint32_t ResetTrigger
uint32_t ResetUpdate
Field Documentation








248/832
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::InterruptRequests
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies which interrupts
requests must enabled for the timer. This parameter can be any combination of
HRTIM_Master_Interrupt_Enable or HRTIM_Timing_Unit_Interrupt_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DMARequests
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies which DMA requests
must be enabled for the timer. This parameter can be any combination of
HRTIM_Master_DMA_Request_Enable or
HRTIM_Timing_Unit_DMA_Request_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DMASrcAddress
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies the address of the
source address of the DMA transfer
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DMADstAddress
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies the address of the
destination address of the DMA transfer
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DMASize
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies the size of the DMA
transfer
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::HalfModeEnable
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies whether or not hald
mode is enabled This parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Half_Mode_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::StartOnSync
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies whether or not timer is
reset by a rising edge on the synchronization input (when enabled). This parameter
can be any value of HRTIM_Start_On_Sync_Input_Event
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::ResetOnSync
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies whether or not timer is
reset by a rising edge on the synchronization input (when enabled). This parameter
can be any value of HRTIM_Reset_On_Sync_Input_Event
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786













21.1.10
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DACSynchro
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Indicates whether or not the a
DAC synchronization event is generated. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_DAC_Synchronization
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::PreloadEnable
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies whether or not register
preload is enabled. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Register_Preload_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::UpdateGating
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies how the update occurs
with respect to a burst DMA transaction or update enable inputs (Slave timers only).
This parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Update_Gating
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::BurstMode
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies how the timer behaves
during a burst mode operation. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Timer_Burst_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::RepetitionUpdate
Relevant for all HRTIM timers, including the master. Specifies whether or not
registers update is triggered by the repetition event. This parameter can be any value
of HRTIM_Timer_Repetition_Update
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::PushPull
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies whether or not the push-pull mode is
enabled. This parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Timer_Push_Pull_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::FaultEnable
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies which fault channels are enabled for the
timer. This parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Timer_Fault_Enabling
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::FaultLock
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies whether or not fault enabling status is write
protected. This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Timer_Fault_Lock
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DeadTimeInsertion
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies whether or not dead-time insertion is
enabled for the timer. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Timer_Deadtime_Insertion
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::DelayedProtectionMode
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies the delayed protection mode. This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Timer_Delayed_Protection_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::UpdateTrigger
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies source(s) triggering the timer registers
update. This parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Timer_Update_Trigger
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::ResetTrigger
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies source(s) triggering the timer counter
reset. This parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Timer_Reset_Trigger
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef::ResetUpdate
Relevant for Timer A to Timer E. Specifies whether or not registers update is
triggered when the timer counter is reset. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Timer_Reset_Update
HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t CompareValue
uint32_t AutoDelayedMode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
249/832
UM1786

uint32_t AutoDelayedTimeout
Field Documentation



21.1.11
uint32_t HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef::CompareValue
Specifies the compare value of the timer compare unit. The minimum value must be
greater than or equal to 3 periods of the fHRTIM clock. The maximum value must be
less than or equal to 0xFFFF - 1 periods of the fHRTIM clock
uint32_t HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef::AutoDelayedMode
Specifies the auto delayed mode for compare unit 2 or 4. This parameter can be a
value of HRTIM_Compare_Unit_Auto_Delayed_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef::AutoDelayedTimeout
Specifies compare value for timing unit 1 or 3 when auto delayed mode with time out
is selected. CompareValue + AutoDelayedTimeout must be less than 0xFFFF
HRTIM_CaptureCfgTypeDef
Data Fields

uint32_t Trigger
Field Documentation

21.1.12
uint32_t HRTIM_CaptureCfgTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies source(s) triggering the capture. This parameter can be a combination of
HRTIM_Capture_Unit_Trigger
HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t SetSource
uint32_t ResetSource
uint32_t IdleMode
uint32_t IdleLevel
uint32_t FaultLevel
uint32_t ChopperModeEnable
uint32_t BurstModeEntryDelayed
Field Documentation


250/832
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::SetSource
Specifies the event(s) transitioning the output from its inactive level to its active level.
This parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Output_Set_Source
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






21.1.13
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::ResetSource
Specifies the event(s) transitioning the output from its active level to its inactive level.
This parameter can be a combination of HRTIM_Output_Reset_Source
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::IdleMode
Specifies whether or not the output is affected by a burst mode operation. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_Idle_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::IdleLevel
Specifies whether the output level is active or inactive when in IDLE state. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_IDLE_Level
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::FaultLevel
Specifies whether the output level is active or inactive when in FAULT state. This
parameter can be any value of HRTIM_Output_FAULT_Level
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::ChopperModeEnable
Indicates whether or not the chopper mode is enabled This parameter can be any
value of HRTIM_Output_Chopper_Mode_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef::BurstModeEntryDelayed
Indicates whether or not dead-time is inserted when entering the IDLE state during a
burst mode operation. This parameters can be any value of
HRTIM_Output_Burst_Mode_Entry_Delayed
HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringCfgTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Filter
uint32_t Latch
Field Documentation


21.1.14
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringCfgTypeDef::Filter
Specifies the type of event filtering within the timing unit. This parameter can be a
value of HRTIM_Timer_External_Event_Filter
uint32_t HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringCfgTypeDef::Latch
Specifies whether or not the signal is latched. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Timer_External_Event_Latch
HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t RisingValue
uint32_t RisingSign
uint32_t RisingLock
uint32_t RisingSignLock
uint32_t FallingValue
uint32_t FallingSign
uint32_t FallingLock
uint32_t FallingSignLock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
251/832
UM1786
Field Documentation









21.1.15
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the Deadtime Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Deadtime_Prescaler_Ratio
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::RisingValue
Specifies the Deadtime following a rising edge. This parameter can be a number
between 0x0 and 0x1FF
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::RisingSign
Specifies whether the deadtime is positive or negative on rising edge. This parameter
can be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Rising_Sign
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::RisingLock
Specifies whether or not deadtime rising settings (value and sign) are write protected.
This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Rising_Lock
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::RisingSignLock
Specifies whether or not deadtime rising sign is write protected. This parameter can
be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Rising_Sign_Lock
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::FallingValue
Specifies the Deadtime following a falling edge. This parameter can be a number
between 0x0 and 0x1FF
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::FallingSign
Specifies whether the deadtime is positive or negative on falling edge. This parameter
can be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Falling_Sign
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::FallingLock
Specifies whether or not deadtime falling settings (value and sign) are write protected.
This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Falling_Lock
uint32_t HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef::FallingSignLock
Specifies whether or not deadtime falling sign is write protected. This parameter can
be a value of HRTIM_Deadtime_Falling_Sign_Lock
HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t CarrierFreq
uint32_t DutyCycle
uint32_t StartPulse
Field Documentation



252/832
uint32_t HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef::CarrierFreq
Specifies the Timer carrier frequency value. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Chopper_Frequency
uint32_t HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef::DutyCycle
Specifies the Timer chopper duty cycle value. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Chopper_Duty_Cycle
uint32_t HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef::StartPulse
Specifies the Timer pulse width value. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Chopper_Start_Pulse_Width
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
21.1.16
HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t Source
uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t Sensitivity
uint32_t Filter
uint32_t FastMode
Field Documentation





21.1.17
uint32_t HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef::Source
Identifies the source of the external event. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_External_Event_Sources
uint32_t HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the polarity of the external event (in case of level sensitivity). This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef::Sensitivity
Specifies the sensitivity of the external event. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_External_Event_Sensitivity
uint32_t HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef::Filter
Defines the frequency used to sample the External Event and the length of the digital
filter. This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Filter
uint32_t HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef::FastMode
Indicates whether or not low latency mode is enabled for the external event. This
parameter can be a value of HRTIM_External_Event_Fast_Mode
HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Source
uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t Filter
uint32_t Lock
Field Documentation



uint32_t HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef::Source
Identifies the source of the fault. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Fault_Sources
uint32_t HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the polarity of the fault event. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Fault_Polarity
uint32_t HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef::Filter
Defines the frequency used to sample the Fault input and the length of the digital
filter. This parameter can be a value of HRTIM_Fault_Filter
DOCID026526 Rev 4
253/832
UM1786

21.1.18
uint32_t HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef::Lock
Indicates whether or not fault programming bits are write protected. This parameter
can be a value of HRTIM_Fault_Lock
HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t Mode
uint32_t ClockSource
uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t PreloadEnable
uint32_t Trigger
uint32_t IdleDuration
uint32_t Period
Field Documentation







21.1.19
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the burst mode operating mode. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Burst_Mode_Operating_Mode
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::ClockSource
Specifies the burst mode clock source. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Burst_Mode_Clock_Source
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the burst mode prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
HRTIM_Burst_Mode_Prescaler
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::PreloadEnable
Specifies whether or not preload is enabled for burst mode related registers
(HRTIM_BMCMPR and HRTIM_BMPER). This parameter can be a combination of
HRTIM_Burst_Mode_Register_Preload_Enable
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the event(s) triggering the burst operation. This parameter can be a
combination of HRTIM_Burst_Mode_Trigger
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::IdleDuration
Specifies number of periods during which the selected timers are in idle state. This
parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFFFF
uint32_t HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef::Period
Specifies burst mode repetition period. This parameter can be a number between 0x1
and 0xFFFF
HRTIM_ADCTriggerCfgTypeDef
Data Fields


254/832
uint32_t UpdateSource
uint32_t Trigger
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Field Documentation


uint32_t HRTIM_ADCTriggerCfgTypeDef::UpdateSource
Specifies the ADC trigger update source. This parameter can be a combination of
HRTIM_ADC_Trigger_Update_Source
uint32_t HRTIM_ADCTriggerCfgTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the event(s) triggering the ADC conversion. This parameter can be a value
of HRTIM_ADC_Trigger_Event
21.2
HRTIM Firmware driver API description
21.2.1
Simple mode v.s. waveform mode
The HRTIM HAL API is split into 2 categories:
1.
2.
21.2.2
Simple functions: these functions allow for using a HRTIM timer as a general purpose
timer with high resolution capabilities. HRTIM simple modes are managed through the
set of functions named HAL_HRTIM_Simple<Function>. These functions are similar in
name and usage to the one defined for the TIM peripheral. When a HRTIM timer
operates in simple mode, only a very limited set of HRTIM features are used.
Following simple modes are proposed:

Output compare mode,

PWM output mode,

Input capture mode,

One pulse mode.
Waveform functions: These functions allow taking advantage of the HRTIM flexibility
to produce numerous types of control signal. When a HRTIM timer operates in
waveform mode, all the HRTIM features are accessible without any restriction. HRTIM
waveform modes are managed through the set of functions named
HAL_HRTIM_Waveform<Function>
How to use this driver
1.
Initialize the HRTIM low level resources by implementing the HAL_HRTIM_MspInit()
function:
a. Enable the HRTIM clock source using __HRTIMx_CLK_ENABLE()
b. Connect HRTIM pins to MCU I/Os

Enable the clock for the HRTIM GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure these GPIO pins in Alternate Function mode using
HAL_GPIO_Init()
c. When using DMA to control data transfer (e.g
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Initialize the DMA handle

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the appropriate DMA handle of the
HRTIM handle using __HAL_LINKDMA()

Initialize the DMA channel using HAL_DMA_Init()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt
on the DMA channel using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
d. In case of using interrupt mode (e.g HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_IT())
DOCID026526 Rev 4
255/832
UM1786

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
256/832
Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the concerned HRTIM
interrupt using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Initialize the HRTIM HAL using HAL_HRTIM_Init(). The HRTIM configuration structure
(field of the HRTIM handle) specifies which global interrupt of whole HRTIM must be
enabled (Burst mode period, System fault, Faults). It also contains the HRTIM external
synchronization configuration. HRTIM can act as a master (generating a
synchronization signal) or as a slave (waiting for a trigger to be synchronized).
Start the high resolution unit using HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart(). DLL calibration
is executed periodically and compensate for potential voltage and temperature drifts.
DLL calibration period is specified by the CalibrationRate argument.
HRTIM timers cannot be used until the high resolution unit is ready. This can be
checked using HAL_HRTIM_PollForDLLCalibration(): this function returns HAL_OK if
DLL calibration is completed or HAL_TIMEOUT if the DLL calibration is still going on
when timeout given as argument expires. DLL calibration can also be started in
interrupt mode using HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart_IT(). In that case an interrupt
is generated when the DLL calibration is completed. Note that as DLL calibration is
executed on a periodic basis an interrupt will be generated at the end of every DLL
calibration operation (worst case: one interrupt every 14 micro seconds !).
Configure HRTIM resources shared by all HRTIM timers
a. Burst Mode Controller:

HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeConfig(): configures the HRTIM burst mode
controller: operating mode (continuous or one-shot mode), clock (source,
prescaler) , trigger(s), period, idle duration.
b. External Events Conditionning:

HAL_HRTIM_EventConfig(): configures the conditioning of an external event
channel: source, polarity, edge-sensitivity. External event can be used as
triggers (timer reset, input capture, burst mode, ADC triggers, delayed
protection) They can also be used to set or reset timer outputs. Up to 10
event channels are available.

HAL_HRTIM_EventPrescalerConfig(): configures the external event
sampling clock (used for digital filtering).
c. Fault Conditionning:

HAL_HRTIM_FaultConfig(): configures the conditioning of a fault channel:
source, polarity, edge-sensitivity. Fault channels are used to disable the
outputs in case of an abnormal operation. Up to 5 fault channels are
available.

HAL_HRTIM_FaultPrescalerConfig(): configures the fault sampling clock
(used for digital filtering).

HAL_HRTIM_FaultModeCtl(): Enables or disables fault input(s) circuitry. By
default all fault inputs are disabled.
d. ADC trigger:

HAL_HRTIM_ADCTriggerConfig(): configures the source triggering the
update of the ADC trigger register and the ADC trigger. 4 independent
triggers are available to start both the regular and the injected sequencers of
the 2 ADCs
Configure HRTIM timer time base using HAL_HRTIM_TimeBaseConfig(). This
function must be called whatever the HRTIM timer operating mode is (simple v.s.
waveform). It configures mainly:
a. The HRTIM timer counter operating mode (continuous v.s. one shot)
b. The HRTIM timer clock prescaler
c. The HRTIM timer period
d. The HRTIM timer repetition counter
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
If the HRTIM timer operates in simple mode
1.
Start or Stop simple timers

Simple time base:
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_IT(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_DMA(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_DMA().

Simple output compare: HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelConfig(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_IT(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_DMA(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_DMA(),

Simple PWM output: HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelConfig(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart(),HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_IT(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_DMA(),HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_DMA(),

Simple input capture: HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelConfig(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_IT(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_DMA(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_DM
A().

Simple one pulse: HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelConfig(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop(),
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop_It().
If the HRTIM timer operates in waveform mode
1.
Completes waveform timer configuration

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig(): configuration of a HRTIM timer operating
in wave form mode mainly consists in:

Enabling the HRTIM timer interrupts and DMA requests.

Enabling the half mode for the HRTIM timer.

Defining how the HRTIM timer reacts to external synchronization input.

Enabling the push-pull mode for the HRTIM timer.

Enabling the fault channels for the HRTIM timer.

Enabling the dead-time insertion for the HRTIM timer.

Setting the delayed protection mode for the HRTIM timer (source and
outputs on which the delayed protection are applied).

Specifying the HRTIM timer update and reset triggers.

Specifying the HRTIM timer registers update policy (e.g. pre-load enabling).

HAL_HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringConfig(): configures external event blanking
and windowing circuitry of a HRTIM timer:

Blanking: to mask external events during a defined time period a defined
time period

Windowing, to enable external events only during a defined time period

HAL_HRTIM_DeadTimeConfig(): configures the dead-time insertion unit for a
HRTIM timer. Allows to generate a couple of complementary signals from a
single reference waveform, with programmable delays between active state.

HAL_HRTIM_ChopperModeConfig(): configures the parameters of the highfrequency carrier signal added on top of the timing unit output. Chopper mode
can be enabled or disabled for each timer output separately (see
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputConfig()).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
257/832
UM1786

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
258/832
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMAConfig(): configures the burst DMA burst controller.
Allows having multiple HRTIM registers updated with a single DMA request. The
burst DMA operation is started by calling HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransfer().

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCompareConfig():configures the compare unit of a
HRTIM timer. This operation consists in setting the compare value and possibly
specifying the auto delayed mode for compare units 2 and 4 (allows to have
compare events generated relatively to capture events). Note that when auto
delayed mode is needed, the capture unit associated to the compare unit must be
configured separately.

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCaptureConfig(): configures the capture unit of a HRTIM
timer. This operation consists in specifying the source(s) triggering the capture
(timer register update event, external event, timer output set/reset event, other
HRTIM timer related events).

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputConfig(): configuration of a HRTIM timer output
mainly consists in:

Setting the output polarity (active high or active low),

Defining the set/reset crossbar for the output,

Specifying the fault level (active or inactive) in IDLE and FAULT states.,
Set waveform timer output(s) level

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformSetOutputLevel(): forces the output to its active or
inactive level. For example, when deadtime insertion is enabled it is necessary to
force the output level by software to have the outputs in a complementary state
as soon as the RUN mode is entered.
Enable or Disable waveform timer output(s)

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStart(),HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStop().
Start or Stop waveform HRTIM timer(s).

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart(),HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop(),

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_IT(),HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_I
T(),

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart()_DMA,HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterSto
p_DMA(),
Burst mode controller enabling:

HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeCtl(): activates or de-activates the burst mode controller.
Some HRTIM operations can be triggered by software:

HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeSoftwareTrigger(): calling this function trigs the burst
operation.

HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareCapture(): calling this function trigs the capture of the
HRTIM timer counter.

HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareUpdate(): calling this function trigs the update of the preloadable registers of the HRTIM timer

HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareReset():calling this function resets the HRTIM timer
counter.
Some functions can be used any time to retrieve HRTIM timer related information

HAL_HRTIM_GetCapturedValue(): returns actual value of the capture register of
the designated capture unit.

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputLevel(): returns actual level
(ACTIVE/INACTIVE) of the designated timer output.

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputState():returns actual state
(IDLE/RUN/FAULT) of the designated timer output.

HAL_HRTIM_GetDelayedProtectionStatus():returns actual level
(ACTIVE/INACTIVE) of the designated output when the delayed protection was
triggered.

HAL_HRTIM_GetBurstStatus(): returns the actual status (ACTIVE/INACTIVE) of
the burst mode controller.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

8.
21.2.3
HAL_HRTIM_GetCurrentPushPullStatus(): when the push-pull mode is enabled
for the HRTIM timer (see HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig()), the push-pull
status indicates on which output the signal is currently active (e.g signal applied
on output 1 and output 2 forced inactive or vice versa).

HAL_HRTIM_GetIdlePushPullStatus(): when the push-pull mode is enabled for
the HRTIM timer (see HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig()), the idle push-pull
status indicates during which period the delayed protection request occurred (e.g.
protection occurred when the output 1 was active and output 2 forced inactive or
vice versa).
Some functions can be used any time to retrieve actual HRTIM status

HAL_HRTIM_GetState(): returns actual HRTIM instance HAL state.
Initialization and Time Base Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:







Initialize a HRTIM instance
De-initialize a HRTIM instance
Initialize the HRTIM MSP
De-initialize the HRTIM MSP
Start the high-resolution unit (start DLL calibration)
Check that the high resolution unit is ready (DLL calibration done)
Configure the time base unit of a HRTIM timer
This section contains the following APIs:








21.2.4
HAL_HRTIM_Init()
HAL_HRTIM_DeInit()
HAL_HRTIM_MspInit()
HAL_HRTIM_MspDeInit()
HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart()
HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_PollForDLLCalibration()
HAL_HRTIM_TimeBaseConfig()
Simple time base mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






Start simple time base
Stop simple time base
Start simple time base and enable interrupt
Stop simple time base and disable interrupt
Start simple time base and enable DMA transfer
Stop simple time base and disable DMA transfer When a HRTIM timer operates in
simple time base mode, the timer counter counts from 0 to the period value.
This section contains the following APIs:






HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_DMA()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_DMA()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
259/832
UM1786
21.2.5
Simple output compare functions
This section provides functions allowing to:







Configure simple output channel
Start simple output compare
Stop simple output compare
Start simple output compare and enable interrupt
Stop simple output compare and disable interrupt
Start simple output compare and enable DMA transfer
Stop simple output compare and disable DMA transfer When a HRTIM timer
operates in simple output compare mode the output level is set to a programmable
value when a match is found between the compare register and the counter. Compare
unit 1 is automatically associated to output 1 Compare unit 2 is automatically
associated to output 2
This section contains the following APIs:







21.2.6
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_DMA()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_DMA()
Simple PWM output functions
This section provides functions allowing to:







Configure simple PWM output channel
Start simple PWM output
Stop simple PWM output
Start simple PWM output and enable interrupt
Stop simple PWM output and disable interrupt
Start simple PWM output and enable DMA transfer
Stop simple PWM output and disable DMA transfer When a HRTIM timer operates in
simple PWM output mode the output level is set to a programmable value when a
match is found between the compare register and the counter and reset when the
timer period is reached. Duty cycle is determined by the comparison value. Compare
unit 1 is automatically associated to output 1 Compare unit 2 is automatically
associated to output 2
This section contains the following APIs:







21.2.7
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_DMA()
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_DMA()
Simple input capture functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

260/832
Configure simple input capture channel
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






Start simple input capture
Stop simple input capture
Start simple input capture and enable interrupt
Stop simple input capture and disable interrupt
Start simple input capture and enable DMA transfer
Stop simple input capture and disable DMA transfer When a HRTIM timer operates
in simple input capture mode the Capture Register (HRTIM_CPT1/2xR) is used to
latch the value of the timer counter counter after a transition detected on a given
external event input.
This section contains the following APIs:







21.2.8
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_DMA()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_DMA()
Simple one pulse functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Configure one pulse channel
Start one pulse generation
Stop one pulse generation
Start one pulse generation and enable interrupt
Stop one pulse generation and disable interrupt When a HRTIM timer operates in
simple one pulse mode the timer counter is started in response to transition detected
on a given external event input to generate a pulse with a programmable length after a
programmable delay.
This section contains the following APIs:





21.2.9
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop_IT()
HRTIM configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure the HRTIM resources shared by all
the HRTIM timers operating in waveform mode:







Configure the burst mode controller
Configure an external event conditionning
Configure the external events sampling clock
Configure a fault conditionning
Enable or disable fault inputs
Configure the faults sampling clock
Configure an ADC trigger
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_EventConfig()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
261/832
UM1786





21.2.10
HAL_HRTIM_EventPrescalerConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_FaultConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_FaultPrescalerConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_FaultModeCtl()
HAL_HRTIM_ADCTriggerConfig()
HRTIM timer configuration and control functions
This section provides functions used to configure and control a HRTIM timer operating in
waveform mode:

























Configure HRTIM timer general behavior
Configure HRTIM timer event filtering
Configure HRTIM timer deadtime insertion
Configure HRTIM timer chopper mode
Configure HRTIM timer burst DMA
Configure HRTIM timer compare unit
Configure HRTIM timer capture unit
Configure HRTIM timer output
Set HRTIM timer output level
Enable HRTIM timer output
Disable HRTIM timer output
Start HRTIM timer
Stop HRTIM timer
Start HRTIM timer and enable interrupt
Stop HRTIM timer and disable interrupt
Start HRTIM timer and enable DMA transfer
Stop HRTIM timer and disable DMA transfer
Enable or disable the burst mode controller
Start the burst mode controller (by software)
Trigger a Capture (by software)
Update the HRTIM timer preloadable registers (by software)
Reset the HRTIM timer counter (by software)
Start a burst DMA transfer
Enable timer register update
Disable timer register update
This section contains the following APIs:
















262/832
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_DeadTimeConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_ChopperModeConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMAConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCompareConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCaptureConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputConfig()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformSetOutputLevel()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStart()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStop()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_IT()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_DMA()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786









21.2.11
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_DMA()
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeCtl()
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeSoftwareTrigger()
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareCapture()
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareUpdate()
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareReset()
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransfer()
HAL_HRTIM_UpdateEnable()
HAL_HRTIM_UpdateDisable()
Peripheral State functions
This section provides functions used to get HRTIM or HRTIM timer specific information:








Get HRTIM HAL state
Get captured value
Get HRTIM timer output level
Get HRTIM timer output state
Get delayed protection status
Get burst status
Get current push-pull status
Get idle push-pull status
This section contains the following APIs:








21.2.12
HAL_HRTIM_GetState()
HAL_HRTIM_GetCapturedValue()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputLevel()
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputState()
HAL_HRTIM_GetDelayedProtectionStatus()
HAL_HRTIM_GetBurstStatus()
HAL_HRTIM_GetCurrentPushPullStatus()
HAL_HRTIM_GetIdlePushPullStatus()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_HRTIM_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_Init (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef
* hhrtim)
Function Description
Initializes a HRTIM instance.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_DeInit
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
De-initializes a HRTIM instance.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
263/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_MspInit (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
MSP initialization for a HRTIM instance.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_MspDeInit (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
MSP de-initialization for a for a HRTIM instance.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_TimeBaseConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_TimeBaseConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx,
HRTIM_TimeBaseCfgTypeDef * pTimeBaseCfg)
Function Description
Configures the time base unit of a timer.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
pTimeBaseCfg: pointer to the time base configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes


This function must be called prior starting the timer
The time-base unit initialization parameters specify: The timer
counter operating mode (continuous, one shot), The timer
clock prescaler, The timer period , The timer repetition
counter.
HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart
264/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t CalibrationRate)
Function Description
Starts the DLL calibration.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
CalibrationRate: DLL calibration period This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_SINGLE_CALIBRATION: One shot DLL
calibration
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_7300: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=7.3 ms
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_910: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=910 us
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_114: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=114 us
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_14: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=14 us
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function locks the HRTIM instance. HRTIM instance is
unlocked within the HAL_HRTIM_PollForDLLCalibration
function, just before exiting the function.
HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalibrationStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t CalibrationRate)
Function Description
Starts the DLL calibration.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
CalibrationRate: DLL calibration period This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_SINGLE_CALIBRATION: One shot DLL
calibration

HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_7300: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=7.3 ms

HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_910: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=910 us

HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_114: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=114 us

HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_14: Periodic DLL
calibration. T=14 us
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function locks the HRTIM instance. HRTIM instance is
unlocked within the IRQ processing function when processing
the DLL ready interrupt.
If this function is called for periodic calibration, the DLLRDY
interrupt is generated every time the calibration completes
which will significantly increases the overall interrupt rate.

HAL_HRTIM_PollForDLLCalibration
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_PollForDLLCalibration
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Polls the DLL calibration ready flag and returns when the flag is
set (DLL calibration completed) or upon timeout expiration.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timeout: Timeout duration in millisecond
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
265/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Starts the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Stops the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_IT
266/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Starts the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode
(Timer repetition interrupt is enabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Stops the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode
(Timer repetition interrupt is disabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStart_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
SrcAddr, uint32_t DestAddr, uint32_t Length)
Function Description
Starts the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode
(Timer repetition DMA request is enabled).
Parameters





hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
SrcAddr: DMA transfer source address
DestAddr: DMA transfer destination address
Length: The length of data items (data size) to be
transferred from source to destination
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleBaseStop_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Stops the counter of a timer operating in simple time base mode
(Timer repetition DMA request is disabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
DOCID026526 Rev 4
267/832
UM1786



Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel, HRTIM_SimpleOCChannelCfgTypeDef *
pSimpleOCChannelCfg)
Function Description
Configures an output in simple output compare mode.
Parameters




hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
pSimpleOCChannelCfg: pointer to the simple output
compare output configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the timer operates in simple output compare mode:
Output 1 is implicitly controlled by the compare unit 1 Output
2 is implicitly controlled by the compare unit 2 Output
Set/Reset crossbar is set according to the selected output
compare mode: Toggle: SETxyR = RSTxyR = CMPy Active:
SETxyR = CMPy, RSTxyR = 0 Inactive: SETxy =0, RSTxy =
CMPy
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart
268/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel)
Function Description
Starts the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel)
Function Description
Stops the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
269/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel)
Function Description
Starts the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output (Interrupt is enabled (see note note below)).
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Interrupt enabling depends on the chosen output compare
mode Output toggle: compare match interrupt is enabled
Output set active: output set interrupt is enabled Output set
inactive: output reset interrupt is enabled
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel)
Function Description
Stops the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output (Interrupt is disabled).
Parameters



270/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786









Return values

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStart_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel, uint32_t SrcAddr, uint32_t DestAddr, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Starts the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output (DMA request is enabled (see note below)).
Parameters






hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
SrcAddr: DMA transfer source address
DestAddr: DMA transfer destination address
Length: The length of data items (data size) to be
transferred from source to destination
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

DMA request enabling depends on the chosen output
compare mode Output toggle: compare match DMA request
is enabled Output set active: output set DMA request is
enabled Output set inactive: output reset DMA request is
enabled
DOCID026526 Rev 4
271/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOCStop_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OCChannel)
Function Description
Stops the output compare signal generation on the designed timer
output (DMA request is disabled).
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OCChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel, HRTIM_SimplePWMChannelCfgTypeDef *
pSimplePWMChannelCfg)
Function Description
Configures an output in simple PWM mode.
Parameters



272/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
pSimplePWMChannelCfg: pointer to the simple PWM
output configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the timer operates in simple PWM output mode: Output
1 is implicitly controlled by the compare unit 1 Output 2 is
implicitly controlled by the compare unit 2 Output Set/Reset
crossbar is set as follows: Output 1: SETx1R = CMP1,
RSTx1R = PER Output 2: SETx2R = CMP2, RST2R = PER
When Simple PWM mode is used the registers preload
mechanism is enabled (otherwise the behavior is not
guaranteed).

HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel)
Function Description
Starts the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
DOCID026526 Rev 4
273/832
UM1786
PWMChannel)
Function Description
Stops the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel)
Function Description
Starts the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output (The compare interrupt is enabled).
Parameters



274/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Return values

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel)
Function Description
Stops the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output (The compare interrupt is disabled).
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStart_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel, uint32_t SrcAddr, uint32_t DestAddr, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Starts the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output (The compare DMA request is enabled).
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
275/832
UM1786



Return values


HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
SrcAddr: DMA transfer source address
DestAddr: DMA transfer destination address
Length: The length of data items (data size) to be
transferred from source to destination
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimplePWMStop_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
PWMChannel)
Function Description
Stops the PWM output signal generation on the designed timer
output (The compare DMA request is disabled).
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
PWMChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelConfig
Function Name
276/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel, HRTIM_SimpleCaptureChannelCfgTypeDef *
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
pSimpleCaptureChannelCfg)
Function Description
Configures a simple capture.
Parameters




hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Capture unit This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
pSimpleCaptureChannelCfg: pointer to the simple capture
configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the timer operates in simple capture mode the capture
is trigerred by the designated external event and GPIO input
is implicitly used as event source. The cature can be triggered
by a rising edge, a falling edge or both edges on event
channel.
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel)
Function Description
Enables a simple capture on the designed capture unit.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The external event triggering the capture is available for all
timing units. It can be used directly and is active as soon as
the timing unit counter is enabled.
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
DOCID026526 Rev 4
277/832
UM1786
CaptureChannel)
Function Description
Disables a simple capture on the designed capture unit.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel)
Function Description
Enables a simple capture on the designed capture unit (Capture
interrupt is enabled).
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_IT
278/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel)
Function Description
Disables a simple capture on the designed capture unit (Capture
interrupt is disabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values


HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStart_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel, uint32_t SrcAddr, uint32_t DestAddr,
uint32_t Length)
Function Description
Enables a simple capture on the designed capture unit (Capture
DMA request is enabled).
Parameters






Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
SrcAddr: DMA transfer source address
DestAddr: DMA transfer destination address
Length: The length of data items (data size) to be
transferred from source to destination
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleCaptureStop_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureChannel)
Function Description
Disables a simple capture on the designed capture unit (Capture
DMA request is disabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
DOCID026526 Rev 4
279/832
UM1786
Return values

CaptureChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OnePulseChannel,
HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelCfgTypeDef *
pSimpleOnePulseChannelCfg)
Function Description
Configures an output simple one pulse mode.
Parameters




Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the timer operates in simple one pulse mode: the timer
counter is implicitly started by the reset event, the reset of the
timer counter is triggered by the designated external event
GPIO input is implicitly used as event source, Output 1 is
implicitly controlled by the compare unit 1, Output 2 is
implicitly controlled by the compare unit 2. Output Set/Reset
crossbar is set as follows: Output 1: SETx1R = CMP1,
RSTx1R = PER Output 2: SETx2R = CMP2, RST2R = PER
If HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseChannelConfig is called for
both timer outputs, the reset event related configuration data
provided in the second call will override the reset event
related configuration data provided in the first call.

280/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OnePulseChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
pSimpleOnePulseChannelCfg: pointer to the simple one
pulse output configuration structure
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OnePulseChannel)
Function Description
Enables the simple one pulse signal generation on the designed
output.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OnePulseChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OnePulseChannel)
Function Description
Disables the simple one pulse signal generation on the designed
output.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OnePulseChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
281/832
UM1786





Return values

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OnePulseChannel)
Function Description
Enables the simple one pulse signal generation on the designed
output (The compare interrupt is enabled (pulse start)).
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OnePulseChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop_IT
282/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SimpleOnePulseStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
OnePulseChannel)
Function Description
Disables the simple one pulse signal generation on the designed
output (The compare interrupt is disabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Return values


HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
OnePulseChannel: Timer output This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim,
HRTIM_BurstModeCfgTypeDef * pBurstModeCfg)
Function Description
Configures the burst mode feature of the HRTIM.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
pBurstModeCfg: pointer to the burst mode configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the burst mode
controller
HAL_HRTIM_EventConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_EventConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Event,
HRTIM_EventCfgTypeDef * pEventCfg)
Function Description
Configures the conditioning of an external event.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Event: external event to configure This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_EVENT_1: External event 1

HRTIM_EVENT_2: External event 2

HRTIM_EVENT_3: External event 3

HRTIM_EVENT_4: External event 4

HRTIM_EVENT_5: External event 5

HRTIM_EVENT_6: External event 6

HRTIM_EVENT_7: External event 7

HRTIM_EVENT_8: External event 8

HRTIM_EVENT_9: External event 9

HRTIM_EVENT_10: External event 10
pEventCfg: pointer to the event conditioning configuration
structure
DOCID026526 Rev 4
283/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_EventPrescalerConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_EventPrescalerConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Prescaler)
Function Description
Configures the external event conditioning block prescaler.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Prescaler: Prescaler value This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV1: fEEVS=fHRTIM

HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV2: fEEVS=fHRTIM / 2

HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV4: fEEVS=fHRTIM / 4

HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV8: fEEVS=fHRTIM / 8
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_FaultConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_FaultConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Fault,
HRTIM_FaultCfgTypeDef * pFaultCfg)
Function Description
Configures the conditioning of fault input.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Fault: fault input to configure This parameter can be one of
the following values:

HRTIM_FAULT_1: Fault input 1

HRTIM_FAULT_2: Fault input 2

HRTIM_FAULT_3: Fault input 3

HRTIM_FAULT_4: Fault input 4

HRTIM_FAULT_5: Fault input 5
pFaultCfg: pointer to the fault conditioning configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer and
before enabling faults inputs
HAL_HRTIM_FaultPrescalerConfig
284/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_FaultPrescalerConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Prescaler)
Function Description
Configures the fault conditioning block prescaler.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Prescaler: Prescaler value This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV1: fFLTS=fHRTIM

HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV2: fFLTS=fHRTIM / 2
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV4: fFLTS=fHRTIM / 4
HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV8: fFLTS=fHRTIM / 8
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer and
before enabling faults inputs
HAL_HRTIM_FaultModeCtl
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_FaultModeCtl (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim, uint32_t Faults, uint32_t Enable)
Function Description
Enables or disables the HRTIMx Fault mode.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Faults: fault input(s) to enable or disable This parameter can
be any combination of the following values:

HRTIM_FAULT_1: Fault input 1

HRTIM_FAULT_2: Fault input 2

HRTIM_FAULT_3: Fault input 3

HRTIM_FAULT_4: Fault input 4

HRTIM_FAULT_5: Fault input 5
Enable: Fault(s) enabling This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_FAULTMODECTL_ENABLED: Fault(s) enabled

HRTIM_FAULTMODECTL_DISABLED: Fault(s) disabled
None:
HAL_HRTIM_ADCTriggerConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_ADCTriggerConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t ADCTrigger,
HRTIM_ADCTriggerCfgTypeDef * pADCTriggerCfg)
Function Description
Configures both the ADC trigger register update source and the
ADC trigger source.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
ADCTrigger: ADC trigger to configure This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_1: ADC trigger 1

HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_2: ADC trigger 2

HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_3: ADC trigger 3

HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_4: ADC trigger 4
pADCTriggerCfg: pointer to the ADC trigger configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx,
DOCID026526 Rev 4
285/832
UM1786
HRTIM_TimerCfgTypeDef * pTimerCfg)
Function Description
Configures the general behavior of a timer operating in waveform
mode.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
pTimerCfg: pointer to the timer configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the timer operates in waveform mode, all the features
supported by the HRTIM are available without any limitation.
This function must be called before starting the timer

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCompareConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCompareConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CompareUnit, HRTIM_CompareCfgTypeDef * pCompareCfg)
Function Description
Configures the compare unit of a timer operating in waveform
mode.
Parameters




286/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CompareUnit: Compare unit to configure This parameter
can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_1: Compare unit 1

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_2: Compare unit 2

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_3: Compare unit 3

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_4: Compare unit 4
pCompareCfg: pointer to the compare unit configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When auto delayed mode is required for compare unit 2 or
compare unit 4, application has to configure separately the
capture unit. Capture unit to configure in that case depends
on the compare unit auto delayed mode is applied to (see
below): Auto delayed on output compare 2: capture unit 1
must be configured Auto delayed on output compare 4:
capture unit 2 must be configured
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCaptureConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCaptureConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureUnit, HRTIM_CaptureCfgTypeDef * pCaptureCfg)
Function Description
Configures the capture unit of a timer operating in waveform
mode.
Parameters




hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureUnit: Capture unit to configure This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
pCaptureCfg: pointer to the compare unit configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Output, HRTIM_OutputCfgTypeDef * pOutputCfg)
Function Description
Configures the output of a timer operating in waveform mode.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Output: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2
DOCID026526 Rev 4
287/832
UM1786


HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
pOutputCfg: pointer to the timer output configuration
structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before configuring the timer and
after configuring the deadtime insertion feature (if required).
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformSetOutputLevel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformSetOutputLevel
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Output, uint32_t OutputLevel)
Function Description
Forces the timer output to its active or inactive state.
Parameters




hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Output: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
OutputLevel: indicates whether the output is forced to its
active or inactive level This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUTLEVEL_ACTIVE: output is forced to its
active level

HRTIM_OUTPUTLEVEL_INACTIVE: output is forced to
its inactive level
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The 'software set/reset trigger' bit in the output set/reset
registers is automatically reset by hardware
HAL_HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringConfig
Function Name
288/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Event, HRTIM_TimerEventFilteringCfgTypeDef *
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
pTimerEventFilteringCfg)
Function Description
Configures the event filtering capabilities of a timer (blanking,
windowing)
Parameters




hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Event: external event for which timer event filtering must be
configured This parameter can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_EVENT_NONE: Reset timer event filtering
configuration

HRTIM_EVENT_1: External event 1

HRTIM_EVENT_2: External event 2

HRTIM_EVENT_3: External event 3

HRTIM_EVENT_4: External event 4

HRTIM_EVENT_5: External event 5

HRTIM_EVENT_6: External event 6

HRTIM_EVENT_7: External event 7

HRTIM_EVENT_8: External event 8

HRTIM_EVENT_9: External event 9

HRTIM_EVENT_10: External event 10
pTimerEventFilteringCfg: pointer to the timer event filtering
configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_DeadTimeConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_DeadTimeConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx,
HRTIM_DeadTimeCfgTypeDef * pDeadTimeCfg)
Function Description
Configures the deadtime insertion feature for a timer.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
pDeadTimeCfg: pointer to the deadtime insertion
configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
DOCID026526 Rev 4
289/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_ChopperModeConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_ChopperModeConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx,
HRTIM_ChopperModeCfgTypeDef * pChopperModeCfg)
Function Description
Configures the chopper mode feature for a timer.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
pChopperModeCfg: pointer to the chopper mode
configuration structure
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before configuring the timer
output(s)
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMAConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMAConfig
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
RegistersToUpdate)
Function Description
Configures the burst DMA controller for a timer.
Parameters



290/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
RegistersToUpdate: registers to be written by DMA This
parameter can be any combination of the following values:

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CR: HRTIM_MCR or
HRTIM_TIMxCR

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_ICR: HRTIM_MICR or
HRTIM_TIMxICR

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_DIER: HRTIM_MDIER or
HRTIM_TIMxDIER

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CNT: HRTIM_MCNT or
HRTIM_TIMxCNT

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_PER: HRTIM_MPER or
HRTIM_TIMxPER

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_REP: HRTIM_MREP or
HRTIM_TIMxREP

HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP1: HRTIM_MCMP1 or
HRTIM_TIMxCMP1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786














HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP2: HRTIM_MCMP2 or
HRTIM_TIMxCMP2
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP3: HRTIM_MCMP3 or
HRTIM_TIMxCMP3
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP4: HRTIM_MCMP4 or
HRTIM_TIMxCMP4
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_DTR: HRTIM_TIMxDTR
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_SET1R: HRTIM_TIMxSET1R
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RST1R: HRTIM_TIMxRST1R
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_SET2R: HRTIM_TIMxSET2R
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RST2R: HRTIM_TIMxRST2R
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_EEFR1: HRTIM_TIMxEEFR1
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_EEFR2: HRTIM_TIMxEEFR2
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RSTR: HRTIM_TIMxRSTR
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CHPR: HRTIM_TIMxCHPR
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_OUTR: HRTIM_TIMxOUTR
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_FLTR: HRTIM_TIMxFLTR
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called before starting the timer
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Starts the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in
waveform mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for
simultaneous counter start.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to start This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

HRTIM_TIMERID_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_A

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_B

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_C

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_D

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Stops the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in waveform
mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for simultaneous
counter stop.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to stop This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

HRTIM_TIMER_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMER_A
DOCID026526 Rev 4
291/832
UM1786




HRTIM_TIMER_B
HRTIM_TIMER_C
HRTIM_TIMER_D
HRTIM_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The counter of a timer is stopped only if all timer outputs are
disabled
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Starts the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in
waveform mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for
simultaneous counter start.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to start This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

HRTIM_TIMERID_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERID_A

HRTIM_TIMERID_B

HRTIM_TIMERID_C

HRTIM_TIMERID_D

HRTIM_TIMERID_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

HRTIM interrupts (e.g. faults interrupts) and interrupts related
to the timers to start are enabled within this function.
Interrupts to enable are selected through
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig function.
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_IT
292/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_IT
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Stops the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in waveform
mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for simultaneous
counter stop.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to stop This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

HRTIM_TIMER_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMER_A

HRTIM_TIMER_B

HRTIM_TIMER_C

HRTIM_TIMER_D

HRTIM_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The counter of a timer is stopped only if all timer outputs are
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

disabled
All enabled timer related interrupts are disabled.
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStart_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Starts the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in
waveform mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for
simultaneous counter start.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to start This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:
HRTIM_TIMER_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMER_A

HRTIM_TIMER_B

HRTIM_TIMER_C

HRTIM_TIMER_D

HRTIM_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function enables the dma request(s) mentionned in the
timer configuration data structure for every timers to start.
The source memory address, the destination memory
address and the size of each DMA transfer are specified at
timer configuration time (see
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformTimerConfig)

HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformCounterStop_DMA
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Stops the counter of the designated timer(s) operating in waveform
mode Timers can be combined (ORed) to allow for simultaneous
counter stop.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer counter(s) to stop This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

HRTIM_TIMER_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMER_A

HRTIM_TIMER_B

HRTIM_TIMER_C

HRTIM_TIMER_D

HRTIM_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The counter of a timer is stopped only if all timer outputs are
disabled
All enabled timer related DMA requests are disabled.

DOCID026526 Rev 4
293/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStart
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t OutputsToStart)
Function Description
Enables the generation of the waveform signal on the designated
output(s) Outputs can be combined (ORed) to allow for
simultaneous output enabling.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
OutputsToStart: Timer output(s) to enable This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_WaveformOutputStop
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t OutputsToStop)
Function Description
Disables the generation of the waveform signal on the designated
output(s) Outputs can be combined (ORed) to allow for
simultaneous output disabling.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
OutputsToStop: Timer output(s) to disable This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeCtl
294/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeCtl
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Enable)
Function Description
Enables or disables the HRTIM burst mode controller.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Enable: Burst mode controller enabling This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_BURSTMODECTL_ENABLED: Burst mode
enabled

HRTIM_BURSTMODECTL_DISABLED: Burst mode
disabled
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function must be called after starting the timer(s)
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeSoftwareTrigger
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_BurstModeSoftwareTrigger
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
Triggers the burst mode operation.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareCapture
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareCapture
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureUnit)
Function Description
Triggers a software capture on the designed capture unit.
Parameters



hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureUnit: Capture unit to trig This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The 'software capture' bit in the capure configuration register
is automatically reset by hardware
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareUpdate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareUpdate
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Triggers the update of the registers of one or several timers.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: timers concerned with the software register update
This parameter can be any combination of the following
DOCID026526 Rev 4
295/832
UM1786
values:

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_A

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_B

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_C

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_D

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The 'software update' bits in the HRTIM conrol register 2
register are automatically reset by hardware
HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareReset
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_SoftwareReset
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Triggers the reset of one or several timers.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: timers concerned with the software counter reset
This parameter can be any combination of the following
values:

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_A

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_B

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_C

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_D

HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_E
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The 'software reset' bits in the HRTIM conrol register 2 are
automatically reset by hardware
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransfer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransfer
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
BurstBufferAddress, uint32_t BurstBufferLength)
Function Description
Starts a burst DMA operation to update HRTIM control registers
content.
Parameters




296/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
BurstBufferAddress: address of the buffer the HRTIM
control registers content will be updated from.
BurstBufferLength: size (in WORDS) of the burst buffer.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The TimerIdx parameter determines the dma channel to be
used by the DMA burst controller (see below)
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER: DMA channel 2 is used by
the DMA burst controller HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A:
DMA channel 3 is used by the DMA burst controller
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B: DMA channel 4 is used by
the DMA burst controller HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C:
DMA channel 5 is used by the DMA burst controller
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D: DMA channel 6 is used by
the DMA burst controller HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E:
DMA channel 7 is used by the DMA burst controller
HAL_HRTIM_UpdateEnable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_UpdateEnable
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Enables the transfer from preload to active registers for one or
several timing units (including master timer).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer(s) concerned by the register preload enabling
command This parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_A

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_B

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_C

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_D

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_E
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_HRTIM_UpdateDisable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_UpdateDisable
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t Timers)
Function Description
Disables the transfer from preload to active registers for one or
several timing units (including master timer).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Timers: Timer(s) concerned by the register preload disabling
command This parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_MASTER

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_A

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_B

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_C

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_D

HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_E
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
297/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_GetState
Function Name
HAL_HRTIM_StateTypeDef HAL_HRTIM_GetState
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
return the HRTIM HAL state
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_HRTIM_GetCapturedValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_GetCapturedValue
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
CaptureUnit)
Function Description
Returns actual value of the capture register of the designated
capture unit.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
CaptureUnit: Capture unit to trig This parameter can be one
of the following values:

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1: Capture unit 1

HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2: Capture unit 2
Captured: value
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputLevel
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputLevel
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Output)
Function Description
Returns actual level (active or inactive) of the designated output.
Parameters



298/832
hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Output: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786





HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
Return values

Output: level
Notes

Returned output level is taken before the output stage
(chopper, polarity).
HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputState
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_WaveformGetOutputState
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Output)
Function Description
Returns actual state (RUN, IDLE, FAULT) of the designated
output.
Parameters



Return values

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Output: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2: Timer E - Output 2
Output: state
HAL_HRTIM_GetDelayedProtectionStatus
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_GetDelayedProtectionStatus
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx, uint32_t
Output)
Function Description
Returns the level (active or inactive) of the designated output when
the delayed protection was triggered.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
DOCID026526 Rev 4
299/832
UM1786

Return values


HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Output: Timer output This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1: Timer A - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2: Timer A - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1: Timer B - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2: Timer B - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1: Timer C - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2: Timer C - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer D - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer D - Output 2

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1: Timer E - Output 1

HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2: Timer E - Output 2
Delayed: protection status
HAL_HRTIM_GetBurstStatus
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_GetBurstStatus (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef
* hhrtim)
Function Description
Returns the actual status (active or inactive) of the burst mode
controller.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

Burst: mode controller status
HAL_HRTIM_GetCurrentPushPullStatus
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_GetCurrentPushPullStatus
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Indicates on which output the signal is currently active (when the
push pull mode is enabled).
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

Burst: mode controller status
HAL_HRTIM_GetIdlePushPullStatus
300/832
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HRTIM_GetIdlePushPullStatus
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Indicates on which output the signal was applied, in push-pull
mode, balanced fault mode or delayed idle mode, when the
protection was triggered.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

Idle: Push Pull Status
HAL_HRTIM_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_IRQHandler (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
This function handles HRTIM interrupt request.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be any value of
HRTIM Timer Index
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Fault1Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Fault1Callback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a fault 1 interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle *
Return values


None:
None:
HAL_HRTIM_Fault2Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Fault2Callback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a fault 2 interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Fault3Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Fault3Callback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a fault 3 interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
301/832
UM1786
HAL_HRTIM_Fault4Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Fault4Callback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a fault 4 interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Fault5Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Fault5Callback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a fault 5 interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_SystemFaultCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_SystemFaultCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a system fault interrupt occured.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalbrationReadyCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_DLLCalbrationReadyCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the DLL calibration is completed.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_BurstModePeriodCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_BurstModePeriodCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the end of the burst mode period
is reached.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_SynchronizationEventCallback
302/832
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_SynchronizationEventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a synchronization input event is
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
received.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_RegistersUpdateCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_RegistersUpdateCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when timer registers are updated.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_RepetitionEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_RepetitionEventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when timer repetition period has
elapsed.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Compare1EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Compare1EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer counter matches the
value programmed in the compare 1 register.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A
DOCID026526 Rev 4
303/832
UM1786




Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
None:
HAL_HRTIM_Compare2EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Compare2EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer counter matches the
value programmed in the compare 2 register.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Compare3EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Compare3EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer counter matches the
value programmed in the compare 3 register.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Compare4EventCallback
304/832
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Compare4EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer counter matches the
value programmed in the compare 4 register.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
None:
HAL_HRTIM_Capture1EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Capture1EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x capture 1 event
occurs.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Capture2EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Capture2EventCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x capture 2 event
occurs.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_DelayedProtectionCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_DelayedProtectionCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the delayed idle or balanced idle
mode is entered.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
305/832
UM1786





Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
None:
HAL_HRTIM_CounterResetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_CounterResetCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x counter reset/roll-over
event occurs.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Output1SetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Output1SetCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x output 1 is set.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Output1ResetCallback
306/832
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Output1ResetCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x output 1 is reset.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
None:
HAL_HRTIM_Output2SetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Output2SetCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x output 2 is set.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_Output2ResetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_Output2ResetCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when the timer x output 2 is reset.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
Return values

None:
HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransferCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_BurstDMATransferCallback
(HRTIM_HandleTypeDef * hhrtim, uint32_t TimerIdx)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a DMA burst transfer is
completed.
Parameters


hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
TimerIdx: Timer index This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER for master timer

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A for timer A

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B for timer B

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C for timer C

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D for timer D
DOCID026526 Rev 4
307/832
UM1786

Return values

HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E for timer E
None:
HAL_HRTIM_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HRTIM_ErrorCallback (HRTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hhrtim)
Function Description
Callback function invoked when a DMA error occurs.
Parameters

hhrtim: pointer to HAL HRTIM handle
Return values

None:
21.3
HRTIM Firmware driver defines
21.3.1
HRTIM
HRTIM ADC Trigger
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_1
ADC trigger 1 identifier
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_2
ADC trigger 2 identifier
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_3
ADC trigger 3 identifier
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER_4
ADC trigger 4 identifier
IS_HRTIM_ADCTRIGGER
HRTIM ADC Trigger Event
308/832
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_NONE
No ADC trigger event
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_MASTER_CMP1
ADC Trigger on master compare 1
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_MASTER_CMP2
ADC Trigger on master compare 2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_MASTER_CMP3
ADC Trigger on master compare 3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_MASTER_CMP4
ADC Trigger on master compare 4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_MASTER_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on master period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_EVENT_1
ADC Trigger on external event 1
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_EVENT_2
ADC Trigger on external event 2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_EVENT_3
ADC Trigger on external event 3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_EVENT_4
ADC Trigger on external event 4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_EVENT_5
ADC Trigger on external event 5
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERA_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERA_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERA_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERA_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer A period
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERA_RESET
ADC Trigger on Timer A reset
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERB_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERB_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERB_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERB_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer B period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERB_RESET
ADC Trigger on Timer B reset
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERC_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERC_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERC_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERC_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer C period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERD_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERD_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERD_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERD_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer D period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERE_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERE_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERE_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT13_TIMERE_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer E period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_NONE
No ADC trigger event
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_MASTER_CMP1
ADC Trigger on master compare 1
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_MASTER_CMP2
ADC Trigger on master compare 2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_MASTER_CMP3
ADC Trigger on master compare 3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_MASTER_CMP4
ADC Trigger on master compare 4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_MASTER_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on master period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_EVENT_6
ADC Trigger on external event 6
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_EVENT_7
ADC Trigger on external event 7
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_EVENT_8
ADC Trigger on external event 8
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_EVENT_9
ADC Trigger on external event 9
DOCID026526 Rev 4
309/832
UM1786
ADC Trigger on external event 10
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_EVENT_10
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERA_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERA_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERA_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer A compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERA_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer A period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERB_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERB_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERB_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer B compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERB_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer B period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERC_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERC_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERC_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer C compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERC_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer C period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERC_RESET
ADC Trigger on Timer C reset
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERD_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERD_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERD_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer D compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERD_PERIOD
ADC Trigger on Timer D period
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERD_RESET
ADC Trigger on Timer D reset
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERE_CMP2
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
2
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERE_CMP3
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
3
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERE_CMP4
ADC Trigger on Timer E compare
4
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGEREVENT24_TIMERE_RESET
ADC Trigger on Timer E reset
HRTIM ADC Trigger Update Source
310/832
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_MASTER
Master timer
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_TIMER_A
Timer A
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_TIMER_B
Timer B
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_TIMER_C
Timer C
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_TIMER_D
Timer D
HRTIM_ADCTRIGGERUPDATE_TIMER_E
Timer E
HRTIM Burst DMA Registers Update
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_NONE
No register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CR
MCR or TIMxCR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_ICR
MICR or TIMxICR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_DIER
MDIER or TIMxDIER register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CNT
MCNTR or CNTxCR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_PER
MPER or PERxR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_REP
MREPR or REPxR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP1
MCMP1R or CMP1xR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP2
MCMP2R or CMP2xR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP3
MCMP3R or CMP3xR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CMP4
MCMP4R or CMP4xR register is updated by Burst DMA
accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_DTR
TDxR register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_SET1R
SET1R register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RST1R
RST1R register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_SET2R
SET2R register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RST2R
RST1R register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_EEFR1
EEFxR1 register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_EEFR2
EEFxR2 register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_RSTR
RSTxR register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_CHPR
CHPxR register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_OUTR
OUTxR register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM_BURSTDMA_FLTR
FLTxR register is updated by Burst DMA accesses
HRTIM Burst Mode Clock Source
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_MASTER
DOCID026526 Rev 4
Master timer counter reset/rollover is used as clock source for
311/832
UM1786
the burst mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIMER_A
Timer A counter reset/roll-over is
used as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIMER_B
Timer B counter reset/roll-over is
used as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIMER_C
Timer C counter reset/roll-over is
used as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIMER_D
Timer D counter reset/roll-over is
used as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIMER_E
Timer E counter reset/roll-over is
used as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIM16_OC
On-chip Event 1 (BMClk[1]),
acting as a burst mode counter
clock
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIM17_OC
On-chip Event 2 (BMClk[2]),
acting as a burst mode counter
clock
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_TIM7_TRGO
On-chip Event 3 (BMClk[3]),
acting as a burst mode counter
clock
HRTIM_BURSTMODECLOCKSOURCE_FHRTIM
Prescaled fHRTIM clock is used
as clock source for the burst
mode counter
HRTIM Burst Mode Control
HRTIM_BURSTMODECTL_DISABLED
Burst mode disabled
HRTIM_BURSTMODECTL_ENABLED
Burst mode enabled
HRTIM Burst Mode Operating Mode
HRTIM_BURSTMODE_SINGLESHOT
Burst mode operates in single shot mode
HRTIM_BURSTMODE_CONTINOUS
Burst mode operates in continuous mode
HRTIM Burst Mode Prescaler
312/832
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV1
fBRST = fHRTIM
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV2
fBRST = fHRTIM/2
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV4
fBRST = fHRTIM/4
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV8
fBRST = fHRTIM/8
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV16
fBRST = fHRTIM/16
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV32
fBRST = fHRTIM/32
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV64
fBRST = fHRTIM/64
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV128
fBRST = fHRTIM/128
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV256
fBRST = fHRTIM/256
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV512
fBRST = fHRTIM/512
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV1024
fBRST = fHRTIM/1024
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV2048
fBRST = fHRTIM/2048
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV4096
fBRST = fHRTIM/4096
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV8192
fBRST = fHRTIM/8192
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV16384
fBRST = fHRTIM/16384
HRTIM_BURSTMODEPRESCALER_DIV32768
fBRST = fHRTIM/32768
HRTIM Burst Mode Register Preload Enable
HRIM_BURSTMODEPRELOAD_DISABLED
Preload disabled: the write access is
directly done into active registers
HRIM_BURSTMODEPRELOAD_ENABLED
Preload enabled: the write access is done
into preload registers
HRTIM Burst Mode Status
HRTIM_BURSTMODESTATUS_NORMAL
Normal operation
HRTIM_BURSTMODESTATUS_ONGOING
Burst operation on-going
HRTIM Burst Mode Trigger
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_NONE
No trigger
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_RESET
Master reset
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_REPETITION
Master repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_CMP1
Master compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_CMP2
Master compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_CMP3
Master compare 3
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_MASTER_CMP4
Master compare 4
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERA_RESET
Timer A reset
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERA_REPETITION
Timer A repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERA_CMP1
Timer A compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERA_CMP2
Timer A compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERB_RESET
Timer B reset
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERB_REPETITION
Timer B repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERB_CMP1
Timer B compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERB_CMP2
Timer B compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERC_RESET
Timer C reset
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERC_REPETITION
Timer C repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERC_CMP1
Timer C compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERC_CMP2
Timer C compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERD_RESET
Timer D reset
DOCID026526 Rev 4
313/832
UM1786
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERD_REPETITION
Timer D repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERD_CMP1
Timer D compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERD_CMP2
Timer D compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERE_RESET
Timer E reset
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERE_REPETITION
Timer E repetition
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERE_CMP1
Timer E compare 1
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERE_CMP2
Timer E compare 2
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERA_EVENT7
Timer A period following
External Event 7
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_TIMERD_EVENT8
Timer D period following
External Event 8
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_EVENT_7
External Event 7 (timer A
filters applied)
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_EVENT_8
External Event 8 (timer D
filters applied)
HRTIM_BURSTMODETRIGGER_EVENT_ONCHIP
On-chip Event
HRTIM Capture Unit
HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_1
Capture unit 1 identifier
HRTIM_CAPTUREUNIT_2
Capture unit 2 identifier
HRTIM Capture Unit Trigger
314/832
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_NONE
Capture trigger is disabled
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_UPDATE
The update event triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_1
The External event 1 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_2
The External event 2 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_3
The External event 3 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_4
The External event 4 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_5
The External event 5 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_6
The External event 6 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_7
The External event 7 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_8
The External event 8 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_9
The External event 9 triggers the Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_EEV_10
The External event 10 triggers the
Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TA1_SET
Capture is triggered by TA1 output
inactive to active transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TA1_RESET
Capture is triggered by TA1 output active
to inactive transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERA_CMP1
Timer A Compare 1 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERA_CMP2
Timer A Compare 2 triggers Capture
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TB1_SET
Capture is triggered by TB1 output
inactive to active transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TB1_RESET
Capture is triggered by TB1 output active
to inactive transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERB_CMP1
Timer B Compare 1 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERB_CMP2
Timer B Compare 2 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TC1_SET
Capture is triggered by TC1 output
inactive to active transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TC1_RESET
Capture is triggered by TC1 output active
to inactive transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERC_CMP1
Timer C Compare 1 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERC_CMP2
Timer C Compare 2 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TD1_SET
Capture is triggered by TD1 output
inactive to active transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TD1_RESET
Capture is triggered by TD1 output active
to inactive transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERD_CMP1
Timer D Compare 1 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERD_CMP2
Timer D Compare 2 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TE1_SET
Capture is triggered by TE1 output
inactive to active transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TE1_RESET
Capture is triggered by TE1 output active
to inactive transition
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERE_CMP1
Timer E Compare 1 triggers Capture
HRTIM_CAPTURETRIGGER_TIMERE_CMP2
Timer E Compare 2 triggers Capture
HRTIM Chopper Duty Cycle
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_0
Only 1st pulse is present
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_125
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 12.5 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_250
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 25 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_375
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 37.5 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_500
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 50 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_625
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 62.5 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_750
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 75 %
HRTIM_CHOPPER_DUTYCYCLE_875
Duty cycle of the carrier signal is 87.5 %
HRTIM Chopper Frequency
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV16
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 16
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV32
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 32
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV48
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 48
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV64
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 64
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV80
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 80
DOCID026526 Rev 4
315/832
UM1786
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV96
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 96
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV112
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 112
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV128
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 128
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV144
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 144
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV160
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 160
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV176
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 176
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV192
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 192
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV208
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 208
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV224
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 224
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV240
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 240
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV256
fCHPFRQ = fHRTIM / 256
HRTIM Chopper Start Pulse Width
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_16
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 16
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_32
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 32
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_48
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 48
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_64
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 64
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_80
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 80
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_96
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 96
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_112
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 112
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_128
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 128
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_144
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 144
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_160
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 160
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_176
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 176
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_192
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 192
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_208
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 208
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_224
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 224
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_240
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 240
HRTIM_CHOPPER_PULSEWIDTH_256
tSTPW = tHRTIM x 256
HRTIM Common Interrupt Enable
316/832
HRTIM_IT_NONE
No interrupt enabled
HRTIM_IT_FLT1
Fault 1 interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT2
Fault 2 interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT3
Fault 3 interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT4
Fault 4 interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT5
Fault 5 interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_SYSFLT
System Fault interrupt enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_IT_DLLRDY
DLL ready interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_BMPER
Burst mode period interrupt enable
HRTIM Common Interrupt Flag
HRTIM_FLAG_FLT1
Fault 1 interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_FLT2
Fault 2 interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_FLT3
Fault 3 interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_FLT4
Fault 4 interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_FLT5
Fault 5 interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_SYSFLT
System Fault interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_DLLRDY
DLL ready interrupt flag
HRTIM_FLAG_BMPER
Burst mode period interrupt flag
HRTIM Compare Unit
HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_1
Compare unit 1 identifier
HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_2
Compare unit 2 identifier
HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_3
Compare unit 3 identifier
HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_4
Compare unit 4 identifier
HRTIM Compare Unit Auto Delayed Mode
HRTIM_AUTODELAYEDMODE_REGULAR
standard compare
mode
HRTIM_AUTODELAYEDMODE_AUTODELAYED_NOTIMEOUT
Compare event
generated only if a
capture has
occurred
HRTIM_AUTODELAYEDMODE_AUTODELAYED_TIMEOUTCMP1
Compare event
generated if a
capture has
occurred or after a
Compare 1 match
(timeout if capture
event is missing)
HRTIM_AUTODELAYEDMODE_AUTODELAYED_TIMEOUTCMP3
Compare event
generated if a
capture has
occurred or after a
Compare 3 match
(timeout if capture
event is missing)
HRTIM Counter Operating Mode
HRTIM_MODE_CONTINUOUS
The timer operates in continuous
(free-running) mode
HRTIM_MODE_SINGLESHOT
The timer operates in non
retriggerable single-shot mode
HRTIM_MODE_SINGLESHOT_RETRIGGERABLE
The timer operates in retriggerable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
317/832
UM1786
single-shot mode
HRTIM Current Push Pull Status
HRTIM_PUSHPULL_CURRENTSTATUS_OUTPUT1
Signal applied on output 1 and
output 2 forced inactive
HRTIM_PUSHPULL_CURRENTSTATUS_OUTPUT2
Signal applied on output 2 and
output 1 forced inactive
HRTIM DAC Synchronization
HRTIM_DACSYNC_NONE
No DAC synchronization event generated
HRTIM_DACSYNC_DACTRIGOUT_1
DAC synchronization event generated on
DACTrigOut1 output upon timer update
HRTIM_DACSYNC_DACTRIGOUT_2
DAC synchronization event generated on
DACTrigOut2 output upon timer update
HRTIM_DACSYNC_DACTRIGOUT_3
DAC update generated on DACTrigOut3 output
upon timer update
HRTIM Deadtime Falling Lock
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGLOCK_WRITE
Deadtime falling value and sign is
writeable
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGLOCK_READONLY
Deadtime falling value and sign is
read-only
HRTIM Deadtime Falling Sign
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGSIGN_POSITIVE
Positive deadtime on falling edge
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGSIGN_NEGATIVE
Negative deadtime on falling edge
HRTIM Deadtime Falling Sign Lock
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGSIGNLOCK_WRITE
Deadtime falling sign is
writeable
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_FALLINGSIGNLOCK_READONLY
Deadtime falling sign is
read-only
HRTIM Deadtime Prescaler Ratio
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL8
fDTG = fHRTIM * 8
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL4
fDTG = fHRTIM * 4
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL2
fDTG = fHRTIM * 2
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV1
fDTG = fHRTIM
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV2
fDTG = fHRTIM / 2
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV4
fDTG = fHRTIM / 4
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV8
fDTG = fHRTIM / 8
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV16
fDTG = fHRTIM / 16
HRTIM Deadtime Rising Lock
318/832
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGLOCK_WRITE
Deadtime rising value and sign is
writeable
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGLOCK_READONLY
Deadtime rising value and sign is
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
read-only
HRTIM Deadtime Rising Sign
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGSIGN_POSITIVE
Positive deadtime on rising edge
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGSIGN_NEGATIVE
Negative deadtime on rising edge
HRTIM Deadtime Rising Sign Lock
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGSIGNLOCK_WRITE
Deadtime rising sign is
writeable
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIME_RISINGSIGNLOCK_READONLY
Deadtime rising sign is readonly
HRTIM DLL Calibration Rate
HRTIM_SINGLE_CALIBRATION
Non periodic DLL calibration
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_7300
Periodic DLL calibration: T = 1048576 * tHRTIM (7.3
ms)
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_910
Periodic DLL calibration: T = 131072 * tHRTIM (910
ms)
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_114
Periodic DLL calibration: T = 16384 * tHRTIM (114
ms)
HRTIM_CALIBRATIONRATE_14
Periodic DLL calibration: T = 2048 * tHRTIM (14 ms)
HRTIM Exported Macros
__HAL_HRTIM_RESET_HANDLE_STA
TE
Description:

Reset HRTIM handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: HRTIM handle.
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables or disables the timer counter(s)
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__TIMERS__: timers to enable/disable This
parameter can be any combinations of the
following values:

HRTIM_TIMERID_MASTER: Master
timer identifier

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_A: Timer A
identifier

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_B: Timer B
identifier

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_C: Timer C
identifier

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_D: Timer D
identifier
DOCID026526 Rev 4
319/832
UM1786

HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_E: Timer E
identifier
Return value:

None
HRTIM_TAOEN_MASK
HRTIM_TBOEN_MASK
HRTIM_TCOEN_MASK
HRTIM_TDOEN_MASK
HRTIM_TEOEN_MASK
__HAL_HRTIM_DISABLE
__HAL_HRTIM_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
common interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_IT_FLT1: Fault 1 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT2: Fault 2 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT3: Fault 3 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT4: Fault 4 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT5: Fault 5 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_SYSFLT: System Fault
interrupt enable

HRTIM_IT_DLLRDY: DLL ready
interrupt enable

HRTIM_IT_BMPER: Burst mode
period interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
common interrupts.
Parameters:


320/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_IT_FLT1: Fault 1 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT2: Fault 2 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT3: Fault 3 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT4: Fault 4 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_FLT5: Fault 5 interrupt
enable

HRTIM_IT_SYSFLT: System Fault
interrupt enable

HRTIM_IT_DLLRDY: DLL ready
interrupt enable

HRTIM_IT_BMPER: Burst mode
period interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_HRTIM_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_HRTIM_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
Master timer interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP1: Master
compare 1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP2: Master
compare 2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP3: Master
compare 3 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP4: Master
compare 4 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MREP: Master
Repetition interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_SYNC:
Synchronization input interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MUPD: Master
update interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_ENABLE_IT
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
321/832
UM1786

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
Timerx interrupts.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__TIMER__: specified the timing unit
(Timer A to E)
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP1: Timer
compare 1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP2: Timer
compare 2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP3: Timer
compare 3 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP4: Timer
compare 4 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_REP: Timer repetition
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_UPD: Timer update
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT1: Timer capture
1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT2: Timer capture
2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET1: Timer output 1
set interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST1: Timer output 1
reset interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET2: Timer output 2
set interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST2: Timer output 2
reset interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST: Timer reset
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_DLYPRT: Timer
delay protection interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_HRTIM_GET_ITSTATUS
Description:

Checks if the specified HRTIM common
interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


322/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786








HRTIM_IT_FLT1: Fault 1 interrupt
enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT2: Fault 2 interrupt
enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT3: Fault 3 enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT4: Fault 4 enable
HRTIM_IT_FLT5: Fault 5 enable
HRTIM_IT_SYSFLT: System Fault
interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_DLLRDY: DLL ready
interrupt enable
HRTIM_IT_BMPER: Burst mode
period interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_GET_ITSTA
TUS
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Checks if the specified HRTIM Master
interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP1: Master
compare 1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP2: Master
compare 2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP3: Master
compare 3 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP4: Master
compare 4 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MREP: Master
Repetition interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_SYNC:
Synchronization input interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MUPD: Master
update interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_GET_ITSTATU
S
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Checks if the specified HRTIM Timerx
interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
323/832
UM1786


__TIMER__: specified the timing unit
(Timer A to E)
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP1: Master
compare 1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP2: Master
compare 2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP3: Master
compare 3 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP4: Master
compare 4 interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MREP: Master
Repetition interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_SYNC:
Synchronization input interrupt enable

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MUPD: Master
update interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP1: Timer
compare 1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP2: Timer
compare 2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP3: Timer
compare 3 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP4: Timer
compare 4 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_REP: Timer repetition
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_UPD: Timer update
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT1: Timer capture
1 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT2: Timer capture
2 interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET1: Timer output 1
set interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST1: Timer output 1
reset interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET2: Timer output 2
set interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST2: Timer output 2
reset interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST: Timer reset
interrupt enable

HRTIM_TIM_IT_DLYPRT: Timer
delay protection interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_CLEAR_IT
Description:

324/832
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Clears the specified HRTIM common
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_IT_FLT1: Fault 1 interrupt
clear flag

HRTIM_IT_FLT2: Fault 2 interrupt
clear flag

HRTIM_IT_FLT3: Fault 3 clear flag

HRTIM_IT_FLT4: Fault 4 clear flag

HRTIM_IT_FLT5: Fault 5 clear flag

HRTIM_IT_SYSFLT: System Fault
interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_IT_DLLRDY: DLL ready
interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_IT_BMPER: Burst mode
period interrupt clear flag
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_CLEAR_IT
None
Description:

Clears the specified HRTIM Master
pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP1: Master
compare 1 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP2: Master
compare 2 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP3: Master
compare 3 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP4: Master
compare 4 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MREP: Master
Repetition interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_SYNC:
Synchronization input interrupt clear
flag

HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MUPD: Master
update interrupt clear flag
Return value:

None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
325/832
UM1786
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_CLEAR_IT
Description:

Clears the specified HRTIM Timerx
pending flag.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__TIMER__: specified the timing unit
(Timer A to E)
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP1: Timer
compare 1 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP2: Timer
compare 2 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP3: Timer
compare 3 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP4: Timer
compare 4 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_REP: Timer repetition
interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_UPD: Timer update
interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT1: Timer capture
1 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT2: Timer capture
2 interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET1: Timer output 1
set interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST1: Timer output 1
reset interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET2: Timer output 2
set interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST2: Timer output 2
reset interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST: Timer reset
interrupt clear flag

HRTIM_TIM_IT_DLYPRT: Timer
output 1 delay protection interrupt
clear flag
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_ENABLE_D
MA
None
Description:

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
Master timer DMA requets.
Parameters:


326/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__DMA__: specifies the DMA request to
enable or disable. This parameter can be
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
one of the following values:

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP1:
Master compare 1 DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP2:
Master compare 2 DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP3:
Master compare 3 DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP4:
Master compare 4 DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MREP:
Master Repetition DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_SYNC:
Synchronization input DMA resquest
enable

HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MUPD:
Master update DMA resquest enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_DISABLE_D
MA
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_ENABLE_DMA
Description:

Enables or disables the specified HRTIM
Timerx DMA requests.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: specifies the HRTIM
Handle.
__TIMER__: specified the timing unit
(Timer A to E)
__DMA__: specifies the DMA request to
enable or disable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP1: Timer
compare 1 DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP2: Timer
compare 2 DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP3: Timer
compare 3 DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP4: Timer
compare 4 DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_REP: Timer
repetition DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_UPD: Timer
update DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CPT1: Timer
capture 1 DMA resquest enable

HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CPT2: Timer
DOCID026526 Rev 4
327/832






UM1786
capture 2 DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_SET1: Timer
output 1 set DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST1: Timer
output 1 reset DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_SET2: Timer
output 2 set DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST2: Timer
output 2 reset DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST: Timer reset
DMA resquest enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_DLYPRT: Timer
delay protection DMA resquest enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_DISABLE_DM
A
__HAL_HRTIM_GET_FLAG
__HAL_HRTIM_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_GET_FLAG
__HAL_HRTIM_MASTER_CLEAR_FLA
G
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_GET_FLAG
__HAL_HRTIM_TIMER_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_HRTIM_SETCOUNTER
Description:

Sets the HRTIM timer Counter Register
value on runtime.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
__COUNTER__: specifies the Counter
Register new value.
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_GETCOUNTER
None
Description:

Gets the HRTIM timer Counter Register
value on runtime.
Parameters:


328/832
__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_SETPERIOD
HRTIM: timer Counter Register value
Description:

Sets the HRTIM timer Period value on
runtime.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
__PERIOD__: specifies the Period
Register new value.
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_GETPERIOD
None
Description:

Gets the HRTIM timer Period Register
value on runtime.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_SETCLOCKPRESCAL
ER
timer: Period Register
Description:

Sets the HRTIM timer clock prescaler value
on runtime.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
__PRESCALER__: specifies the clock
prescaler new value. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL32:
fHRCK: 4.608 GHz - Resolution: 217
ps - Min PWM frequency: 70.3 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)

HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL16:
fHRCK: 2.304 GHz - Resolution: 434
DOCID026526 Rev 4
329/832






UM1786
ps - Min PWM frequency: 35.1 KHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL8:
fHRCK: 1.152 GHz - Resolution: 868
ps - Min PWM frequency: 17.6 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL4:
fHRCK: 576 MHz - Resolution: 1.73 ns
- Min PWM frequency: 8.8 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL2:
fHRCK: 288 MHz - Resolution: 3.47 ns
- Min PWM frequency: 4.4 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV1:
fHRCK: 144 MHz - Resolution: 6.95 ns
- Min PWM frequency: 2.2 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV2:
fHRCK: 72 MHz - Resolution: 13.88
ns- Min PWM frequency: 1.1 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV4:
fHRCK: 36 MHz - Resolution: 27.7 nsMin PWM frequency: 550Hz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_GETCLOCKPRESCAL
ER
None
Description:

Gets the HRTIM timer clock prescaler
value on runtime.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x5 for master timer

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_SETCOMPARE
timer: clock prescaler value
Description:

Sets the HRTIM timer Compare Register
value on runtime.
Parameters:



330/832
__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
__COMPAREUNIT__: timer compare unit
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

This parameter can be one of the following
values:

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_1: Compare
unit 1

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_2: Compare
unit 2

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_3: Compare
unit 3

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_4: Compare
unit 4
__COMPARE__: specifies the Compare
new value.
Return value:

__HAL_HRTIM_GETCOMPARE
None
Description:

Gets the HRTIM timer Compare Register
value on runtime.
Parameters:



__HANDLE__: HRTIM Handle.
__TIMER__: HRTIM timer This parameter
can be one of the following values:

0x0 to 0x4 for timers A to E
__COMPAREUNIT__: timer compare unit
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_1: Compare
unit 1

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_2: Compare
unit 2

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_3: Compare
unit 3

HRTIM_COMPAREUNIT_4: Compare
unit 4
Return value:

Compare: value
HRTIM External Event Channels
HRTIM_EVENT_NONE
Undefined event channel
HRTIM_EVENT_1
External event channel 1 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_2
External event channel 2 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_3
External event channel 3 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_4
External event channel 4 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_5
External event channel 5 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_6
External event channel 6 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_7
External event channel 7 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_8
External event channel 8 identifier
DOCID026526 Rev 4
331/832
UM1786
HRTIM_EVENT_9
External event channel 9 identifier
HRTIM_EVENT_10
External event channel 10 identifier
HRTIM External Event Fast Mode
HRTIM_EVENTFASTMODE_DISABLE
External Event is acting asynchronously on
outputs (low latency mode)
HRTIM_EVENTFASTMODE_ENABLE
External Event is re-synchronized by the HRTIM
logic before acting on outputs
HRTIM External Event Filter
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_NONE
Filter disabled
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_1
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=2
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_2
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=4
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_3
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=8
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_4
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/2, N=6
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_5
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/2, N=8
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_6
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/4, N=6
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_7
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/4, N=8
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_8
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/8, N=6
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_9
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/8, N=8
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_10
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/16, N=5
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_11
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/16, N=6
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_12
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/16, N=8
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_13
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/32, N=5
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_14
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/32, N=6
HRTIM_EVENTFILTER_15
fSAMPLING= fEEVS/32, N=8
HRTIM External Event Polarity
HRTIM_EVENTPOLARITY_HIGH
External event is active high
HRTIM_EVENTPOLARITY_LOW
External event is active low
HRTIM External Event Prescaler
HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV1
fEEVS=fHRTIM
HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV2
fEEVS=fHRTIM / 2
HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV4
fEEVS=fHRTIM / 4
HRTIM_EVENTPRESCALER_DIV8
fEEVS=fHRTIM / 8
HRTIM External Event Sensitivity
332/832
HRTIM_EVENTSENSITIVITY_LEVEL
External event is active on level
HRTIM_EVENTSENSITIVITY_RISINGEDGE
External event is active on Rising edge
HRTIM_EVENTSENSITIVITY_FALLINGEDGE
External event is active on Falling edge
HRTIM_EVENTSENSITIVITY_BOTHEDGES
External event is active on Rising and
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Falling edges
HRTIM External Event Sources
HRTIM_EVENTSRC_1
External event source 1
HRTIM_EVENTSRC_2
External event source 2
HRTIM_EVENTSRC_3
External event source 3
HRTIM_EVENTSRC_4
External event source 4
HRTIM External Fault Prescaler
HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV1
fFLTS=fHRTIM
HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV2
fFLTS=fHRTIM / 2
HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV4
fFLTS=fHRTIM / 4
HRTIM_FAULTPRESCALER_DIV8
fFLTS=fHRTIM / 8
HRTIM Fault Channel
HRTIM_FAULT_1
Fault channel 1 identifier
HRTIM_FAULT_2
Fault channel 2 identifier
HRTIM_FAULT_3
Fault channel 3 identifier
HRTIM_FAULT_4
Fault channel 4 identifier
HRTIM_FAULT_5
Fault channel 5 identifier
HRTIM Fault Filter
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_NONE
Filter disabled
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_1
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=2
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_2
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=4
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_3
fSAMPLING= fHRTIM, N=8
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_4
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/2, N=6
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_5
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/2, N=8
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_6
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/4, N=6
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_7
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/4, N=8
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_8
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/8, N=6
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_9
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/8, N=8
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_10
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/16, N=5
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_11
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/16, N=6
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_12
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/16, N=8
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_13
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/32, N=5
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_14
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/32, N=6
HRTIM_FAULTFILTER_15
fSAMPLING= fFLTS/32, N=8
HRTIM Fault Lock
HRTIM_FAULTLOCK_READWRITE
Fault settings bits are read/write
DOCID026526 Rev 4
333/832
UM1786
HRTIM_FAULTLOCK_READONLY
Fault settings bits are read only
HRTIM Fault Mode Control
HRTIM_FAULTMODECTL_DISABLED
Fault channel is disabled
HRTIM_FAULTMODECTL_ENABLED
Fault channel is enabled
IS_HRTIM_FAULTMODECTL
HRTIM Fault Polarity
HRTIM_FAULTPOLARITY_LOW
Fault input is active low
HRTIM_FAULTPOLARITY_HIGH
Fault input is active high
HRTIM Fault Sources
HRTIM_FAULTSOURCE_DIGITALINPUT
Fault input is FLT input pin
HRTIM_FAULTSOURCE_INTERNAL
Fault input is FLT_Int signal (e.g. internal
comparator)
HRTIM Half Mode Enable
HRTIM_HALFMODE_DISABLED
Half mode is disabled
HRTIM_HALFMODE_ENABLED
Half mode is enabled
HRTIM Idle Push Pull Status
HRTIM_PUSHPULL_IDLESTATUS_OUTPUT1
Protection occurred when the output 1
was active and output 2 forced inactive
HRTIM_PUSHPULL_IDLESTATUS_OUTPUT2
Protection occurred when the output 2
was active and output 1 forced inactive
HRTIM Master DMA Request Enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_NONE
No DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP1
Master compare 1 DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP2
Master compare 2 DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP3
Master compare 3 DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MCMP4
Master compare 4 DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MREP
Master Repetition DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_SYNC
Synchronization input DMA request enable
HRTIM_MASTER_DMA_MUPD
Master update DMA request enable
HRTIM Master Interrupt Enable
334/832
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_NONE
No interrupt enabled
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP1
Master compare 1 interrupt enable
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP2
Master compare 2 interrupt enable
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP3
Master compare 3 interrupt enable
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MCMP4
Master compare 4 interrupt enable
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MREP
Master Repetition interrupt enable
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_SYNC
Synchronization input interrupt enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_MASTER_IT_MUPD
Master update interrupt enable
HRTIM Master Interrupt Flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MCMP1
Master compare 1 interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MCMP2
Master compare 2 interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MCMP3
Master compare 3 interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MCMP4
Master compare 4 interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MREP
Master Repetition interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_SYNC
Synchronization input interrupt flag
HRTIM_MASTER_FLAG_MUPD
Master update interrupt flag
HRTIM Max Timer
MAX_HRTIM_TIMER
HRTIM Output Burst Mode Entry Delayed
HRTIM_OUTPUTBURSTMODEENTRY_REGULAR
The programmed Idle state is
applied immediately to the Output
HRTIM_OUTPUTBURSTMODEENTRY_DELAYED
Deadtime is inserted on output
before entering the idle mode
HRTIM Output Chopper Mode Enable
HRTIM_OUTPUTCHOPPERMODE_DISABLED
Output signal is not altered
HRTIM_OUTPUTCHOPPERMODE_ENABLED
Output signal is chopped by a carrier
signal
HRTIM Output FAULT Level
HRTIM_OUTPUTFAULTLEVEL_NONE
The output is not affected by the fault input
HRTIM_OUTPUTFAULTLEVEL_ACTIVE
Output at active level when in FAULT state
HRTIM_OUTPUTFAULTLEVEL_INACTIVE
Output at inactive level when in FAULT state
HRTIM_OUTPUTFAULTLEVEL_HIGHZ
Output is tri-stated when in FAULT state
HRTIM Output IDLE Level
HRTIM_OUTPUTIDLELEVEL_INACTIVE
Output at inactive level when in IDLE state
HRTIM_OUTPUTIDLELEVEL_ACTIVE
Output at active level when in IDLE state
HRTIM Output Idle Mode
HRTIM_OUTPUTIDLEMODE_NONE
The output is not affected by the burst mode
operation
HRTIM_OUTPUTIDLEMODE_IDLE
The output is in idle state when requested by the
burst mode controller
HRTIM Output Level
HRTIM_OUTPUTLEVEL_ACTIVE
Forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTLEVEL_INACTIVE
Forces the output to its inactive state
IS_HRTIM_OUTPUTLEVEL
HRTIM Output Polarity
DOCID026526 Rev 4
335/832
UM1786
HRTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_HIGH
Output is acitve HIGH
HRTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_LOW
Output is active LOW
HRTIM Output Reset Source
336/832
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_NONE
Reset the output reset crossbar
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_RESYNC
Timer reset event coming solely from software
or SYNC input forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMPER
Timer period event forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMCMP1
Timer compare 1 event forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMCMP2
Timer compare 2 event forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMCMP3
Timer compare 3 event forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMCMP4
Timer compare 4 event forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_MASTERPER
The master timer period event forces the
output to its inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_MASTERCMP1
Master Timer compare 1 event forces the
output to its inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_MASTERCMP2
Master Timer compare 2 event forces the
output to its inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_MASTERCMP3
Master Timer compare 3 event forces the
output to its inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_MASTERCMP4
Master Timer compare 4 event forces the
output to its inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_1
Timer event 1 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_2
Timer event 2 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_3
Timer event 3 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_4
Timer event 4 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_5
Timer event 5 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_6
Timer event 6 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_7
Timer event 7 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_8
Timer event 8 forces the output to its inactive
state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_TIMEV_9
Timer event 9 forces the output to its inactive
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_1
External event 1 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_2
External event 2 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_3
External event 3 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_4
External event 4 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_5
External event 5 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_6
External event 6 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_7
External event 7 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_8
External event 8 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_9
External event 9 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_EEV_10
External event 10 forces the output to its
inactive state
HRTIM_OUTPUTRESET_UPDATE
Timer register update event forces the output
to its inactive state
HRTIM Output Set Source
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_NONE
Reset the output set crossbar
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_RESYNC
Timer reset event coming solely from software or
SYNC input forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMPER
Timer period event forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMCMP1
Timer compare 1 event forces the output to its
active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMCMP2
Timer compare 2 event forces the output to its
active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMCMP3
Timer compare 3 event forces the output to its
active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMCMP4
Timer compare 4 event forces the output to its
active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_MASTERPER
The master timer period event forces the output
to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_MASTERCMP1
Master Timer compare 1 event forces the output
to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_MASTERCMP2
Master Timer compare 2 event forces the output
to its active state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
337/832
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_MASTERCMP3
UM1786
Master Timer compare 3 event forces the output
to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_MASTERCMP4
Master Timer compare 4 event forces the output
to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_1
Timer event 1 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_2
Timer event 2 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_3
Timer event 3 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_4
Timer event 4 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_5
Timer event 5 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_6
Timer event 6 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_7
Timer event 7 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_8
Timer event 8 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_TIMEV_9
Timer event 9 forces the output to its active state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_1
External event 1 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_2
External event 2 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_3
External event 3 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_4
External event 4 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_5
External event 5 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_6
External event 6 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_7
External event 7 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_8
External event 8 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_9
External event 9 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_EEV_10
External event 10 forces the output to its active
state
HRTIM_OUTPUTSET_UPDATE
Timer register update event forces the output to
its active state
HRTIM Output State
338/832
HRTIM_OUTPUTSTATE_IDLE
Main operating mode, where the output can take the
active or inactive level as programmed in the crossbar
unit
HRTIM_OUTPUTSTATE_RUN
Default operating state (e.g. after an HRTIM reset,
when the outputs are disabled by software or during a
burst mode operation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_OUTPUTSTATE_FAULT
Safety state, entered in case of a shut-down request on
FAULTx inputs
HRTIM Prescaler Ratio
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL32
fHRCK: fHRTIM x 32 = 4.608 GHz - Resolution:
217 ps - Min PWM frequency: 70.3 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL16
fHRCK: fHRTIM x 16 = 2.304 GHz - Resolution:
434 ps - Min PWM frequency: 35.1 KHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL8
fHRCK: fHRTIM x 8 = 1.152 GHz - Resolution: 868
ps - Min PWM frequency: 17.6 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL4
fHRCK: fHRTIM x 4 = 576 MHz - Resolution: 1.73
ns - Min PWM frequency: 8.8 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_MUL2
fHRCK: fHRTIM x 2 = 288 MHz - Resolution: 3.47
ns - Min PWM frequency: 4.4 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV1
fHRCK: fHRTIM = 144 MHz - Resolution: 6.95 ns Min PWM frequency: 2.2 kHz (fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV2
fHRCK: fHRTIM / 2 = 72 MHz - Resolution: 13.88
ns- Min PWM frequency: 1.1 kHz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM_PRESCALERRATIO_DIV4
fHRCK: fHRTIM / 4 = 36 MHz - Resolution: 27.7
ns- Min PWM frequency: 550Hz
(fHRTIM=144MHz)
HRTIM Register Preload Enable
HRTIM_PRELOAD_DISABLED
Preload disabled: the write access is directly done into
the active register
HRTIM_PRELOAD_ENABLED
Preload enabled: the write access is done into the
preload register
HRTIM Reset On Sync Input Event
HRTIM_SYNCRESET_DISABLED
Synchronization input event has effect on the timer
HRTIM_SYNCRESET_ENABLED
Synchronization input event resets the timer
HRTIM Simple OC Mode
HRTIM_BASICOCMODE_TOGGLE
Output toggles when the timer counter reaches the
compare value
HRTIM_BASICOCMODE_INACTIVE
Output forced to active level when the timer counter
reaches the compare value
HRTIM_BASICOCMODE_ACTIVE
Output forced to inactive level when the timer
counter reaches the compare value
IS_HRTIM_BASICOCMODE
HRTIM Software Timer Reset
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_MASTER
Resets the master timer counter
DOCID026526 Rev 4
339/832
UM1786
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_A
Resets the timer A counter
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_B
Resets the timer B counter
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_C
Resets the timer C counter
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_D
Resets the timer D counter
HRTIM_TIMERRESET_TIMER_E
Resets the timer E counter
HRTIM Software Timer Update
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_MASTER
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the master timer
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_A
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the timer A
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_B
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the timer B
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_C
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the timer C
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_D
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the timer D
HRTIM_TIMERUPDATE_E
Forces an immediate transfer from the preload to the
active register in the timer E
HRTIM Start On Sync Input Event
HRTIM_SYNCSTART_DISABLED
Synchronization input event has effect on the timer
HRTIM_SYNCSTART_ENABLED
Synchronization input event starts the timer
HRTIM Synchronization Input Source
HRTIM_SYNCINPUTSOURCE_NONE
disabled. HRTIM is not synchronized
and runs in standalone mode
HRTIM_SYNCINPUTSOURCE_INTERNALEVENT
The HRTIM is synchronized with the
on-chip timer
HRTIM_SYNCINPUTSOURCE_EXTERNALEVENT
A positive pulse on SYNCIN input
triggers the HRTIM
HRTIM Synchronization Options
HRTIM_SYNCOPTION_NONE
HRTIM instance doesn't handle external
synchronization signals (SYNCIN, SYNCOUT)
HRTIM_SYNCOPTION_MASTER
HRTIM instance acts as a MASTER, i.e. generates
external synchronization output (SYNCOUT)
HRTIM_SYNCOPTION_SLAVE
HRTIM instance acts as a SLAVE, i.e. it is
synchronized by external sources (SYNCIN)
HRTIM Synchronization Output Polarity
340/832
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTPOLARITY_NONE
Synchronization output event is disabled
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTPOLARITY_POSITIVE
SCOUT pin has a low idle level and
issues a positive pulse of 16 fHRTIM
clock cycles length for the
synchronization
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTPOLARITY_NEGATIVE
SCOUT pin has a high idle level and
issues a negative pulse of 16 fHRTIM
clock cycles length for the
synchronization
HRTIM Synchronization Output Source
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTSOURCE_MASTER_START
A pulse is sent on the SYNCOUT
output upon master timer start
event
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTSOURCE_MASTER_CMP1
A pulse is sent on the SYNCOUT
output upon master timer compare
1 event
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTSOURCE_TIMA_START
A pulse is sent on the SYNCOUT
output upon timer A start or reset
events
HRTIM_SYNCOUTPUTSOURCE_TIMA_CMP1
A pulse is sent on the SYNCOUT
output upon timer A compare 1
event
HRTIM Timer Burst Mode
HRTIM_TIMERBURSTMODE_MAINTAINCLOCK
Timer counter clock is maintained and
the timer operates normally
HRTIM_TIMERBURSTMODE_RESETCOUNTER
Timer counter clock is stopped and the
counter is reset
HRTIM Timer Deadtime Insertion
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIMEINSERTION_DISABLED
Output 1 and output 2 signals are
independent
HRTIM_TIMDEADTIMEINSERTION_ENABLED
Deadtime is inserted between output 1
and output 2
HRTIM Timer Delayed Protection Mode
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DISABLED
No action
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDOUT1_EEV6
Timers A, B, C: Output 1 delayed Idle
on external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDOUT2_EEV6
Timers A, B, C: Output 2 delayed Idle
on external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDBOTH_EEV6
Timers A, B, C: Output 1 and output 2
delayed Idle on external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_BALANCED_EEV6
Timers A, B, C: Balanced Idle on
external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDOUT1_DEEV7
Timers A, B, C: Output 1 delayed Idle
on external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDOUT2_DEEV7
Timers A, B, C: Output 2 delayed Idle
on external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
_DELAYEDBOTH_EEV7
Timers A, B, C: Output 1 and output2
delayed Idle on external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_A_B_C_DELAYEDPROTECTION
Timers A, B, C: Balanced Idle on
DOCID026526 Rev 4
341/832
UM1786
_BALANCED_EEV7
external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ISABLED
No action
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDOUT1_EEV8
Timers D, E: Output 1 delayed Idle on
external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDOUT2_EEV8
Timers D, E: Output 2 delayed Idle on
external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDBOTH_EEV8
Timers D, E: Output 1 and output 2
delayed Idle on external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_B
ALANCED_EEV8
Timers D, E: Balanced Idle on
external Event 6
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDOUT1_DEEV9
Timers D, E: Output 1 delayed Idle on
external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDOUT2_DEEV9
Timers D, E: Output 2 delayed Idle on
external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_D
ELAYEDBOTH_EEV9
Timers D, E: Output 1 and output2
delayed Idle on external Event 7
HRTIM_TIMER_D_E_DELAYEDPROTECTION_B
ALANCED_EEV9
Timers D, E: Balanced Idle on
external Event 7
HRTIM Timer External Event Filter
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_NONE
342/832
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGCMP1
Blanking from counter reset/roll-over to
Compare 1
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGCMP2
Blanking from counter reset/roll-over to
Compare 2
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGCMP3
Blanking from counter reset/roll-over to
Compare 3
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGCMP4
Blanking from counter reset/roll-over to
Compare 4
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR1
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR1 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR2
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR2 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR3
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR3 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR4
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR4 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR5
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR5 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR6
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR6 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR7
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR7 source
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_BLANKINGFLTR8
Blanking from another timing unit:
TIMFLTR8 source
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_WINDOWINGCMP2
Windowing from counter reset/roll-over
to Compare 2
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_WINDOWINGCMP3
Windowing from counter reset/roll-over
to Compare 3
HRTIM_TIMEVENTFILTER_WINDOWINGTIM
Windowing from another timing unit:
TIMWIN source
HRTIM Timer External Event Latch
HRTIM_TIMEVENTLATCH_DISABLED
Event is ignored if it happens during a blank, or
passed through during a window
HRTIM_TIMEVENTLATCH_ENABLED
Event is latched and delayed till the end of the
blanking or windowing period
HRTIM Timer Fault Enabling
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_NONE
No fault enabled
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_FAULT1
Fault 1 enabled
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_FAULT2
Fault 2 enabled
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_FAULT3
Fault 3 enabled
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_FAULT4
Fault 4 enabled
HRTIM_TIMFAULTENABLE_FAULT5
Fault 5 enabled
HRTIM Timer Fault Lock
HRTIM_TIMFAULTLOCK_READWRITE
Timer fault enabling bits are read/write
HRTIM_TIMFAULTLOCK_READONLY
Timer fault enabling bits are read only
HRTIM Timer identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_MASTER
Master identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_A
Timer A identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_B
Timer B identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_C
Timer C identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_D
Timer D identifier
HRTIM_TIMERID_TIMER_E
Timer E identifier
HRTIM Timer Index
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_A
Index used to access timer A registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_B
Index used to access timer B registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_C
Index used to access timer C registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_D
Index used to access timer D registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_TIMER_E
Index used to access timer E registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_MASTER
Index used to access master registers
HRTIM_TIMERINDEX_COMMON
Index used to access HRTIM common registers
HRTIM Timer Output
DOCID026526 Rev 4
343/832
UM1786
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA1
Timer A - Output 1 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TA2
Timer A - Output 2 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB1
Timer B - Output 1 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TB2
Timer B - Output 2 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC1
Timer C - Output 1 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TC2
Timer C - Output 2 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD1
Timer D - Output 1 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TD2
Timer D - Output 2 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE1
Timer E - Output 1 identifier
HRTIM_OUTPUT_TE2
Timer E - Output 2 identifier
HRTIM Timer Push Pull Mode
HRTIM_TIMPUSHPULLMODE_DISABLED
Push-Pull mode disabled
HRTIM_TIMPUSHPULLMODE_ENABLED
Push-Pull mode enabled
HRTIM Timer Repetition Update
HRTIM_UPDATEONREPETITION_DISABLED
Update on repetition disabled
HRTIM_UPDATEONREPETITION_ENABLED
Update on repetition enabled
HRTIM Timer Reset Trigger
344/832
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_NONE
No counter reset trigger
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_UPDATE
The timer counter is reset upon update
event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon Timer
Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon Timer
Compare 4 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_MASTER_PER
The timer counter is reset upon master
timer period event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_MASTER_CMP1
The timer counter is reset upon master
timer Compare 1 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_MASTER_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon master
timer Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_MASTER_CMP3
The timer counter is reset upon master
timer Compare 3 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_MASTER_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon master
timer Compare 4 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_1
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 1
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_2
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 2
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_3
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 3
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_4
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 4
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_5
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 5
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_6
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 6
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_7
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 7
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_8
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 8
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_9
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 9
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_EEV_10
The timer counter is reset upon external
event 10
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER1_CMP1
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 1 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER1_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER1_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 4 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER2_CMP1
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 1 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER2_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER2_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 4 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER3_CMP1
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 1 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER3_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER3_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 4 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER4_CMP1
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 1 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER4_CMP2
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 2 event
HRTIM_TIMRESETTRIGGER_OTHER4_CMP4
The timer counter is reset upon other
timer Compare 4 event
HRTIM Timer Reset Update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATEONRESET_DISABLED
Update by timer x reset / roll-over disabled
HRTIM_TIMUPDATEONRESET_ENABLED
Update by timer x reset / roll-over enabled
HRTIM Timer Update Trigger
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_NONE
Register update is disabled
DOCID026526 Rev 4
345/832
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_MASTER
UM1786
Register update is triggered by the master
timer update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_TIMER_A
Register update is triggered by the timer A
update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_TIMER_B
Register update is triggered by the timer B
update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_TIMER_C
Register update is triggered by the timer C
update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_TIMER_D
Register update is triggered by the timer D
update
HRTIM_TIMUPDATETRIGGER_TIMER_E
Register update is triggered by the timer E
update
HRTIM Timing Unit DMA Request Enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_NONE
No DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP1
Timer compare 1 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP2
Timer compare 2 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP3
Timer compare 3 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CMP4
Timer compare 4 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_REP
Timer repetition DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_UPD
Timer update DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CPT1
Timer capture 1 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_CPT2
Timer capture 2 DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_SET1
Timer output 1 set DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST1
Timer output 1 reset DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_SET2
Timer output 2 set DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST2
Timer output 2 reset DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_RST
Timer reset DMA request enable
HRTIM_TIM_DMA_DLYPRT
Timer delay protection DMA request enable
HRTIM Timing Unit Interrupt Enable
346/832
HRTIM_TIM_IT_NONE
No interrupt enabled
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP1
Timer compare 1 interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP2
Timer compare 2 interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP3
Timer compare 3 interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CMP4
Timer compare 4 interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_REP
Timer repetition interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_UPD
Timer update interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT1
Timer capture 1 interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_CPT2
Timer capture 2 interrupt enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET1
Timer output 1 set interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST1
Timer output 1 reset interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_SET2
Timer output 2 set interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST2
Timer output 2 reset interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_RST
Timer reset interrupt enable
HRTIM_TIM_IT_DLYPRT
Timer delay protection interrupt enable
HRTIM Timing Unit Interrupt Flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CMP1
Timer compare 1 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CMP2
Timer compare 2 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CMP3
Timer compare 3 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CMP4
Timer compare 4 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_REP
Timer repetition interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_UPD
Timer update interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CPT1
Timer capture 1 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_CPT2
Timer capture 2 interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_SET1
Timer output 1 set interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_RST1
Timer output 1 reset interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_SET2
Timer output 2 set interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_RST2
Timer output 2 reset interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_RST
Timer reset interrupt flag
HRTIM_TIM_FLAG_DLYPRT
Timer delay protection interrupt flag
HRTIM Update Gating
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_INDEPENDENT
Update done independently from the
DMA burst transfer completion
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_DMABURST
Update done when the DMA burst
transfer is completed
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_DMABURST_UPDATE
Update done on timer roll-over
following a DMA burst transfer
completion
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN1
Slave timer only - Update done on a
rising edge of HRTIM update enable
input 1
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN2
Slave timer only - Update done on a
rising edge of HRTIM update enable
input 2
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN3
Slave timer only - Update done on a
rising edge of HRTIM update enable
input 3
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN1_UPDATE
Slave timer only - Update done on the
update event following a rising edge
DOCID026526 Rev 4
347/832
UM1786
of HRTIM update enable input 1
348/832
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN2_UPDATE
Slave timer only - Update done on the
update event following a rising edge
of HRTIM update enable input 2
HRTIM_UPDATEGATING_UPDEN3_UPDATE
Slave timer only - Update done on the
update event following a rising edge
of HRTIM update enable input 3
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
22
HAL I2C Generic Driver
22.1
I2C Firmware driver registers structures
22.1.1
I2C_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Timing
uint32_t OwnAddress1
uint32_t AddressingMode
uint32_t DualAddressMode
uint32_t OwnAddress2
uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
uint32_t GeneralCallMode
uint32_t NoStretchMode
Field Documentation








22.1.2
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by referring to
I2C initialization section in Reference manual
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit
address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a
value of I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_DUAL_ADDRESSING_MODE
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This
parameter can be a 7-bit address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknowledge mask address second device own address if dual
addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a value of
I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASKS
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_GENERAL_CALL_ADDRESSING_MODE
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_NOSTRETCH_MODE
__I2C_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields
DOCID026526 Rev 4
349/832
UM1786















I2C_TypeDef * Instance
I2C_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pBuffPtr
uint16_t XferSize
__IO uint16_t XferCount
__IO uint32_t XferOptions
__IO uint32_t PreviousState
HAL_StatusTypeDef(* XferISR
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef State
__IO HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef Mode
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
__IO uint32_t AddrEventCount
Field Documentation















350/832
I2C_TypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2C registers base address
I2C_InitTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2C communication parameters
uint8_t* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to I2C transfer buffer
uint16_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
I2C transfer size
__IO uint16_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
I2C transfer counter
__IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferOptions
I2C sequantial transfer options, this parameter can be a value of I2C_XFEROPTIONS
__IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::PreviousState
I2C communication Previous state
HAL_StatusTypeDef(* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferISR)(struct
__I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
I2C transfer IRQ handler function pointer
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2C Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2C Rx DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2C locking object
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::State
I2C communication state
__IO HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Mode
I2C communication mode
__IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2C Error code
__IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::AddrEventCount
I2C Address Event counter
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
22.2
I2C Firmware driver API description
22.2.1
How to use this driver
The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: I2C_HandleTypeDef
hi2c;
Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the I2Cx interface clock
b.
I2C pins configuration

Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs

Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process

Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority

Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process

Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive
channel

Enable the DMAx interface clock using

Configure the DMA handle parameters

Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx channel
Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing
mode, Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and
Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level
Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized
HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this
driver :
Polling mode IO operation




Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
Polling mode IO MEM operation


Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
351/832
UM1786
Interrupt mode IO operation












Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK()
macro. This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the
communication.
Interrupt mode IO sequential operation
These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start
condition when a direction change during transfer


352/832
A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer
Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed
below:

I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as
associated interfaces in no sequential mode

I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence
with start condition, address and data to transfer without a final stop condition

I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence
with a restart condition, address and with new data to transfer if the direction
change or manage only the new data to transfer if no direction change and
without a final stop condition in both cases

I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance
with a restart condition, address and with new data to transfer if the direction
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

change or manage only the new data to transfer if no direction change and with a
final stop condition in both cases
Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below:

Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT()

At transmission end of current frame transfer,
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()

Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT()

At reception end of current frame transfer,
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()

Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()

End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()

mean HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was
master transmit

mean HAL_I2c_MasterRxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was
master receive

Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using
HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()

When address slave I2C match, HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the
transmission direction request by master (Write/Read).

At Listen mode end HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()

Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT()

At transmission end of current frame transfer,
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()

Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT()

At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function
pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()

In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()

Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()

End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()

Discard a slave I2C process communication using
__HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. This action will inform Master to
generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
Interrupt mode IO MEM operation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
353/832
UM1786





Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
DMA mode IO operation












Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK()
macro. This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the
communication.
DMA mode IO MEM operation


354/832
Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
I2C HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.







__HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in
Slave mode
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
22.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and deinitialize the I2Cx
peripheral:



User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Clock Timing

Own Address 1

Addressing mode (Master, Slave)

Dual Addressing mode

Own Address 2

Own Address 2 Mask

General call mode

Nostretch mode
Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Cx peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:




22.2.3
HAL_I2C_Init()
HAL_I2C_DeInit()
HAL_I2C_MspInit()
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data transfers.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
355/832
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
UM1786
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()

HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:













356/832
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786













22.2.4
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:



22.2.5
HAL_I2C_GetState()
HAL_I2C_GetMode()
HAL_I2C_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_I2C_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters in the
I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
DeInitialize the I2C peripheral.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Initialize the I2C MSP.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
357/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
DeInitialize the I2C MSP.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values




hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values




hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters



358/832
hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory
address.
Parameters

Return values






hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory
address.
Parameters






hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
DOCID026526 Rev 4
359/832
UM1786
Return values

Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t
Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters




hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
Trials: Number of trials
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values



hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
360/832



hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values


hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values


hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values





hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from
a specific memory address.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
361/832
UM1786
Parameters
Return values






hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in nonblocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters





hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of I2C Sequential
Transfer Options
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when
a direction change during transfer
HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in nonblocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters





hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of I2C Sequential
Transfer Options
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when
a direction change during transfer
HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT
Function Name
362/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in
non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of I2C Sequential
Transfer Options
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when
a direction change during transfer
HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t XferOptions)
Function Description
Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in
non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of I2C Sequential
Transfer Options
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when
a direction change during transfer
HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C
DOCID026526 Rev 4
363/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress)
Function Description
Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with
Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values



hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values



hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
364/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values


the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values


hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values





hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a
specific memory address.
Parameters






hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be read
DOCID026526 Rev 4
365/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
366/832
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_AddrCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c,
uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
Function Description
Slave Address Match callback.
Parameters


hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
TransferDirection: Master request Transfer Direction
(Write/Read), value of I2C Sequential Transfer Options
AddrMatchCode: Address Match Code

None:

Return values
HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Listen Complete callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
367/832
UM1786
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C error callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C abort callback.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

None:
HAL_I2C_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Return the I2C handle state.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_I2C_GetMode
Function Name
HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL: mode
HAL_I2C_GetError
368/832
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Return the I2C error code.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

I2C: Error Code
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
22.3
I2C Firmware driver defines
22.3.1
I2C
I2C Addressing Mode
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
I2C Dual Addressing Mode
I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
I2C Error Code definition
HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF
ACKF error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE
Size Management error
I2C Exported Macros
__HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2C handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified I2C interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt
enable

I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt
enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
369/832
UM1786


I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT

Disable the specified I2C interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to disable. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt
enable

I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt
enable

I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the specified I2C interrupt
source is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2C
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt
enable

I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received
interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt
enable

I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable

I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
Return value:

370/832
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (SET or
RESET).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG
Description:

Check whether the specified I2C flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register
empty

I2C_FLAG_TXIS Transmit interrupt
status

I2C_FLAG_RXNE Receive data
register not empty

I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched
(slave mode)

I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure
received flag

I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection
flag

I2C_FLAG_TC Transfer complete
(master mode)

I2C_FLAG_TCR Transfer complete
reload

I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error

I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost

I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun

I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in
reception

I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow
detection flag

I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert

I2C_FLAG_BUSY Bus busy

I2C_FLAG_DIR Transfer direction
(slave mode)
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clear the I2C pending flags which are
cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register
empty

I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched
DOCID026526 Rev 4
371/832








UM1786
(slave mode)
I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure
received flag
I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection
flag
I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error
I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in
reception
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow
detection flag
I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE

Enable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE

Disable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK
None
Description:

Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C
peripheral in Slave mode.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:

None
I2C Flag definition
I2C_FLAG_TXE
I2C_FLAG_TXIS
I2C_FLAG_RXNE
I2C_FLAG_ADDR
I2C_FLAG_AF
372/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
I2C_FLAG_STOPF
I2C_FLAG_TC
I2C_FLAG_TCR
I2C_FLAG_BERR
I2C_FLAG_ARLO
I2C_FLAG_OVR
I2C_FLAG_PECERR
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT
I2C_FLAG_ALERT
I2C_FLAG_BUSY
I2C_FLAG_DIR
I2C General Call Addressing Mode
I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
I2C Interrupt configuration definition
I2C_IT_ERRI
I2C_IT_TCI
I2C_IT_STOPI
I2C_IT_NACKI
I2C_IT_ADDRI
I2C_IT_RXI
I2C_IT_TXI
I2C Memory Address Size
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT
I2C No-Stretch Mode
I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
I2C Own Address2 Masks
I2C_OA2_NOMASK
I2C_OA2_MASK01
I2C_OA2_MASK02
I2C_OA2_MASK03
I2C_OA2_MASK04
I2C_OA2_MASK05
I2C_OA2_MASK06
DOCID026526 Rev 4
373/832
UM1786
I2C_OA2_MASK07
I2C Reload End Mode
I2C_RELOAD_MODE
I2C_AUTOEND_MODE
I2C_SOFTEND_MODE
I2C Start or Stop Mode
I2C_NO_STARTSTOP
I2C_GENERATE_STOP
I2C_GENERATE_START_READ
I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
I2C Transfer Direction
I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT
I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE
I2C Sequential Transfer Options
I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME
I2C_FIRST_FRAME
I2C_NEXT_FRAME
I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME
I2C_LAST_FRAME
374/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
23
HAL I2C Extension Driver
23.1
I2CEx Firmware driver API description
23.1.1
I2C peripheral Extended features
Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F3xx devices contains
the following additional features



23.1.2
Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
1.
2.
3.
4.
23.1.3
Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :

HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()

HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the
functions :

HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()

HAL_I2CEx_DisbleFastModePlus()
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure Noise Filters
Configure Wake Up Feature
This section contains the following APIs:






23.1.4
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
Function Description
Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
Parameters


hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
AnalogFilter: New state of the Analog filter.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
375/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Function Description
Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
Parameters

Return values

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00
and 0x0F.

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Enable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Disable I2C wakeup from stop mode.
Parameters

hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus
Function Name
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin. This parameter can
be one of the I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None:
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus
376/832
Function Name
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin. This parameter can
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
be one of the I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None:
23.2
I2CEx Firmware driver defines
23.2.1
I2CEx
I2C Extended Analog Filter
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB7
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB7
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB8
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB9
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB9
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C2 pins
DOCID026526 Rev 4
377/832
UM1786
24
HAL I2S Generic Driver
24.1
I2S Firmware driver registers structures
24.1.1
I2S_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Standard
uint32_t DataFormat
uint32_t MCLKOutput
uint32_t AudioFreq
uint32_t CPOL
uint32_t ClockSource
uint32_t FullDuplexMode
Field Documentation








24.1.2
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the I2S operating mode. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Mode
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Standard
Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Standard
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value
of I2S_Data_Format
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::MCLKOutput
Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_MCLK_Output
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::AudioFreq
Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Audio_Frequency
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::CPOL
Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::ClockSource
Specifies the I2S Clock Source. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Clock_Source
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::FullDuplexMode
Specifies the I2S FullDuplex mode. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_FullDuplex_Mode
I2S_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields


378/832
SPI_TypeDef * Instance
I2S_InitTypeDef Init
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786











uint16_t * pTxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount
uint16_t * pRxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation













SPI_TypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2S registers base address
I2S_InitTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2S communication parameters
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to I2S Tx transfer buffer
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
I2S Tx transfer size
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
I2S Tx transfer Counter
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to I2S Rx transfer buffer
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
I2S Rx transfer size
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
I2S Rx transfer counter (This field is initialized at the same value as transfer size at
the beginning of the transfer and decremented when a sample is received.
NbSamplesReceived = RxBufferSize-RxBufferCount)
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2S Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2S Rx DMA handle parameters
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2S locking object
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::State
I2S communication state
__IO uint32_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2S Error code This parameter can be a value of I2S_Error
24.2
I2S Firmware driver API description
24.2.1
How to use this driver
The I2S HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the SPIx interface clock.
b.
I2S pins configuration:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
379/832
UM1786
3.
4.

Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.

Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).

Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.

Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel.

Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Channel.
Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and
Polarity using HAL_I2S_Init() function. The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission
complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the
macros __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
and receive process. Make sure that either: I2S clock is configured based on
SYSCLK or External clock source is configured after setting correctly the define
constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h file.
Three mode of operations are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation







Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation

380/832
Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786









At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
I2S HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver.





__HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
24.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the I2Sx
peripheral in simplex mode:



User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Mode

Standard

Data Format

MCLK Output

Audio frequency

Polarity

Full duplex mode
Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Sx periperal.
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_I2S_Init()
HAL_I2S_DeInit()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
381/832
UM1786


24.2.3
HAL_I2S_MspInit()
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit()

HAL_I2S_Receive()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:

















24.2.4
HAL_I2S_Transmit()
HAL_I2S_Receive()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
HAL_I2S_FullDuplex_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2S_TxRxCpltCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


382/832
HAL_I2S_GetState()
HAL_I2S_GetError()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786



24.2.5
HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_I2S_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters in the
I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

Return values

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
hi2s: I2S handle


HAL: status
HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s)
Function Description
DeInitializes the I2S peripheral.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP Init.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
383/832
UM1786
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2S_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the
peripheral the clock will be generate in continouse way and as
the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.


HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



384/832
hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid
de-synchronisation between Master and Slave otherwise the
I2S interrupt should be optimized.


HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
This function handles I2S interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
DOCID026526 Rev 4
385/832
UM1786


pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
386/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef
* hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
387/832
UM1786
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S error callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S state.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_I2S_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S error code.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

I2S: Error Code
24.3
I2S Firmware driver defines
24.3.1
I2S
I2S Audio Frequency
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_96K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_48K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_44K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_32K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_22K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_16K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_11K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT
IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ
I2S Clock Polarity
I2S_CPOL_LOW
388/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
I2S_CPOL_HIGH
IS_I2S_CPOL
I2S Clock Source
I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL
I2S_CLOCK_SYSCLK
IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE
I2S Data Format
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED
I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B
IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT
I2S Error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR
UDR error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_UNKNOW
Unknow Error error
I2S Exported Macros
__HAL_I2S_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2S handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: I2S handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable or disable the specified SPI
peripheral (in I2S mode).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable or disable the specified I2S
interrupts.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
389/832
UM1786
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified I2S interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
This parameter can be I2S where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2S peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2S
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified I2S flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


390/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not
empty flag

I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty
flag

I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun flag

I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag

I2S_FLAG_FRE: Frame error flag

I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the I2S OVR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG
None
Description:

Clears the I2S UDR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
I2S Flag definition
I2S_FLAG_TXE
I2S_FLAG_RXNE
I2S_FLAG_UDR
I2S_FLAG_OVR
I2S_FLAG_FRE
I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE
I2S_FLAG_BSY
I2S Full Duplex Mode
I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_DISABLE
I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE
IS_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_MODE
I2S Interrupt configuration definition
I2S_IT_TXE
I2S_IT_RXNE
I2S_IT_ERR
I2S MCLK Output
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_DISABLE
IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT
I2S Mode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
391/832
UM1786
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
IS_I2S_MODE
I2S Standard
I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
I2S_STANDARD_MSB
I2S_STANDARD_LSB
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG
IS_I2S_STANDARD
392/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
25
HAL I2S Extension Driver
25.1
I2SEx Firmware driver API description
25.1.1
I2S Extended features
1.
2.
3.
25.1.2
In I2S full duplex mode, each SPI peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving
data simultaneously using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block
called I2Sxext ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3).
The Extended block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to implement full
duplex mode. The Extended block uses the same clock sources as its master.
Both I2Sx and I2Sx_ext can be configured as transmitters or receivers. Only I2Sx can
deliver SCK and WS to I2Sx_ext in full duplex mode, where I2Sx can be I2S2 or I2S3.
How to use this driver
Three mode of operations are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation

Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
Interrupt mode IO operation






Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation


Send and receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
DOCID026526 Rev 4
393/832
UM1786







25.1.3
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
Extended features Functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There is two mode of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in the polling mode. The status
of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing transfer.

No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are:

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()

HAL_I2SFullDuplex_IRQHandler()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are:

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_I2S_TxRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_TxRxErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:



25.1.4
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive()
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT()
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
394/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in blocking mode.
Parameters





hi2s: I2S handle
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2s: I2S handle
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
DMA.
Parameters




hi2s: I2S handle
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
DOCID026526 Rev 4
395/832

UM1786
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
HAL_I2S_FullDuplex_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_FullDuplex_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s)
Function Description
This function handles I2S/I2Sext interrupt requests in full-duplex
mode.
Parameters

hi2s: I2S handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_I2S_TxRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxRxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: I2S handle
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: : I2S handle
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: : I2S handle
Return values

None:
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
396/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef
* hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: I2S handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
25.2
I2SEx Firmware driver defines
25.2.1
I2SEx
I2S Extended Exported Macros
I2SxEXT
Description:
__HAL_I2SEXT_ENABLE

Enable or disable the specified I2SExt
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2SEXT_DISABLE
__HAL_I2SEXT_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable or disable the specified I2SExt
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2SEXT_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_I2SEXT_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified I2SExt interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle. This
parameter can be I2S where x: 1, 2, or 3 to
select the I2S peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2S interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable
DOCID026526 Rev 4
397/832
UM1786

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2SEXT_GET_FLAG
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified I2SExt flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not
empty flag

I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty
flag

I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun flag

I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag

I2S_FLAG_FRE: Frame error flag

I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag

I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
Return value:

__HAL_I2SEXT_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the I2SExt OVR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2SEXT_CLEAR_UDRFLAG
None
Description:

Clears the I2SExt UDR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

398/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
26
HAL IRDA Generic Driver
26.1
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures
26.1.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t Parity
uint32_t Mode
uint8_t Prescaler
uint16_t PowerMode
Field Documentation






26.1.2
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the IRDA communication baud rate. The baud rate register is
computed using the following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((hirda>Init.BaudRate)))
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
can be a value of IRDAEx_Word_Length
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Parity
Note:When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of
the transmitted data (9th bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits).
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of IRDA_Transfer_Mode
uint8_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the Prescaler value for dividing the UART/USART source clock to achieve
low-power frequency.
Note:Prescaler value 0 is forbidden
uint16_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::PowerMode
Specifies the IRDA power mode. This parameter can be a value of
IRDA_Low_Power
IRDA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




USART_TypeDef * Instance
IRDA_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
DOCID026526 Rev 4
399/832
UM1786











uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
uint16_t Mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef gState
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef RxState
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation















USART_TypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
USART registers base address
IRDA_InitTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Init
IRDA communication parameters
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to IRDA Tx transfer Buffer
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
IRDA Tx Transfer size
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
IRDA Tx Transfer Counter
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to IRDA Rx transfer Buffer
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
IRDA Rx Transfer size
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
IRDA Rx Transfer Counter
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Mask
USART RX RDR register mask
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
IRDA Tx DMA Handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
IRDA Rx DMA Handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::gState
IRDA state information related to global Handle management and also related to Tx
operations. This parameter can be a value of HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxState
IRDA state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value of
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef
__IO uint32_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
IRDA Error code This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Error
26.2
IRDA Firmware driver API description
26.2.1
How to use this driver
The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
400/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. IRDA_HandleTypeDef hirda).
Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API
in setting the associated USART or UART in IRDA mode:

Enable the USARTx/UARTx interface clock.

USARTx/UARTx pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the USARTx/UARTx GPIOs.

Configure these USARTx/UARTx pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX
as alternate function Input).

NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
(HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):

Configure the USARTx/UARTx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC USARTx/UARTx IRQ handle.

The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE
interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the
transmit and receive process.

DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
(HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.

Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
Program the Baud Rate, Word Length and Parity and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter),
the normal or low power mode and the clock prescaler in the hirda handle Init
structure.
Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:

This API configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation





Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
401/832
UM1786
DMA mode IO operation







Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission half of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
At reception half of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
IRDA HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver.







__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral
__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified IRDA pending flag
__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified IRDA interrupt
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified IRDA interrupt
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified IRDA interrupt
is enabled
You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
26.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx in
asynchronous IRDA mode.

For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Word Length

Parity

Power mode

Prescaler setting

Receiver/transmitter modes
The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedures
(details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:
402/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




26.2.3
HAL_IRDA_Init()
HAL_IRDA_DeInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers.
IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data on the
IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver is busy, data on
the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data,
transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status
of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing transfer.

No-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
these API's return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the
DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed respectively at the
end of the Transmit or Receive process The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user
callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
Blocking mode APIs are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit()

HAL_IRDA_Receive()
Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()

HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()

HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()

HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()

HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non Blocking mode:

HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:










HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
HAL_IRDA_Receive()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
403/832
UM1786





26.2.4
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA
communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication
process


HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IRDA
peripheral handle.
HAL_IRDA_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during
communication.
This section contains the following APIs:


26.2.5
HAL_IRDA_GetState()
HAL_IRDA_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_IRDA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Initialize the IRDA mode according to the specified parameters in
the IRDA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef
* hirda)
Function Description
DeInitialize the IRDA peripheral.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_MspInit
404/832
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_MspInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Initialize the IRDA MSP.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
DeInitialize the IRDA MSP.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer.
Size: Amount of data to be sent.
Timeout: Specify timeout value.

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer.
Size: Amount of data to be received.
Timeout: Specify timeout value.

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
405/832
UM1786
Return values

Size: Amount of data to be sent.

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters

Return values


hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer.
Size: Amount of data to be received.

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters

Return values


hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent.

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters



hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer.
Size: Amount of data to be received.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the received data
contains the parity bit (MSB position).
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
406/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Pause the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Resume the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Stop the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Handle IRDA interrupt request.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
407/832
UM1786
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
USART module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer complete callback.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA error callback.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_IRDA_GetState
408/832
Function Name
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Return the IRDA handle state.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL: state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_IRDA_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Return the IRDA handle error code.
Parameters

hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

IRDA: Error Code
26.3
IRDA Firmware driver defines
26.3.1
IRDA
IRDA DMA Rx
IRDA_DMA_RX_DISABLE
IRDA DMA RX disabled
IRDA_DMA_RX_ENABLE
IRDA DMA RX enabled
IRDA DMA Tx
IRDA_DMA_TX_DISABLE
IRDA DMA TX disabled
IRDA_DMA_TX_ENABLE
IRDA DMA TX enabled
IRDA Error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
IRDA Exported Macros
__HAL_IRDA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IRDA handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IRDA handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
None
Description:

Flush the IRDA Data registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
409/832
UM1786
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

Clear the specified IRDA pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

IRDA_CLEAR_PEF

IRDA_CLEAR_FEF

IRDA_CLEAR_NEF

IRDA_CLEAR_OREF

IRDA_CLEAR_TCF

IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEF
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA ORE pending flag.
Parameters:
410/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the specified IRDA flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IRDA_FLAG_REACK: Receive
enable acknowledge flag

IRDA_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit
enable acknowledge flag

IRDA_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag

IRDA_FLAG_ABRF: Auto Baud rate
detection flag

IRDA_FLAG_ABRE: Auto Baud rate
detection error flag

IRDA_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data
register empty flag

IRDA_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag

IRDA_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data
register not empty flag

IRDA_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line
detection flag

IRDA_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error
flag

IRDA_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag

IRDA_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag

IRDA_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
DOCID026526 Rev 4
411/832
UM1786
FALSE).
__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable the specified IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA
interrupt source to enable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame
error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA
interrupt source to disable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame
error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:

412/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Description:
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT

Check whether the specified IRDA
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__IT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

IRDA_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check whether the specified IRDA
interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__IT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt
source to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission complete
interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection
interrupt

IRDA_IT_ORE: OverRun Error
interrupt

IRDA_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt
DOCID026526 Rev 4
413/832
UM1786

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the specified IRDA ISR flag, in
setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

IRDA_CLEAR_PEF: Parity Error
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_FEF: Framing Error
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_NEF: Noise detected
Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_OREF: OverRun
Error Clear Flag

IRDA_CLEAR_TCF: Transmission
Complete Clear Flag
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ
None
Description:

Set a specific IRDA request flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
__REQ__: specifies the request flag to set
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST:
Auto-Baud Rate Request

IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST:
Receive Data flush Request

IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST:
Transmit data flush Request
Return value:

414/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENA
BLE
Description:

Enable the IRDA one bit sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISA
BLE
None
Description:

Disable the IRDA one bit sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable UART/USART associated to IRDA
Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable UART/USART associated to
IRDA Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. The Handle Instance can be
UARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 to select the
USART or UART peripheral
Return value:

None
IRDA Flags
IRDA_FLAG_REACK
IRDA Receive enable acknowledge flag
IRDA_FLAG_TEACK
IRDA Transmit enable acknowledge flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
415/832
UM1786
IRDA_FLAG_BUSY
IRDA Busy flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRF
IRDA Auto baud rate flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRE
IRDA Auto baud rate error
IRDA_FLAG_TXE
IRDA Transmit data register empty
IRDA_FLAG_TC
IRDA Transmission complete
IRDA_FLAG_RXNE
IRDA Read data register not empty
IRDA_FLAG_ORE
IRDA Overrun error
IRDA_FLAG_NE
IRDA Noise error
IRDA_FLAG_FE
IRDA Noise error
IRDA_FLAG_PE
IRDA Parity error
IRDA interruptions flags mask
IRDA_IT_MASK
IRDA Interruptions flags mask
IRDA Interrupts Definition
IRDA_IT_PE
IRDA Parity error interruption
IRDA_IT_TXE
IRDA Transmit data register empty interruption
IRDA_IT_TC
IRDA Transmission complete interruption
IRDA_IT_RXNE
IRDA Read data register not empty interruption
IRDA_IT_IDLE
IRDA Idle interruption
IRDA_IT_ERR
IRDA_IT_ORE
IRDA_IT_NE
IRDA Noise error interruption
IRDA_IT_FE
IRDA Frame error interruption
IRDA Interruption Clear Flags
IRDA_CLEAR_PEF
Parity Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_NEF
Noise detected Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
IRDA Low Power
IRDA_POWERMODE_NORMAL
IRDA normal power mode
IRDA_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER
IRDA low power mode
IRDA Mode
IRDA_MODE_DISABLE
Associated UART disabled in IRDA mode
IRDA_MODE_ENABLE
Associated UART enabled in IRDA mode
IRDA One Bit Sampling
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
416/832
One-bit sampling disabled
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
One-bit sampling enabled
IRDA Parity
IRDA_PARITY_NONE
No parity
IRDA_PARITY_EVEN
Even parity
IRDA_PARITY_ODD
Odd parity
IRDA Request Parameters
IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST
Auto-Baud Rate Request
IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IRDA State
IRDA_STATE_DISABLE
IRDA disabled
IRDA_STATE_ENABLE
IRDA enabled
IRDA Transfer Mode
IRDA_MODE_RX
RX mode
IRDA_MODE_TX
TX mode
IRDA_MODE_TX_RX
RX and TX mode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
417/832
UM1786
27
HAL IRDA Extension Driver
27.1
IRDAEx Firmware driver defines
27.1.1
IRDAEx
IRDA Word Length
418/832
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_8B
8-bit long frame
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B
9-bit long frame
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
28
HAL IWDG Generic Driver
28.1
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures
28.1.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Reload
uint32_t Window
Field Documentation



28.1.2
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Select the prescaler of the IWDG. This parameter can be a value of IWDG_Prescaler
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Reload
Specifies the IWDG down-counter reload value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Window
Specifies the window value to be compared to the down-counter. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
IWDG_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




IWDG_TypeDef * Instance
IWDG_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




IWDG_TypeDef* IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
IWDG_InitTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
IWDG required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
IWDG Locking object
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::State
IWDG communication state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
419/832
UM1786
28.2
IWDG Firmware driver API description
28.2.1
IWDG Generic features




The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable through option
byte).
The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails. Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and
cannot be disabled (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down
from the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a
system reset is generated.
The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the watchdog
generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional in STOP
and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). IWDGRST flag in
RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG reset occurs.
Min-max timeout value @41KHz (LSI): ~0.1ms / ~25.5s The IWDG timeout may vary due
to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32L4xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI
frequency (LSI clock connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured
value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
28.2.2
How to use this driver
If Window option is disabled



Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value. This reload value will be
loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter is reloaded, then the IWDG
will start counting down from this value.
Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to :

Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.

Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need to enable
the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.
if Window option is enabled:



Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.
IWDG HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.


420/832
__HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

28.2.3
__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef
and create the associated handle
Manage Window option
Initialize the IWDG MSP
DeInitialize the IWDG MSP
This section contains the following APIs:


28.2.4
HAL_IWDG_Init()
HAL_IWDG_MspInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Start the IWDG.
Refresh the IWDG.
This section contains the following APIs:


28.2.5
HAL_IWDG_Start()
HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

28.2.6
HAL_IWDG_GetState()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_IWDG_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init (IWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hiwdg)
Function Description
Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_IWDG_MspInit (IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Initialize the IWDG MSP.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
421/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
HAL_IWDG_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start (IWDG_HandleTypeDef
* hiwdg)
Function Description
Start the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_Refresh
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Refresh the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_GetState
Function Name
HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Return the IWDG handle state.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL: state
28.3
IWDG Firmware driver defines
28.3.1
IWDG
IWDG Exported Macros
__HAL_IWDG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IWDG handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_START
422/832
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Enable the IWDG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER
None
Description:

Reload IWDG counter with value defined
in the reload register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected IWDG flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Watchdog
counter reload value update flag

IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Watchdog
counter prescaler value flag

IWDG_FLAG_WVU: Watchdog
counter window value flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE) .
IWDG Prescaler
IWDG_PRESCALER_4
IWDG prescaler set to 4
IWDG_PRESCALER_8
IWDG prescaler set to 8
IWDG_PRESCALER_16
IWDG prescaler set to 16
IWDG_PRESCALER_32
IWDG prescaler set to 32
IWDG_PRESCALER_64
IWDG prescaler set to 64
IWDG_PRESCALER_128
IWDG prescaler set to 128
IWDG_PRESCALER_256
IWDG prescaler set to 256
IWDG Window
IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE
DOCID026526 Rev 4
423/832
UM1786
29
HAL NAND Generic Driver
29.1
NAND Firmware driver registers structures
29.1.1
NAND_IDTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t Maker_Id
uint8_t Device_Id
uint8_t Third_Id
uint8_t Fourth_Id
Field Documentation




29.1.2
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Maker_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Device_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Third_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Fourth_Id
NAND_AddressTypeDef
Data Fields



uint16_t Page
uint16_t Zone
uint16_t Block
Field Documentation



29.1.3
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Page
NAND memory Page address
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Zone
NAND memory Zone address
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Block
NAND memory Block address
NAND_InfoTypeDef
Data Fields




424/832
uint32_t PageSize
uint32_t SpareAreaSize
uint32_t BlockSize
uint32_t BlockNbr
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

uint32_t ZoneSize
Field Documentation





29.1.4
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::PageSize
NAND memory page (without spare area) size measured in K. bytes
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::SpareAreaSize
NAND memory spare area size measured in K. bytes
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::BlockSize
NAND memory block size number of pages
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::BlockNbr
NAND memory number of blocks
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::ZoneSize
NAND memory zone size measured in number of blocks
NAND_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





FMC_NAND_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef State
NAND_InfoTypeDef Info
Field Documentation





FMC_NAND_TypeDef* NAND_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Init
NAND device control configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NAND locking object
__IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::State
NAND device access state
NAND_InfoTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Info
NAND characteristic information structure
29.2
NAND Firmware driver API description
29.2.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NAND
flash memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface with NAND devices. This driver
is used as follows:

NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init()
with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
425/832
UM1786







Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
HAL_NAND_Read_Page()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(),
HAL_NAND_Write_Page()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea() to read/write
page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device information (Block, page
size..) predefined by the user in the HAL_NAND_Info_TypeDef structure. The
read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef structure
passed as parameter.
Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset().
Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(). The erase block address information is contained in the
Nand_Address_Typedef structure passed as parameter.
Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status().
You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/ HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively
enable/disable the ECC code correction feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC()
to get the ECC correction code.
You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_NAND_GetState()
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash
operations. If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or
implementations, it should be implemented separately.
29.2.2
NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NAND memory
This section contains the following APIs:






29.2.3
HAL_NAND_Init()
HAL_NAND_DeInit()
HAL_NAND_MspInit()
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit()
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler()
HAL_NAND_ITCallback()
NAND Input and Output functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND memory
This section contains the following APIs:









426/832
HAL_NAND_Read_ID()
HAL_NAND_Reset()
HAL_NAND_Read_Page()
HAL_NAND_Write_Page()
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea()
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea()
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block()
HAL_NAND_Read_Status()
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
29.2.4
NAND Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NAND
interface.
This section contains the following APIs:



29.2.5
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable()
HAL_NAND_GetECC()
NAND State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller and the data
flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


29.2.6
HAL_NAND_GetState()
HAL_NAND_Read_Status()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_NAND_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Init (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *
ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *
AttSpace_Timing)
Function Description
Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing
structure
AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure

HAL: status

Return values
HAL_NAND_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_MspInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND MSP Init.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
427/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

None:
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
This function handles NAND device interrupt request.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_ITCallback
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_ITCallback (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND interrupt feature callback.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

None:
HAL_NAND_Read_ID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *
pNAND_ID)
Function Description
Read the NAND memory electronic signature.
Parameters

Return values

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Reset
428/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory reset.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_NAND_Read_Page
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
Function Description
Read Page(s) from NAND memory block.
Parameters

Return values



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
NumPageToRead: number of pages to read from block

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_Page
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
Function Description
Write Page(s) to NAND memory block.
Parameters

Return values



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
NumPageToWrite: number of pages to write to block

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
Function Description
Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory.
Parameters

Return values



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
Function Description
Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory.
Parameters



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
DOCID026526 Rev 4
429/832
UM1786
Return values

NumSpareAreaTowrite: number of spare areas to write to
block

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress)
Function Description
NAND memory Block erase.
Parameters

Return values

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_Status
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory read status.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

NAND: status
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress)
Function Description
Increment the NAND memory address.
Parameters


Return values

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
The: new status of the increment address operation. It can
be:

NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is
valid address

NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is
invalid address
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
430/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_GetECC
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetECC
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, uint32_t * ECCval, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

Return values


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
ECCval: pointer to ECC value
Timeout: maximum timeout to wait

HAL: status
HAL_NAND_GetState
Function Name
HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
return the NAND state
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_NAND_Read_Status
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory read status.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

NAND: status
29.3
NAND Firmware driver defines
29.3.1
NAND
NAND Exported Macros
__HAL_NAND_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset NAND handle state.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
431/832
UM1786
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the NAND
handle.
Return value:

432/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
30
HAL NOR Generic Driver
30.1
NOR Firmware driver registers structures
30.1.1
NOR_IDTypeDef
Data Fields




uint16_t Manufacturer_Code
uint16_t Device_Code1
uint16_t Device_Code2
uint16_t Device_Code3
Field Documentation




30.1.2
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Manufacturer_Code
Defines the device's manufacturer code used to identify the memory
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code1
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code2
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code3
Defines the device's codes used to identify the memory. These codes can be
accessed by performing read operations with specific control signals and addresses
set.They can also be accessed by issuing an Auto Select command.
NOR_CFITypeDef
Data Fields




uint16_t CFI_1
uint16_t CFI_2
uint16_t CFI_3
uint16_t CFI_4
Field Documentation




uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_1
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_2
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_3
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_4
Defines the information stored in the memory's Common flash interface which
contains a description of various electrical and timing parameters, density information
and functions supported by the memory.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
433/832
UM1786
30.1.3
NOR_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef * Extended
FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Extended
Extended mode register base address
FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Init
NOR device control configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NOR locking object
__IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::State
NOR device access state
30.2
NOR Firmware driver API description
30.2.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NOR
flash memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface with NOR devices. This driver
is used as follows:







434/832
NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init() with
control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode.
Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function
HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions
HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program().
Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip().
Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/ HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to
respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation
You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_NOR_GetState()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations.
If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, it
should be implemented separately.
NOR HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver.

30.2.2
NOR_WRITE: NOR memory write data to specified address
NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NOR memory
This section contains the following APIs:





30.2.3
HAL_NOR_Init()
HAL_NOR_DeInit()
HAL_NOR_MspInit()
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit()
HAL_NOR_MspWait()
NOR Input and Output functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory
This section contains the following APIs:









30.2.4
HAL_NOR_Read_ID()
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode()
HAL_NOR_Read()
HAL_NOR_Program()
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer()
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer()
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block()
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip()
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI()
NOR Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NOR
interface.
This section contains the following APIs:


30.2.5
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable()
NOR State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller and the data
flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_NOR_GetState()
HAL_NOR_GetStatus()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
435/832
UM1786
30.2.6
Detailed description of functions
HAL_NOR_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * Timing,
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * ExtTiming)
Function Description
Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters

Return values


hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure
ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor)
Function Description
Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
NOR MSP Init.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

None:
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
NOR MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

None:
HAL_NOR_MspWait
436/832
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspWait (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
NOR MSP Wait fro Ready/Busy signal.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

Timeout: Maximum timeout value

None:
HAL_NOR_Read_ID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef * pNOR_ID)
Function Description
Read NOR flash IDs.
Parameters

Return values

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
pNOR_ID: pointer to NOR ID structure

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
Returns the NOR memory to Read mode.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t * pData)
Function Description
Read data from NOR memory.
Parameters

Return values


hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
pAddress: pointer to Device address
pData: pointer to read data

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t *
pData)
Function Description
Program data to NOR memory.
Parameters

Return values


hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
pAddress: Device address
pData: pointer to the data to write

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
437/832
UM1786
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *
pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Function Description
Reads a block of data from the FMC NOR memory.
Parameters


hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from.
pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from
the NOR memory.
uwBufferSize: number of Half word to read.

HAL: status


Return values
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *
pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Function Description
Writes a half-word buffer to the FMC NOR memory.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
uwAddress: NOR memory internal address from which the
data
pData: pointer to source data buffer.
uwBufferSize: number of Half words to write.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Some NOR memory need Address aligned to xx bytes (can
be aligned to 64 bytes boundary for example).
The maximum buffer size allowed is NOR memory dependent
(can be 64 Bytes max for example).


HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t
Address)
Function Description
Erase the specified block of the NOR memory.
Parameters

Return values


hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
BlockAddress: Block to erase address
Address: Device address

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
Function Name
438/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Function Description
Erase the entire NOR chip.
Parameters

Return values

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Address: Device address

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef * pNOR_CFI)
Function Description
Read NOR flash CFI IDs.
Parameters

Return values

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
pNOR_CFI: pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
Enables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
Disables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_NOR_GetState
Function Name
HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
return the NOR controller state
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

NOR: controller state
HAL_NOR_GetStatus
Function Name
HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t
DOCID026526 Rev 4
439/832
UM1786
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the NOR operation status.
Parameters



Return values

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Address: Device address
Timeout: NOR progamming Timeout
NOR_Status: The returned value can be:
HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR or
HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
30.3
NOR Firmware driver defines
30.3.1
NOR
NOR Exported Macros
__HAL_NOR_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset NOR handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: NOR handle
Return value:

440/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
31
HAL OPAMP Generic Driver
31.1
OPAMP Firmware driver registers structures
31.1.1
OPAMP_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t Mode
uint32_t InvertingInput
uint32_t NonInvertingInput
uint32_t TimerControlledMuxmode
uint32_t InvertingInputSecondary
uint32_t NonInvertingInputSecondary
uint32_t PgaConnect
uint32_t PgaGain
uint32_t UserTrimming
uint32_t TrimmingValueP
uint32_t TrimmingValueN
Field Documentation






uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the OPAMP mode This parameter must be a value of OPAMP_Mode mode
is either Standalone, - Follower or PGA
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::InvertingInput
Specifies the inverting input in Standalone & Pga modesIn Standalone mode: i.e
when mode is OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE This parameter must be a value of
OPAMP_InvertingInput InvertingInput is either VM0 or VM1In PGA mode: i.e when
mode is OPAMP_PGA_MODE & in Follower mode i.e when mode is
OPAMP_FOLLOWER_MODE This parameter is Not Applicable
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::NonInvertingInput
Specifies the non inverting input of the opamp: This parameter must be a value of
OPAMP_NonInvertingInput NonInvertingInput is either VP0, VP1, VP2 or VP3
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::TimerControlledMuxmode
Specifies if the Timer controlled Mux mode is enabled or disabled This parameter
must be a value of OPAMP_TimerControlledMuxmode
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::InvertingInputSecondary
Specifies the inverting input (secondary) of the opamp when
TimerControlledMuxmode is enabled i.e. when TimerControlledMuxmode is
OPAMP_TIMERCONTROLLEDMUXMODE_ENABLEIn Standalone mode: i.e when
mode is OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE This parameter must be a value of
OPAMP_InvertingInputSecondary InvertingInputSecondary is either VM0 or VM1In
PGA mode: i.e when mode is OPAMP_PGA_MODE & in Follower mode i.e when
mode is OPAMP_FOLLOWER_MODE This parameter is Not Applicable
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::NonInvertingInputSecondary
Specifies the non inverting input (secondary) of the opamp when
TimerControlledMuxmode is enabled i.e. when TimerControlledMuxmode is
OPAMP_TIMERCONTROLLEDMUXMODE_ENABLE This parameter must be a value
DOCID026526 Rev 4
441/832





31.1.2
UM1786
of OPAMP_NonInvertingInputSecondary NonInvertingInput is either VP0, VP1, VP2
or VP3
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::PgaConnect
Specifies the inverting pin in PGA mode i.e. when mode is OPAMP_PGA_MODE This
parameter must be a value of OPAMP_PgaConnect Either: not connected, connected
to VM0, connected to VM1 (VM0 or VM1 are typically used for external filtering)
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::PgaGain
Specifies the gain in PGA mode i.e. when mode is OPAMP_PGA_MODE. This
parameter must be a value of OPAMP_PgaGain (2, 4, 8 or 16 )
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::UserTrimming
Specifies the trimming mode This parameter must be a value of
OPAMP_UserTrimming UserTrimming is either factory or user trimming
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::TrimmingValueP
Specifies the offset trimming value (PMOS) i.e. when UserTrimming is
OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
1 and Max_Data = 31
uint32_t OPAMP_InitTypeDef::TrimmingValueN
Specifies the offset trimming value (NMOS) i.e. when UserTrimming is
OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
1 and Max_Data = 31
OPAMP_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





OPAMP_TypeDef * Instance
OPAMP_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_OPAMP_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





OPAMP_TypeDef* OPAMP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
OPAMP instance's registers base address
OPAMP_InitTypeDef OPAMP_HandleTypeDef::Init
OPAMP required parameters
HAL_StatusTypeDef OPAMP_HandleTypeDef::Status
OPAMP peripheral status
HAL_LockTypeDef OPAMP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_OPAMP_StateTypeDef OPAMP_HandleTypeDef::State
OPAMP communication state
31.2
OPAMP Firmware driver API description
31.2.1
OPAMP Peripheral Features
The device integrates up to 4 operational amplifiers OPAMP1, OPAMP2, OPAMP3 and
OPAMP4:
442/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
31.2.2
The OPAMP(s) provides several exclusive running modes.

Standalone mode

Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) mode (Resistor feedback output)

Follower mode
The OPAMP(s) provide(s) calibration capabilities.

Calibration aims at correcting some offset for running mode.

The OPAMP uses either factory calibration settings OR user defined calibration
(trimming) settings (i.e. trimming mode).

The user defined settings can be figured out using self calibration handled by
HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate, HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll

HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate:

Runs automatically the calibration in 2 steps. (90% of VDDA for NMOS
transistors, 10% of VDDA for PMOS transistors). (As OPAMP is Rail-to-rail
input/output, these 2 steps calibration is appropriate and enough in most cases).

Enables the user trimming mode

Updates the init structure with trimming values with fresh calibration results. The
user may store the calibration results for larger (ex monitoring the trimming as a
function of temperature for instance)

for STM32F3 devices having 2 or 4 OPAMPs HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll
runs calibration of 2 or 4 OPAMPs in parallel.
For any running mode, an additional Timer-controlled Mux (multiplexer) mode can be
set on top.

Timer-controlled Mux mode allows Automatic switching between inverting and
non-inverting input.

Hence on top of defaults (primary) inverting and non-inverting inputs, the user
shall select secondary inverting and non inverting inputs.

TIM1 CC6 provides the alternate switching tempo between defaults (primary)
and secondary inputs.
Running mode: Standalone mode

Gain is set externally (gain depends on external loads).

Follower mode also possible externally by connecting the inverting input to the
output.
Running mode: Follower mode

No Inverting Input is connected.
Running mode: Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) mode (Resistor feedback
output)

The OPAMP(s) output(s) can be internally connected to resistor feedback output.

OPAMP gain is either 2, 4, 8 or 16.
How to use this driver
Calibration
To run the opamp calibration self calibration:
1.
Start calibration using HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate. Store the calibration results.
Running mode
To use the opamp, perform the following steps:
1.
Fill in the HAL_OPAMP_MspInit() to

Configure the opamp input AND output in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
to map the opamp output to the GPIO pin.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
443/832
2.
3.
4.
5.
UM1786
Configure the opamp using HAL_OPAMP_Init() function:

Select the mode

Select the inverting input

Select the non-inverting input

Select if the Timer controlled Mux mode is enabled/disabled

If the Timer controlled Mux mode is enabled, select the secondary inverting input

If the Timer controlled Mux mode is enabled, Select the secondary non-inverting
input

If PGA mode is enabled, Select if inverting input is connected.

Select either factory or user defined trimming mode.

If the user defined trimming mode is enabled, select PMOS & NMOS trimming
values (typ. settings returned by HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate function).
Enable the opamp using HAL_OPAMP_Start() function.
Disable the opamp using HAL_OPAMP_Stop() function.
Lock the opamp in running mode using HAL_OPAMP_Lock() function. From then The
configuration can be modified

After HW reset

OR thanks to HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit called (user defined) from
HAL_OPAMP_DeInit.
Running mode: change of configuration while OPAMP ON
To Re-configure OPAMP when OPAMP is ON (change on the fly)
1.
2.
31.2.3
If needed, Fill in the HAL_OPAMP_MspInit()

This is the case for instance if you wish to use new OPAMP I/O
Configure the opamp using HAL_OPAMP_Init() function:

As in configure case, selects first the parameters you wish to modify.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
This section contains the following APIs:




31.2.4
HAL_OPAMP_Init()
HAL_OPAMP_DeInit()
HAL_OPAMP_MspInit()
HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the OPAMP data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:



31.2.5
HAL_OPAMP_Start()
HAL_OPAMP_Stop()
HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the OPAMP data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:

444/832
HAL_OPAMP_Lock()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
31.2.6
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


31.2.7
HAL_OPAMP_GetState()
HAL_OPAMP_GetTrimOffset()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_OPAMP_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Init
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Initializes the OPAMP according to the specified parameters in the
OPAMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

If the selected opamp is locked, initialization can't be
performed. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
HAL_OPAMP_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_DeInit
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
DeInitializes the OPAMP peripheral.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Deinitialization can't be performed if the OPAMP configuration
is locked. To unlock the configuration, perform a system
reset.
HAL_OPAMP_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_OPAMP_MspInit (OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *
hopamp)
Function Description
Initializes the OPAMP MSP.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

None:
HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_OPAMP_MspDeInit (OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *
hopamp)
Function Description
DeInitializes OPAMP MSP.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
DOCID026526 Rev 4
445/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
HAL_OPAMP_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Start
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Start the opamp.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_OPAMP_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Stop
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Stop the opamp.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_SelfCalibrate
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Run the self calibration of one OPAMP.
Parameters

hopamp: handle
Return values


Updated: offset trimming values (PMOS & NMOS), user
trimming is enabled
HAL: status

Calibration runs about 25 ms.
Notes
HAL_OPAMP_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_Lock
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Lock the selected opamp configuration.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_OPAMP_GetState
446/832
Function Name
HAL_OPAMP_StateTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_GetState
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp)
Function Description
Return the OPAMP state.
Parameters

hopamp: OPAMP handle
Return values

HAL: state
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_OPAMP_GetTrimOffset
Function Name
OPAMP_TrimmingValueTypeDef HAL_OPAMP_GetTrimOffset
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp, uint32_t trimmingoffset)
Function Description
Return the OPAMP factory trimming value.
Parameters


hopamp: OPAMP handle
trimmingoffset: Trimming offset (P or N)
Return values

Trimming: value (P or N): range: 0->31 or
OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_DUMMY if trimming value is
not available
31.3
OPAMP Firmware driver defines
31.3.1
OPAMP
OPAMP CSR init register Mask
OPAMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_INIT_MASK
OPAMP Exported Macros
__HAL_OPAMP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset OPAMP handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: OPAMP handle.
Return value:

None
OPAMP Factory Trimming
OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_DUMMY
Dummy trimming value
OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_N
Offset trimming N
OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING_P
Offset trimming P
IS_OPAMP_FACTORYTRIMMING
OPAMP Input
OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING
Inverting input
OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING
Non inverting input
IS_OPAMP_INPUT
OPAMP Inverting Input
OPAMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO0
inverting input connected to VM0
OPAMP_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1
inverting input connected to VM1
IS_OPAMP_INVERTING_INPUT
OPAMP Inverting Input Secondary
OPAMP_SEC_INVERTINGINPUT_IO0
VM0 (PC5 for OPAMP1 and OPAMP2, PB10 for
OPAMP3 and OPAMP4) connected to OPAMPx
inverting input
DOCID026526 Rev 4
447/832
UM1786
VM1 (PA3 for OPAMP1, PA5 for OPAMP2, PB2
for OPAMP3, PD8 for OPAMP4) connected to
OPAMPx inverting input
OPAMP_SEC_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1
IS_OPAMP_SEC_INVERTINGINPUT
OPAMP Mode
OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE
standalone mode
OPAMP_PGA_MODE
PGA mode
OPAMP_FOLLOWER_MODE
follower mode
IS_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_NORMALMODE
OPAMP Non Inverting Input
OPAMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO0
VP0 (PA1 for OPAMP1, VP0 PA7 for OPAMP2,
VP0 PB0 for OPAMP3, VP0 PB13 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO1
VP1 (PA7 for OPAMP1, VP3 PD14 for OPAMP2,
VP1 PB13 for OPAMP3, VP1 PD11 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO2
VP2 (PA3 for OPAMP1, VP2 PB0 for OPAMP2,
VP2 PA1 for OPAMP3, VP3 PA4 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO3
VP3 (PA5 for OPAMP1, VP1 PB14 for OPAMP2,
VP3 PA5 for OPAMP3, VP2 PB11 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
IS_OPAMP_NONINVERTING_INPUT
OPAMP Non Inverting Input Secondary
OPAMP_SEC_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO0
VP0 (PA1 for OPAMP1, PA7 for OPAMP2,
PB0 for OPAMP3, PB13 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_SEC_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO1
VP1 (PA7 for OPAMP1, PD14 for OPAMP2,
PB13 for OPAMP3, PD11 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_SEC_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO2
VP2 (PA3 for OPAMP1, PB0 for OPAMP2,
PA1 for OPAMP3, PA4 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
OPAMP_SEC_NONINVERTINGINPUT_IO3
VP3 (PA5 for OPAMP1, PB14 for OPAMP2,
PA5 for OPAMP3, PB11 for OPAMP4)
connected to OPAMPx non inverting input
IS_OPAMP_SEC_NONINVERTINGINPUT
OPAMP Pga Connect
448/832
OPAMP_PGA_CONNECT_INVERTINGINPUT_NO
In PGA mode, the non inverting
input is not connected
OPAMP_PGA_CONNECT_INVERTINGINPUT_IO0
In PGA mode, the non inverting
input is connected to VM0
OPAMP_PGA_CONNECT_INVERTINGINPUT_IO1
In PGA mode, the non inverting
input is connected to VM1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
IS_OPAMP_PGACONNECT
OPAMP Pga Gain
OPAMP_PGA_GAIN_2
PGA gain = 2
OPAMP_PGA_GAIN_4
PGA gain = 4
OPAMP_PGA_GAIN_8
PGA gain = 8
OPAMP_PGA_GAIN_16
PGA gain = 16
IS_OPAMP_PGA_GAIN
OPAMP Timer Controlled Mux mode
OPAMP_TIMERCONTROLLEDMUXMODE_DISABLE
Timer controlled Mux mode
disabled
OPAMP_TIMERCONTROLLEDMUXMODE_ENABLE
Timer controlled Mux mode
enabled
IS_OPAMP_TIMERCONTROLLED_MUXMODE
OPAMP Trimming Value
IS_OPAMP_TRIMMINGVALUE
OPAMP User Trimming
OPAMP_TRIMMING_FACTORY
Factory trimming
OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER
User trimming
IS_OPAMP_TRIMMING
OPAMP_VREF_NOTCONNECTEDTO_ADC
VREF not connected to ADC
OPAMP_VREF_CONNECTEDTO_ADC
VREF not connected to ADC
IS_OPAMP_ALLOPAMPVREF_CONNECT
OPAMP VREF
OPAMP_VREF_3VDDA
OPMAP Vref = 3.3% VDDA
OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA
OPMAP Vref = 10% VDDA
OPAMP_VREF_50VDDA
OPMAP Vref = 50% VDDA
OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA
OPMAP Vref = 90% VDDA
IS_OPAMP_VREF
DOCID026526 Rev 4
449/832
UM1786
32
HAL OPAMP Extension Driver
32.1
OPAMPEx Firmware driver API description
32.1.1
Detailed description of functions
HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll
(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef
* hopamp2, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp3,
OPAMP_HandleTypeDef * hopamp4)
Function Description
Run the self calibration of 4 OPAMPs in parallel.
Parameters




hopamp1:
hopamp2:
hopamp3:
hopamp4:
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Updated offset trimming values (PMOS & NMOS), user
trimming is enabled
Calibration runs about 25 ms.

450/832
handle
handle
handle
handle
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
33
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver
33.1
PCCARD Firmware driver registers structures
33.1.1
PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef Init
__IO HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
Field Documentation




FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef* PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address for PCCARD device
FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCCARD device control configuration parameters
__IO HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCCARD device access state
HAL_LockTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCCARD Lock
33.2
PCCARD Firmware driver API description
33.2.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control
PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface with
PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:







PCCARD/compact flash memory configuration sequence using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Init() with control and timing parameters for both common and
attribute spaces.
Read PCCARD/compact flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the CompactFlash_ID
structure declared by the function caller.
Access PCCARD/compact flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
Perform PCCARD/compact flash Reset chip operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Reset().
Perform PCCARD/compact flash erase sector operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector().
Read the PCCARD/compact flash status operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus().
You can monitor the PCCARD/compact flash device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_PCCARD_GetState()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
451/832
UM1786
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact
flash operations. If a PCCARD/compact flash device contains different operations
and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
33.2.2
PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the PCCARD memory
This section contains the following APIs:




33.2.3
HAL_PCCARD_Init()
HAL_PCCARD_DeInit()
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit()
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit()
PCCARD Input Output and memory functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
This section contains the following APIs:







33.2.4
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Reset()
HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback()
PCCARD Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller and the
data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:



33.2.5
HAL_PCCARD_GetState()
HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus()
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_PCCARD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * ComSpaceTiming,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * AttSpaceTiming,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * IOSpaceTiming)
Function Description
Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters




452/832
hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure
AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure
IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD MSP Init.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint8_t
CompactFlash_ID, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Read Compact Flash's ID.
Parameters

Return values


hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure.
pStatus: pointer to compact flash status

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
453/832
UM1786
HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t * pBuffer,
uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Write sector to PCCARD memory.
Parameters

Return values



hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer
SectorAddress: Sector address to write
pStatus: pointer to CF status

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t * pBuffer,
uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Read sector from PCCARD memory.
Parameters

Return values



hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
SectorAddress: Sector address to read
pStatus: pointer to CF status

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress,
uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Erase sector from PCCARD memory.
Parameters

Return values


hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
SectorAddress: Sector address to erase
pStatus: pointer to CF status

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_Reset
454/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Reset the PCCARD memory.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD interrupt feature callback.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None:
HAL_PCCARD_GetState
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
return the PCCARD controller state
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Get the compact flash memory status.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

New: status of the CF operation. This parameter can be:

CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous
operation generate a Timeout error

CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the
next operation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
455/832
UM1786
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status
command.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

The: status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter
can be:

CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy

CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the
next operation

CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation
gererates error
33.3
PCCARD Firmware driver defines
33.3.1
PCCARD
PCCARD Exported Macros
__HAL_PCCARD_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset PCCARD handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the PCCARD
handle.
Return value:

456/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
UM1786
34
HAL PCD Generic Driver
34.1
PCD Firmware driver registers structures
34.1.1
PCD_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t dev_endpoints
uint32_t speed
uint32_t ep0_mps
uint32_t phy_itface
uint32_t Sof_enable
uint32_t low_power_enable
uint32_t lpm_enable
uint32_t battery_charging_enable
Field Documentation








34.1.2
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::dev_endpoints
Device Endpoints number. This parameter depends on the used USB core. This
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 15
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::speed
USB Core speed. This parameter can be any value of PCD_Core_Speed
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::ep0_mps
Set the Endpoint 0 Max Packet size. This parameter can be any value of
PCD_EP0_MPS
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::phy_itface
Select the used PHY interface. This parameter can be any value of PCD_Core_PHY
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::Sof_enable
Enable or disable the output of the SOF signal. This parameter can be set to ENABLE
or DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::low_power_enable
Enable or disable Low Power mode This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::lpm_enable
Enable or disable the Link Power Management . This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t PCD_InitTypeDef::battery_charging_enable
Enable or disable Battery charging. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
PCD_EPTypeDef
Data Fields


uint8_t num
uint8_t is_in
DOCID026526 Rev 4
457/832
UM1786










uint8_t is_stall
uint8_t type
uint16_t pmaadress
uint16_t pmaaddr0
uint16_t pmaaddr1
uint8_t doublebuffer
uint32_t maxpacket
uint8_t * xfer_buff
uint32_t xfer_len
uint32_t xfer_count
Field Documentation












34.1.3
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::num
Endpoint number This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 15
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::is_in
Endpoint direction This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 1
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::is_stall
Endpoint stall condition This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 1
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::type
Endpoint type This parameter can be any value of PCD_EP_Type
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaadress
PMA Address This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and Max_addr
= 1K
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaaddr0
PMA Address0 This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and
Max_addr = 1K
uint16_t PCD_EPTypeDef::pmaaddr1
PMA Address1 This parameter can be any value between Min_addr = 0 and
Max_addr = 1K
uint8_t PCD_EPTypeDef::doublebuffer
Double buffer enable This parameter can be 0 or 1
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::maxpacket
Endpoint Max packet size This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0
and Max_Data = 64KB
uint8_t* PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_buff
Pointer to transfer buffer
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_len
Current transfer length
uint32_t PCD_EPTypeDef::xfer_count
Partial transfer length in case of multi packet transfer
PCD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields


458/832
PCD_TypeDef * Instance
PCD_InitTypeDef Init
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786







__IO uint8_t USB_Address
PCD_EPTypeDef IN_ep
PCD_EPTypeDef OUT_ep
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t Setup
void * pData
Field Documentation









PCD_TypeDef* PCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
PCD_InitTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCD required parameters
__IO uint8_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::USB_Address
USB Address
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::IN_ep[15]
IN endpoint parameters
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::OUT_ep[15]
OUT endpoint parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCD peripheral status
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCD communication state
uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::Setup[12]
Setup packet buffer
void* PCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer to upper stack Handler
34.2
PCD Firmware driver API description
34.2.1
How to use this driver
The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
34.2.2
Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: PCD_HandleTypeDef
hpcd;
Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using

__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE();
b.
Initialize the related GPIO clocks
c.
Configure PCD pin-out
d.
Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
a.
hpcd.pData = pdev;
Enable HCD transmission and reception:
a.
HAL_PCD_Start();
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
459/832
UM1786
This section contains the following APIs:




34.2.3
HAL_PCD_Init()
HAL_PCD_DeInit()
HAL_PCD_MspInit()
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:














34.2.4
HAL_PCD_Start()
HAL_PCD_Stop()
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback()
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback()
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:















34.2.5
HAL_PCD_DevConnect()
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect()
HAL_PCD_SetAddress()
HAL_PCD_EP_Open()
HAL_PCD_EP_Close()
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive()
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount()
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit()
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall()
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall()
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush()
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup()
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup()
HAL_PCD_ActiveRemoteWakeup()
HAL_PCD_DeActiveRemoteWakeup()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

460/832
HAL_PCD_GetState()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
34.2.6
Detailed description of functions
HAL_PCD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD according to the specified parameters in the
PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Start the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
461/832
UM1786
Function Description
Stop the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
This function handles PCD interrupt request.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data out stage callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data IN stage callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Setup stage callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback
462/832
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Start Of Frame callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Reset callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Suspend event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Resume event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO IN callbacks.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
463/832
UM1786
Function Description
Connection event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnection event callbacks.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None:
HAL_PCD_DevConnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Connect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_SetAddress
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t address)
Function Description
Set the USB Device address.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
address: new device address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Open
464/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
Function Description
Open and configure an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values


ep_mps: endpoint max packet size
ep_type: endpoint type

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Close
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Deactivate an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
len: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Send an amount of data.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
len: amount of data to be sent
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount
Function Name
uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Get Received Data Size.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

Data: Size
DOCID026526 Rev 4
465/832
UM1786
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Set a STALL condition over an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Flush an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup
signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
466/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup
signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_PCD_GetState
Function Name
PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState (PCD_HandleTypeDef
* hpcd)
Function Description
Return the PCD state.
Parameters

hpcd: : PCD handle
Return values

HAL: state
HAL_PCD_ActiveRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActiveRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
HAL_PCD_DeActiveRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActiveRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
PCD_WritePMA
Function Name
void PCD_WritePMA (USB_TypeDef * USBx, uint8_t *
pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
Function Description
Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area
(PMA)
Parameters




USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.
wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.
wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
Return values

None:
PCD_ReadPMA
Function Name
void PCD_ReadPMA (USB_TypeDef * USBx, uint8_t *
pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
Function Description
Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area
(PMA)
Parameters




USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.
wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.
wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
467/832
UM1786
34.3
PCD Firmware driver defines
34.3.1
PCD
PCD Core PHY
PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
PCD Core Speed
PCD_SPEED_HIGH
PCD_SPEED_FULL
PCD ENDP
PCD_ENDP0
PCD_ENDP1
PCD_ENDP2
PCD_ENDP3
PCD_ENDP4
PCD_ENDP5
PCD_ENDP6
PCD_ENDP7
PCD Endpoint Kind
PCD_SNG_BUF
PCD_DBL_BUF
PCD EP0 MPS
DEP0CTL_MPS_64
DEP0CTL_MPS_32
DEP0CTL_MPS_16
DEP0CTL_MPS_8
PCD_EP0MPS_64
PCD_EP0MPS_32
PCD_EP0MPS_16
PCD_EP0MPS_08
PCD EP Type
PCD_EP_TYPE_CTRL
PCD_EP_TYPE_ISOC
PCD_EP_TYPE_BULK
PCD_EP_TYPE_INTR
PCD Exported Macros
__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG
468/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
PCD Instance definition
IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE
DOCID026526 Rev 4
469/832
UM1786
35
HAL PCD Extension Driver
35.1
PCDEx Firmware driver API description
35.1.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Update PMA configuration
This section contains the following APIs:


35.1.2
HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig()
HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
Function Description
Configure PMA for EP.
Parameters



Return values

hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
ep_kind: endpoint Kind

USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used

USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer
endpoint this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
in PMA allocated to endpoint. In case of double buffer
endpoint this parameter is a 32-bit value providing the
endpoint buffer 0 address in the LSB part of 32-bit value and
endpoint buffer 1 address in the MSB part of 32-bit value.

:: status
HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState
Function Name
void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t state)
Function Description
Software Device Connection.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
state: Device state
Return values

None:
35.2
PCDEx Firmware driver defines
35.2.1
PCDEx
PCD Extended Exported Macros
470/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
PCD_EP_TX_ADDRESS
Description:

Gets address in an endpoint register.
Parameters:


USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
Return value:

None
PCD_EP_TX_CNT
PCD_EP_RX_ADDRESS
PCD_EP_RX_CNT
PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT
DOCID026526 Rev 4
471/832
UM1786
36
HAL PWR Generic Driver
36.1
PWR Firmware driver API description
36.1.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup
SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses. To enable access to the
RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:


36.1.2
Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
Peripheral Control functions
WakeUp pin configuration


WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is forced in
input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges.
There are up to three WakeUp pins:

WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.

WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 (STM32F303xC, STM32F303xE only).

WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.
Main and Backup Regulators configuration


When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) the
backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to save
battery life.
The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read protected to
prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private key, from being accessed.
The backup SRAM can be erased only through the Flash interface when a protection
level change from level 1 to level 0 is requested. Refer to the description of Read
protection (RDP) in the Flash programming manual. Refer to the datasheets for more
details.
Low Power modes configuration
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:



Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode
Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F3x8
devices).
Sleep mode
472/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


Entry: The Sleep mode is entered by using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON,
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) functions with

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
Exit:

Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller
(NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
Stop mode
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, and the HSE
RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved. The
voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode to minimize the
consumption.


Entry: The Stop mode is entered using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON,
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI ) function with:

Main regulator ON or

Low Power regulator ON.

PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction or

PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
Exit:

Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.

Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts, when
programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be programmed in wakeup
mode and the corresponding interrupt vector must be enabled in the NVIC).
Standby mode
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8V domain is
consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also
switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC
backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby circuitry. The voltage regulator is OFF.


Entry:

The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
function.
Exit:

WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, tamper
event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode
The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, without
depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).

RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it is
necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using
the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
473/832
UM1786


To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the
HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode

To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary
to:

Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI
Line 22 for comparator 2) to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling,
rising or falling and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init()
function.

Configure the comparator to generate the event.
This section contains the following APIs:











36.1.3
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_PWR_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values

None:
Notes

If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
474/832
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values

None:
Notes

If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2,
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2,
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
STOPEntry)
Function Description
Enters STOP mode.
Parameters


Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with
regulator ON

PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode
with low power regulator ON
STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or
WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the following
values:

PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI
instruction

PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE
instruction
Return values

None:
Notes

In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup
event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an
additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop
mode. By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop
mode, the consumption is higher although the startup time is


DOCID026526 Rev 4
475/832
UM1786
reduced.
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
SLEEPEntry)
Function Description
Enters Sleep mode.
Parameters


Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with
regulator ON

PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode
with low power regulator ON
SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI
or WFE instruction. When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt
have to be disabled if not desired as the interrupt wake up
source. This parameter can be one of the following values:

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI
instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with
WFE instruction
Return values

None:
Notes

In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
This parameter has no effect in F3 family and is just
maintained to offer full portability of other STM32 families
softwares.

HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode (void )
Function Description
Enters STANDBY mode.
Return values

None:
Notes

In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
Reset pad (still available),RTC alternate function pins if
configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC
clock calibration out,WKUP pins if enabled.
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit
476/832
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to
Thread mode.
Return values

None:
Notes

Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption
handling is over. Setting this bit is useful when the processor
is expected to run only on interruptions handling.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode
to Thread mode.
Return values

None:
Notes

Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is
set, the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an
interruption handling is over.
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None:
Notes

Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None:
Notes

Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
36.2
PWR Firmware driver defines
36.2.1
PWR
PWR Alias Exported Constants
PWR_OFFSET
CR_OFFSET
DBP_BIT_NUMBER
CR_DBP_BB
PVDE_BIT_NUMBER
CR_PVDE_BB
CSR_OFFSET
EWUP1_BitNumber
CSR_EWUP1_BB
EWUP2_BitNumber
CSR_EWUP2_BB
DOCID026526 Rev 4
477/832
UM1786
EWUP3_BitNumber
CSR_EWUP3_BB
PWR Exported Macro
Description:
__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG

Check PWR flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag
indicates that a wakeup event was received from
the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or
Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp
event or RTC Wakeup. An additional wakeup
event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled (by
setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level
is already high.

PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag
indicates that the system was resumed from
StandBy mode.

PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is
valid only if PVD is enabled by the
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is
stopped by Standby mode For this reason, this bit
is equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the
PVDE bit is set.

PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: This flag indicates
that the internal reference voltage VREFINT is
ready.
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG

Clear the PWR's pending flags.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag

PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
PWR Flag
PWR_FLAG_WU
Wakeup event from wakeup pin or RTC alarm
PWR_FLAG_SB
Standby flag
PWR_FLAG_PVDO
Power Voltage Detector output flag
PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY
VREFINT reference voltage ready
PWR Regulator state in STOP mode
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
478/832
Voltage regulator on during STOP mode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
Voltage regulator in low-power mode during
STOP mode
PWR SLEEP mode entry
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI
Wait For Interruption instruction to enter SLEEP mode
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE
Wait For Event instruction to enter SLEEP mode
PWR STOP mode entry
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI
Wait For Interruption instruction to enter STOP mode
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE
Wait For Event instruction to enter STOP mode
PWR WakeUp Pins
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
Wakeup pin 1
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
Wakeup pin 2
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
Wakeup pin 3
DOCID026526 Rev 4
479/832
UM1786
37
HAL PWR Extension Driver
37.1
PWREx Firmware driver registers structures
37.1.1
PWR_PVDTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t PVDLevel
uint32_t Mode
Field Documentation


uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::PVDLevel
PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level This parameter can be a value of
PWREx_PVD_detection_level
uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::Mode
Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a
value of PWREx_PVD_Mode
37.2
PWREx Firmware driver API description
37.2.1
Peripheral Extended control functions
PVD configuration (present on all other devices than STM32F3x8 devices)



The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold
selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the PVD
threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 and can generate an
interrupt if enabled. This is done through __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
macro
The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. PVD is not available on STM32F3x8 Product
Line
Voltage regulator

480/832
The voltage regulator is always enabled after Reset. It works in three different modes.
In Run mode, the regulator supplies full power to the 1.8V domain (core, memories
and digital peripherals). In Stop mode, the regulator supplies low power to the 1.8V
domain, preserving contents of registers and SRAM. In Stop mode, the regulator is
powered off. The contents of the registers and SRAM are lost except for the Standby
circuitry and the Backup Domain. Note: in the STM32F3x8xx devices, the voltage
regulator is bypassed and the microcontroller must be powered from a nominal VDD =
1.8V +/-8% voltage.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the PVD
threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 and can generate an
interrupt if enabled. This is done through __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
macro
The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
SDADC power configuration

On STM32F373xC/STM32F378xx devices, there are up to 3 SDADC instances that
can be enabled/disabled.
This section contains the following APIs:





37.2.2
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD()
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD()
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD (PWR_PVDTypeDef * sConfigPVD)
Function Description
Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage
Detector(PVD).
Parameters

sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the PVD.
Return values

None:
Notes

Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet
for more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to
each detection level.
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD (void )
Function Description
Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD (void )
Function Description
Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None:
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
481/832
UM1786
Return values

None:
Notes

This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback (void )
Function Description
PWR PVD interrupt callback.
Return values

None:
37.3
PWREx Firmware driver defines
37.3.1
PWREx
PWR Extended Exported Constants
PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD
External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line
PWR Extended Exported Macros
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable interrupt on
PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Disable interrupt on
PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a
Software interrupt
on selected EXTI
line.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Enable event on
PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:

482/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Disable event on
PVD Exti Line 16.
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD
Extended Interrupt
Rising Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD
Extended Interrupt
Falling Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD
Extended Interrupt
Rising & Falling
Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None
Description:

PVD EXTI line
configuration: set
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

PVD EXTI line
configuration: set
rising edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable the PVD
Extended Interrupt
Rising & Falling
Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
Description:
483/832
UM1786

Check whether the
specified PVD EXTI
interrupt flag is set
or not.
Return value:

EXTI: PVD Line
Status.
Description:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG

Clear the PVD EXTI
flag.
Return value:

None.
PWR Extended PVD detection level
PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
PVD threshold around 2.2 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_1
PVD threshold around 2.3 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_2
PVD threshold around 2.4 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_3
PVD threshold around 2.5 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_4
PVD threshold around 2.6 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_5
PVD threshold around 2.7 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_6
PVD threshold around 2.8 V
PWR_PVDLEVEL_7
PVD threshold around 2.9 V
PWR Extended PVD Mode
484/832
PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL
Basic mode is used
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge
trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling
edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
38
HAL RCC Generic Driver
38.1
RCC Firmware driver registers structures
38.1.1
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t PLLState
uint32_t PLLSource
uint32_t PLLMUL
Field Documentation



38.1.2
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLState
PLLState: The new state of the PLL. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_PLL_Config
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLSource
PLLSource: PLL entry clock source. This parameter must be a value of
RCC_PLL_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLMUL
PLLMUL: Multiplication factor for PLL VCO input clock This parameter must be a
value of RCC_PLL_Multiplication_Factor
RCC_OscInitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t OscillatorType
uint32_t HSEState
uint32_t HSEPredivValue
uint32_t LSEState
uint32_t HSIState
uint32_t HSICalibrationValue
uint32_t LSIState
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef PLL
Field Documentation



uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::OscillatorType
The oscillators to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_Oscillator_Type
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSEState
The new state of the HSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSE_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSEPredivValue
The HSE predivision factor value. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_PLL_HSE_Prediv_Factor
DOCID026526 Rev 4
485/832
UM1786





38.1.3
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSEState
The new state of the LSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSE_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSIState
The new state of the HSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSI_Config
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSICalibrationValue
The HSI calibration trimming value (default is RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT).
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x1F
uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSIState
The new state of the LSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSI_Config
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitTypeDef::PLL
PLL structure parameters
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t ClockType
uint32_t SYSCLKSource
uint32_t AHBCLKDivider
uint32_t APB1CLKDivider
uint32_t APB2CLKDivider
Field Documentation





uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::ClockType
The clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_System_Clock_Type
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::SYSCLKSource
The clock source (SYSCLKS) used as system clock. This parameter can be a value
of RCC_System_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::AHBCLKDivider
The AHB clock (HCLK) divider. This clock is derived from the system clock
(SYSCLK). This parameter can be a value of RCC_AHB_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB1CLKDivider
The APB1 clock (PCLK1) divider. This clock is derived from the AHB clock (HCLK).
This parameter can be a value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB2CLKDivider
The APB2 clock (PCLK2) divider. This clock is derived from the AHB clock (HCLK).
This parameter can be a value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
38.2
RCC Firmware driver API description
38.2.1
RCC specific features
After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI 8MHz) with Flash
0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled, and all peripherals are off except internal
SRAM, Flash and JTAG.


486/832
There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; all
peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed.
The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which are assigned to be
used for debug purpose.
Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:





38.2.2
Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock (if the application
needs higher frequency/performance)
Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers
Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not derived from the
System clock (RTC, ADC, I2C, I2S, TIM, USB FS)
RCC Limitations
A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral enabling
should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write from/to registers.

This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.

AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary
Workarounds:
1.
38.2.3
For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been
inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators (HSE,
HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1
and APB2).
Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through the PLL
as System clock source. The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART and I2C
peripherals.
LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
clock source.
HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 32 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or through the
PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring different output clocks:

The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 72 MHz)

The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB FS (48 MHz)

The third output may be used to generate the clock for the ADC peripherals (up
to 72 MHz)

The fourth output may be used to generate the clock for the TIM peripherals (144
MHz)
CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro
__HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or
through PLL as System clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to
HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4
NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE or
PLL clock (divided by 2) output on pin (such as PA8 pin).
System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
DOCID026526 Rev 4
487/832
1.
2.
3.
4.
UM1786
Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, HSE
and PLL. The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus
(DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB
clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on
these buses. You can use "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve
the frequencies of these clocks.
All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:

The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock.

The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock.

The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE.

The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock.

The ADC clock which is derived from PLL output.

The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC (HSE
divided by a programmable prescaler). The System clock (SYSCLK) frequency
must be higher or equal to the RTC clock frequency.

IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
For the STM32F3xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1
and PCLK2 is 72 MHz, Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should
be adapted accordingly.
After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and prefetch is
disabled.
This section contains the following APIs:



38.2.4
HAL_RCC_DeInit()
HAL_RCC_OscConfig()
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
frequencies.
This section contains the following APIs:











38.2.5
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig()
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS()
HAL_RCC_DisableCSS()
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq()
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig()
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig()
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler()
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_RCC_DeInit
488/832
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Notes


The default reset state of the clock configuration is given
below: HSI ON and used as system clock sourceHSE and
PLL OFFAHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.CSS and
MCO1 OFFAll interrupts disabled
This function does not modify the configuration of the
Peripheral clocksLSI, LSE and RTC clocks
HAL_RCC_OscConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig
(RCC_OscInitTypeDef * RCC_OscInitStruct)
Function Description
Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified
parameters in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
Parameters

RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
RCC Oscillators.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes


The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE
Bypass are not supported by this macro. User should request
a transition to LSE Off first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE
Bypass are not supported by this macro. User should request
a transition to HSE Off first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.

HAL_RCC_ClockConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig
(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef * RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
Function Description
Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the
specified parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
Parameters


RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
RCC peripheral.
FLatency: FLASH Latency The value of this parameter
depend on device used within the same series
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store
System Clock Frequency and updated by
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock
source after start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and
STANDBY mode, or in case of failure of the HSE used
directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock Security
System CSS is enabled).
A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the
target clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay
or PLL locked). If a clock source which is not yet ready is
selected, the switch will occur when the clock source will be
ready. You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to


DOCID026526 Rev 4
489/832
UM1786
know which clock is currently used as system clock source.
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig (uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t
RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
Function Description
Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin.
Parameters



RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock
source. This parameter can be one of the following values:

RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as
MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected
as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO
clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK Divided
by 2 selected as MCO clock
RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCO DIV. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock
Return values

None:
Notes

MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode.
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS (void )
Function Description
Enables the Clock Security System.
Return values

None:
Notes

If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this
oscillator is automatically disabled and an interrupt is
generated to inform the software about the failure (Clock
Security System Interrupt, CSSI), allowing the MCU to
perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to the CortexM4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
HAL_RCC_DisableCSS
490/832
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS (void )
Function Description
Disables the Clock Security System.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq (void )
Function Description
Returns the SYSCLK frequency.
Return values

SYSCLK: frequency
Notes

The system frequency computed by this function is not the
real frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the
predefined constant and the selected clock source:
If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on
HSI_VALUE(*)
If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on
HSE_VALUE divided by PREDIV factor(**)
If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on
HSE_VALUE divided by PREDIV factor(**) or HSI_VALUE(*)
multiplied by the PLL factor.
(*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h
file (default value 8 MHz) but the real value may vary
depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
(**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in
stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h file (default value 8 MHz), user has to
ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the
crystal used. Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
The result of this function could be not correct when using
fractional value for HSE crystal.
This function can be used by the user application to compute
the baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure
other parameters.
Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to
update the right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.








HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq (void )
Function Description
Returns the HCLK frequency.
Return values

HCLK: frequency
Notes

Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to
update the right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.
The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store
System Clock Frequency and updated within this function

HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq (void )
Function Description
Returns the PCLK1 frequency.
Return values

PCLK1: frequency
Notes

Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to
update the right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration
DOCID026526 Rev 4
491/832
UM1786
based on this function will be incorrect.
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq (void )
Function Description
Returns the PCLK2 frequency.
Return values

PCLK2: frequency
Notes

Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to
update the right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration
based on this function will be incorrect.
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *
RCC_OscInitStruct)
Function Description
Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef
structure that will be configured.
Return values

None:
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *
RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t * pFLatency)
Function Description
Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

Return values

RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef
structure that contains the current clock configuration.
pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency.

None:
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
Return values

None:
Notes

This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback
492/832
Function Name
void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback (void )
Function Description
RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback.
Return values

none:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
38.3
RCC Firmware driver defines
38.3.1
RCC
RCC AHB Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_DISABLE
AHB Clock Source
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1
SYSCLK not divided
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2
SYSCLK divided by 2
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV4
SYSCLK divided by 4
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV8
SYSCLK divided by 8
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV16
SYSCLK divided by 16
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV64
SYSCLK divided by 64
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV128
SYSCLK divided by 128
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV256
SYSCLK divided by 256
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV512
SYSCLK divided by 512
RCC AHB Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_FORCE_RESET
DOCID026526 Rev 4
493/832
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TSC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TSC_RELEASE_RESET
AHB Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TSC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TSC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
APB1 APB2 Clock Source
494/832
RCC_HCLK_DIV1
HCLK not divided
RCC_HCLK_DIV2
HCLK divided by 2
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RCC_HCLK_DIV4
HCLK divided by 4
RCC_HCLK_DIV8
HCLK divided by 8
RCC_HCLK_DIV16
HCLK divided by 16
RCC APB1 Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_CLK_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART3_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART3_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED
DOCID026526 Rev 4
495/832
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC APB1 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DAC1_RELEASE_RESET
RCC APB2 Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_IS_CLK_ENABLED
496/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_USART1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC APB2 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM15_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM16_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM17_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART1_RELEASE_RESET
BitAddress AliasRegion
RCC_CR_OFFSET_BB
RCC_CFGR_OFFSET_BB
RCC_CIR_OFFSET_BB
RCC_BDCR_OFFSET_BB
RCC_CSR_OFFSET_BB
RCC_HSION_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_CR_HSION_BB
RCC_HSEON_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_CR_HSEON_BB
RCC_CSSON_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_CR_CSSON_BB
RCC_PLLON_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_CR_PLLON_BB
RCC_LSION_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_CSR_LSION_BB
RCC_RMVF_BIT_NUMBER
DOCID026526 Rev 4
497/832
UM1786
RCC_CSR_RMVF_BB
RCC_LSEON_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_BDCR_LSEON_BB
RCC_LSEBYP_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP_BB
RCC_RTCEN_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_BDCR_RTCEN_BB
RCC_BDRST_BIT_NUMBER
RCC_BDCR_BDRST_BB
Flags
RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY
Internal High Speed clock ready flag
RCC_FLAG_HSERDY
External High Speed clock ready flag
RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY
PLL clock ready flag
RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY
Internal Low Speed oscillator Ready
RCC_FLAG_V18PWRRST
RCC_FLAG_OBLRST
Options bytes loading reset flag
RCC_FLAG_PINRST
PIN reset flag
RCC_FLAG_PORRST
POR/PDR reset flag
RCC_FLAG_SFTRST
Software Reset flag
RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST
Independent Watchdog reset flag
RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST
Window watchdog reset flag
RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST
Low-Power reset flag
RCC_FLAG_LSERDY
External Low Speed oscillator Ready
RCC_FLAG_MCO
Microcontroller Clock Output Flag
Flags Interrupts Management
__HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable RCC interrupt.
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT
498/832
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY HSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY main PLL ready
interrupt
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Disable RCC interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt sources to be disabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY LSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_LSERDY LSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSIRDY HSI ready interrupt

RCC_IT_HSERDY HSE ready interrupt

RCC_IT_PLLRDY main PLL ready
interrupt
Description:
__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT

Clear the RCC's interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear. This parameter can be
any combination of the following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY LSI ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_LSERDY LSE ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_HSIRDY HSI ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_HSERDY HSE ready
interrupt.

RCC_IT_PLLRDY Main PLL ready
interrupt.

RCC_IT_CSS Clock Security System
interrupt
Description:
__HAL_RCC_GET_IT

Check the RCC's interrupt has occurred or
not.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

RCC_IT_LSIRDY LSI ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_LSERDY LSE ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_HSIRDY HSI ready interrupt.

RCC_IT_HSERDY HSE ready
interrupt.

RCC_IT_PLLRDY Main PLL ready
interrupt.

RCC_IT_CSS Clock Security System
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
The reset flags are RCC_FLAG_PINRST,
DOCID026526 Rev 4
499/832
UM1786
RCC_FLAG_PORRST, RCC_FLAG_SFTRST,
RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST,
RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST,
RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST
Description:
__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG

Check RCC flag is set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY HSI oscillator
clock ready.

RCC_FLAG_HSERDY HSE oscillator
clock ready.

RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY Main PLL clock
ready.

RCC_FLAG_LSERDY LSE oscillator
clock ready.

RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY LSI oscillator
clock ready.

RCC_FLAG_OBLRST Option Byte
Load reset

RCC_FLAG_PINRST Pin reset.

RCC_FLAG_PORRST POR/PDR
reset.

RCC_FLAG_SFTRST Software reset.

RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST Independent
Watchdog reset.

RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST Window
Watchdog reset.

RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST Low Power
reset.
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Get Clock source
__HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the system clock source.
Parameters:

500/832
__SYSCLKSOURCE__: specifies the system
clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
oscillator is used as system clock source.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE HSE
oscillator is used as system clock source.

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK PLL
output is used as system clock source.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOU
RCE
Description:

Macro to get the clock source used as system
clock.
Return value:

The: clock source used as system clock. The
returned value can be one of the following:

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
HSI used as system clock

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
HSE used as system clock

RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCL
K PLL used as system clock
HSE Config
RCC_HSE_OFF
HSE clock deactivation
RCC_HSE_ON
HSE clock activation
RCC_HSE_BYPASS
External clock source for HSE clock
HSE Configuration
__HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the External High Speed oscillator
(HSE).
Parameters:

__STATE__: specifies the new state of the HSE. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RCC_HSE_OFF turn OFF the HSE oscillator,
HSERDY flag goes low after 6 HSE oscillator
clock cycles.

RCC_HSE_ON turn ON the HSE oscillator

RCC_HSE_BYPASS HSE oscillator bypassed
with external clock
Notes:

Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to
HSE Bypass are not supported by this macro. User
should request a transition to HSE Off first and then
HSE On or HSE Bypass. After enabling the HSE
(RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the
application software should wait on HSERDY flag to
be set indicating that HSE clock is stable and can be
used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. HSE state
can not be changed if it is used directly or through the
PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select
another source of the system clock then change the
HSE state (ex. disable it). The HSE is stopped by
hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the clock
security system(CSS) was previously enabled you
have to enable it again after calling this function.
HSI Config
DOCID026526 Rev 4
501/832
UM1786
RCC_HSI_OFF
HSI clock deactivation
RCC_HSI_ON
HSI clock activation
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT
HSI Configuration
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE

The HSI is stopped by hardware
when entering STOP and
STANDBY modes. It is used
(enabled by hardware) as
system clock source after
startup from Reset, wakeup
from STOP and STANDBY
mode, or in case of failure of the
HSE used directly or indirectly
as system clock (if the Clock
Security System CSS is
enabled). HSI can not be
stopped if it is used as system
clock source. In this case, you
have to select another source of
the system clock then stop the
HSI. After enabling the HSI, the
application software should wait
on HSIRDY flag to be set
indicating that HSI clock is
stable and can be used as
system clock source. When the
HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag
goes low after 6 HSI oscillator
clock cycles.
__HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUS
T
Description:

Macro to adjust the Internal High
Speed oscillator (HSI)
calibration value.
Parameters:

_HSICALIBRATIONVALUE_:
specifies the calibration
trimming value. (default is
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFA
ULT). This parameter must be a
number between 0 and 0x1F.
Notes:

RCC I2C1 Clock Source
502/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
The calibration is used to
compensate for the variations in
voltage and temperature that
influence the frequency of the
internal HSI RC.
UM1786
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC I2Cx Clock Config
Description:
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG

Macro to configure the I2C1 clock (I2C1CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE
__I2C1CLKSOURCE__: specifies the I2C1
clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as I2C1 clock
Description:

Macro to get the I2C1 clock source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as I2C1 clock

RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as I2C1 clock
Interrupts
RCC_IT_LSIRDY
LSI Ready Interrupt flag
RCC_IT_LSERDY
LSE Ready Interrupt flag
RCC_IT_HSIRDY
HSI Ready Interrupt flag
RCC_IT_HSERDY
HSE Ready Interrupt flag
RCC_IT_PLLRDY
PLL Ready Interrupt flag
RCC_IT_CSS
Clock Security System Interrupt flag
LSE Config
RCC_LSE_OFF
LSE clock deactivation
RCC_LSE_ON
LSE clock activation
RCC_LSE_BYPASS
External clock source for LSE clock
LSE Configuration
__HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the External Low Speed oscillator
(LSE).
Parameters:

__STATE__: specifies the new state of the LSE. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RCC_LSE_OFF turn OFF the LSE oscillator,
DOCID026526 Rev 4
503/832


UM1786
LSERDY flag goes low after 6 LSE oscillator clock
cycles.
RCC_LSE_ON turn ON the LSE oscillator.
RCC_LSE_BYPASS LSE oscillator bypassed with
external clock.
Notes:

Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to
LSE Bypass are not supported by this macro. As the
LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is
denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable
write access using HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()
function before to configure the LSE (to be done once
after reset). After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or
RCC_LSE_BYPASS), the application software should
wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE
clock is stable and can be used to clock the RTC.
LSI Config
RCC_LSI_OFF
LSI clock deactivation
RCC_LSI_ON
LSI clock activation
LSI Configuration
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE

__HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE
After enabling the LSI, the application software should
wait on LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock
is stable and can be used to clock the IWDG and/or the
RTC.
Notes:

LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. When
the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI
oscillator clock cycles.
MCO Index
RCC_MCO1
RCC_MCO
MCO1 to be compliant with other families with 2 MCOs
Oscillator Type
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_NONE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI
PLL Clock Source
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI
HSI clock divided by 2 selected as PLL entry clock source
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE
HSE clock selected as PLL entry clock source
PLL Config
504/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RCC_PLL_NONE
PLL is not configured
RCC_PLL_OFF
PLL deactivation
RCC_PLL_ON
PLL activation
PLL Configuration
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE

__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE
After enabling the main PLL, the application
software should wait on PLLRDY flag to be
set indicating that PLL clock is stable and
can be used as system clock source. The
main PLL is disabled by hardware when
entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
The main PLL can not be disabled if it is
used as system clock source
Description:

Get oscillator clock selected as PLL input
clock.
Return value:

The: clock source used for PLL entry. The
returned value can be one of the following:

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI HSI oscillator
clock selected as PLL input clock

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE HSE
oscillator clock selected as PLL input
clock
RCC PLL HSE Prediv Factor
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV1
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV2
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV3
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV4
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV5
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV6
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV7
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV8
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV9
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV10
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV11
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV12
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV13
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV14
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV15
DOCID026526 Rev 4
505/832
UM1786
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV16
RCC PLL Multiplication Factor
RCC_PLL_MUL2
RCC_PLL_MUL3
RCC_PLL_MUL4
RCC_PLL_MUL5
RCC_PLL_MUL6
RCC_PLL_MUL7
RCC_PLL_MUL8
RCC_PLL_MUL9
RCC_PLL_MUL10
RCC_PLL_MUL11
RCC_PLL_MUL12
RCC_PLL_MUL13
RCC_PLL_MUL14
RCC_PLL_MUL15
RCC_PLL_MUL16
Register offsets
RCC_OFFSET
RCC_CR_OFFSET
RCC_CFGR_OFFSET
RCC_CIR_OFFSET
RCC_BDCR_OFFSET
RCC_CSR_OFFSET
RCC RTC Clock Configuration
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the RTC clock
(RTCCLK).
Parameters:

506/832
__RTC_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the RTC
clock source. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK No
clock selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI LSI
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32
HSE clock divided by 32
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Notes:


__HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE
As the RTC clock configuration bits are in
the Backup domain and write access is
denied to this domain after reset, you have
to enable write access using the Power
Backup Access macro before to configure
the RTC clock source (to be done once
after reset). Once the RTC clock is
configured it can't be changed unless the
Backup domain is reset using
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE()
macro, or by a Power On Reset (POR).
If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock
source, the RTC continues to work in STOP
and STANDBY modes, and can be used as
wakeup source. However, when the LSI
clock and HSE clock divided by 32 is used
as RTC clock source, the RTC cannot be
used in STOP and STANDBY modes. The
system must always be configured so as to
get a PCLK frequency greater than or equal
to the RTCCLK frequency for a proper
operation of the RTC.
Description:

Macro to get the RTC clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_RTC_DISABLE
These macros must be used only after the
RTC clock source was selected.
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORC
E
The: clock source can be one of the
following values:

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK No
clock selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI LSI
selected as RTC clock

RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32
HSE clock divided by 32
These macros must be used only after the
RTC clock source was selected.
Notes:

This function resets the RTC peripheral
(including the backup registers) and the
RTC clock source selection in RCC_BDCR
register.
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELE
DOCID026526 Rev 4
507/832
UM1786
ASE
RTC Clock Source
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK
No clock
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE oscillator clock used as RTC clock
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI
LSI oscillator clock used as RTC clock
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32
HSE oscillator clock divided by 32 used as RTC
clock
System Clock Source
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI selected as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE
HSE selected as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK
PLL selected as system clock
System Clock Source Status
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
HSI used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
HSE used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK
PLL used as system clock
System Clock Type
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK
HCLK to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1
PCLK1 to configure
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2
PCLK2 to configure
RCC Timeout
RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE
RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE
CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE
HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE
HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE
LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE
PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE
RCC USART2 Clock Source
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC USART3 Clock Source
RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE
508/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC USARTx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the USART1 clock
(USART1CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOUR
CE
__USART1CLKSOURCE__: specifies the
USART1 clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
PCLK2 selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART1 clock
Description:

Macro to get the USART1 clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
PCLK2 selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART1 clock

RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART1 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the USART2 clock
(USART2CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOUR
CE
__USART2CLKSOURCE__: specifies the
USART2 clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART2 clock
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
509/832
UM1786

Macro to get the USART2 clock source.
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART2 clock

RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART2 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the USART3 clock
(USART3CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOUR
CE
__USART3CLKSOURCE__: specifies the
USART3 clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART3 clock
Description:

Macro to get the USART3 clock source.
Return value:

510/832
The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as USART3 clock

RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as USART3 clock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
39
HAL RCC Extension Driver
39.1
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures
39.1.1
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
Data Fields















uint32_t PeriphClockSelection
uint32_t RTCClockSelection
uint32_t Usart1ClockSelection
uint32_t Usart2ClockSelection
uint32_t Usart3ClockSelection
uint32_t Uart4ClockSelection
uint32_t Uart5ClockSelection
uint32_t I2c1ClockSelection
uint32_t I2c2ClockSelection
uint32_t Adc12ClockSelection
uint32_t Adc34ClockSelection
uint32_t I2sClockSelection
uint32_t Tim1ClockSelection
uint32_t Tim8ClockSelection
uint32_t USBClockSelection
Field Documentation








uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PeriphClockSelection
The Extended Clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_Periph_Clock_Selection
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::RTCClockSelection
Specifies RTC Clock Prescalers Selection This parameter can be a value of
RCC_RTC_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart1ClockSelection
USART1 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_USART1_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart2ClockSelection
USART2 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCC_USART2_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart3ClockSelection
USART3 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCC_USART3_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Uart4ClockSelection
UART4 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_UART4_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Uart5ClockSelection
UART5 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_UART5_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2c1ClockSelection
I2C1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCC_I2C1_Clock_Source
DOCID026526 Rev 4
511/832
UM1786







uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2c2ClockSelection
I2C2 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2C2_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Adc12ClockSelection
ADC1 & ADC2 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_ADC12_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Adc34ClockSelection
ADC3 & ADC4 clock source This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_ADC34_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2sClockSelection
I2S clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2S_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Tim1ClockSelection
TIM1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_TIM1_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Tim8ClockSelection
TIM8 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_TIM8_Clock_Source
uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::USBClockSelection
USB clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_USB_Clock_Source
39.2
RCCEx Firmware driver API description
39.2.1
Extended Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
frequencies.
Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is
used to select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset
in order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers
(including the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
This section contains the following APIs:



39.2.2
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig()
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig()
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
512/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Function Description
Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the
specified parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
Parameters

PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
Extended Peripherals clocks (ADC, CEC, I2C, I2S, SDADC,
HRTIM, TIM, USART, RTC and USB).
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is
used to select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup
domain will be reset in order to modify the RTC Clock source,
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
as consequence RTC registers (including the backup
registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset
values.
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
Function Name
void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Function Description
Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC
configuration registers.
Parameters

PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
structure that returns the configuration information for the
Extended Peripherals clocks (ADC, CEC, I2C, I2S, SDADC,
HRTIM, TIM, USART, RTC and USB clocks).
Return values

None:
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq (uint32_t PeriphClk)
Function Description
Returns the peripheral clock frequency.
Parameters

PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART3 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 UART5 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S I2S peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC12 ADC12 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC34 ADC34 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM1 TIM1 peripheral clock

RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM8 TIM8 peripheral clock
Return values

Frequency: in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for
the peripheral)
Notes

Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown or 0xDEADDEAD if
not applicable.
39.3
RCCEx Firmware driver defines
39.3.1
RCCEx
RCC Extended ADC12 Clock Source
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
513/832
UM1786
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV2
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV4
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV6
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV8
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV10
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV12
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV16
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV32
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV64
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV128
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV256
RCC Extended ADC34 Clock Source
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV1
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV2
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV4
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV6
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV8
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV10
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV12
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV16
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV32
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV64
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV128
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV256
RCC Extended ADCx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the ADC1 & ADC2 clock
(ADC12CLK).
Parameters:

514/832
__ADC12CLKSource__: specifies the ADC1
& ADC2 clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF ADC1 &
ADC2 PLL clock disabled, ADC1 &
ADC2 can use AHB clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV1 PLL clock
divided by 1 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV2 PLL clock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786










__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC12_SOURCE
divided by 2 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV4 PLL clock
divided by 4 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV6 PLL clock
divided by 6 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV8 PLL clock
divided by 8 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV10 PLL clock
divided by 10 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV12 PLL clock
divided by 12 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV16 PLL clock
divided by 16 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV32 PLL clock
divided by 32 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV64 PLL clock
divided by 64 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV128 PLL
clock divided by 128 selected as ADC1
& ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV256 PLL
clock divided by 256 selected as ADC1
& ADC2 clock
Description:

Macro to get the ADC1 & ADC2 clock.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF ADC1 &
ADC2 PLL clock disabled, ADC1 &
ADC2 can use AHB clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV1 PLL clock
divided by 1 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV2 PLL clock
divided by 2 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV4 PLL clock
divided by 4 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock

RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV6 PLL clock
divided by 6 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
515/832
UM1786








__HAL_RCC_ADC34_CONFIG
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV8 PLL clock
divided by 8 selected as ADC1 & ADC2
clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV10 PLL clock
divided by 10 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV12 PLL clock
divided by 12 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV16 PLL clock
divided by 16 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV32 PLL clock
divided by 32 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV64 PLL clock
divided by 64 selected as ADC1 &
ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV128 PLL
clock divided by 128 selected as ADC1
& ADC2 clock
RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_DIV256 PLL
clock divided by 256 selected as ADC1
& ADC2 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the ADC3 & ADC4 clock
(ADC34CLK).
Parameters:

516/832
__ADC34CLKSource__: specifies the ADC3
& ADC4 clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF ADC3 &
ADC4 PLL clock disabled, ADC3 &
ADC4 can use AHB clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV1 PLL clock
divided by 1 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV2 PLL clock
divided by 2 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV4 PLL clock
divided by 4 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV6 PLL clock
divided by 6 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV8 PLL clock
divided by 8 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV10 PLL clock
divided by 10 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC34_SOURCE
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV12 PLL clock
divided by 12 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV16 PLL clock
divided by 16 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV32 PLL clock
divided by 32 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV64 PLL clock
divided by 64 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV128 PLL
clock divided by 128 selected as ADC3
& ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV256 PLL
clock divided by 256 selected as ADC3
& ADC4 clock
Description:

Macro to get the ADC3 & ADC4 clock.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF ADC3 &
ADC4 PLL clock disabled, ADC3 &
ADC4 can use AHB clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV1 PLL clock
divided by 1 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV2 PLL clock
divided by 2 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV4 PLL clock
divided by 4 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV6 PLL clock
divided by 6 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV8 PLL clock
divided by 8 selected as ADC3 & ADC4
clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV10 PLL clock
divided by 10 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV12 PLL clock
divided by 12 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV16 PLL clock
divided by 16 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock

RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV32 PLL clock
divided by 32 selected as ADC3 &
DOCID026526 Rev 4
517/832



UM1786
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV64 PLL clock
divided by 64 selected as ADC3 &
ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV128 PLL
clock divided by 128 selected as ADC3
& ADC4 clock
RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_DIV256 PLL
clock divided by 256 selected as ADC3
& ADC4 clock
RCC Extended AHB Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_CLK_DISABLE
RCC Extended AHB Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_RELEASE_RESET
RCC Extended AHB Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
518/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC12_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC34_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC Extended APB1 Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART5_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART5_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_DISABLE
RCC Extended APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART5_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
DOCID026526 Rev 4
519/832
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART5_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC Extended APB1 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_UART4_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_UART5_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM4_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_UART4_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_UART5_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM7_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CAN1_RELEASE_RESET
RCC Extended APB2 Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_CLK_DISABLE
520/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_CLK_DISABLE
RCC Extended APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC Extended APB2 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM8_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_RELEASE_RESET
RCC Extended HSE Configuration
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the External High Speed
oscillator (HSE) Predivision factor for PLL.
Parameters:

__HSE_PREDIV_VALUE__: specifies the
division value applied to HSE. This
parameter must be a number between
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV1 and
RCC_HSE_PREDIV_DIV16.
Notes:

Predivision factor can not be changed if PLL
is used as system clock In this case, you
have to select another source of the system
clock, disable the PLL and then change the
HSE predivision factor.
__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV
RCC Extended I2C2 Clock Source
RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC Extended I2Cx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the I2C2 clock (I2C2CLK).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
521/832
UM1786
Parameters:

__I2C2CLKSource__: specifies the I2C2 clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as I2C2 clock

RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as I2C2 clock
Description:
__HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE

Macro to get the I2C2 clock source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as I2C2 clock

RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as I2C2 clock
RCC Extended I2Sx Clock Config
Description:
__HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG

Macro to configure the I2S clock source
(I2SCLK).
Parameters:

__I2SCLKSource__: specifies the I2S clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK SYSCLK
clock used as I2S clock source

RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT External clock
mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin used as I2S
clock source
Notes:

__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S_SOURCE
This function must be called before enabling the
I2S APB clock.
Description:

Macro to get the I2S clock source (I2SCLK).
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK SYSCLK
clock used as I2S clock source

RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT External clock
mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin used as I2S
clock source
RCC Extended I2S Clock Source
RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
522/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT
RCC LSE Drive Configuration
RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
Xtal mode lower driving capability
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
Xtal mode medium low driving capability
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
Xtal mode medium high driving capability
RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH
Xtal mode higher driving capability
LSE Drive Configuration
__HAL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the External Low Speed
oscillator (LSE) drive capability.
Parameters:

__RCC_LSEDRIVE__: specifies the new state
of the LSE drive capability. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW LSE oscillator low
drive capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW LSE
oscillator medium low drive capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH LSE
oscillator medium high drive capability.

RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH LSE oscillator high
drive capability.
Return value:

None
RCC Extended MCOx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the MCO clock.
Parameters:


__MCOCLKSOURCE__: specifies the MCO clock
source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock
selected as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System Clock
selected as MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as
MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as
MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as
MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as
MCO clock

RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK
Divided by 2 selected as MCO clock
__MCODIV__: specifies the MCO clock prescaler.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
523/832
UM1786
This parameter can be one of the following values:

RCC_MCODIV_1 No division applied on MCO
clock source
RCC Extended MCOx Clock Prescaler
RCC_MCODIV_1
RCC Extended MCO Clock Source
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2
RCC Extended Periph Clock Selection
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC12
RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC34
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S
RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM8
RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB
RCC Extended PLL Configuration
__HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the PLL clock source and
multiplication factor.
Parameters:

524/832
__RCC_PLLSource__: specifies the PLL entry clock
source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI HSI oscillator clock
selected as PLL clock entry

RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE HSE oscillator clock
selected as PLL clock entry
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

__PLLMUL__: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL
VCO input clock This parameter must be a number
between RCC_PLL_MUL2 and RCC_PLL_MUL16.
Notes:

This macro must be used only when the PLL is
disabled.
RCC Extended TIM1 Clock Source
RCC_TIM1CLK_HCLK
RCC_TIM1CLK_PLLCLK
RCC Extended TIM8 Clock Source
RCC_TIM8CLK_HCLK
RCC_TIM8CLK_PLLCLK
RCC Extended TIMx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_TIM1_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the TIM1 clock (TIM1CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_TIM1_SOURCE
__TIM1CLKSource__: specifies the TIM1 clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_TIM1CLK_HCLK HCLK selected as
TIM1 clock

RCC_TIM1CLK_PLLCLK PLL Clock
selected as TIM1 clock
Description:

Macro to get the TIM1 clock (TIM1CLK).
Return value:

__HAL_RCC_TIM8_CONFIG
The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_TIM1CLK_HCLK HCLK selected as
TIM1 clock

RCC_TIM1CLK_PLLCLK PLL Clock
selected as TIM1 clock
Description:

Macro to configure the TIM8 clock (TIM8CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_TIM8_SOURCE
__TIM8CLKSource__: specifies the TIM8 clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_TIM8CLK_HCLK HCLK selected as
TIM8 clock

RCC_TIM8CLK_PLLCLK PLL Clock
selected as TIM8 clock
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
525/832
UM1786

Macro to get the TIM8 clock (TIM8CLK).
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_TIM8CLK_HCLK HCLK selected as
TIM8 clock

RCC_TIM8CLK_PLLCLK PLL Clock
selected as TIM8 clock
RCC Extended UART4 Clock Source
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC Extended UART5 Clock Source
RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC Extended UARTx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the UART4 clock
(UART4CLK).
Parameters:

__HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURC
E
__UART4CLKSource__: specifies the UART4
clock source. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as UART4 clock

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as UART4 clock

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as UART4 clock

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as UART4 clock
Description:

Macro to get the UART4 clock source.
Return value:

526/832
The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as UART4 clock

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as UART4 clock

RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

System Clock selected as UART4 clock
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as UART4 clock
Description:
__HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG

Macro to configure the UART5 clock
(UART5CLK).
Parameters:

__UART5CLKSource__: specifies the UART5
clock source. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as UART5 clock
Description:
__HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURC
E

Macro to get the UART5 clock source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI HSI
selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System Clock selected as UART5 clock

RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE LSE
selected as UART5 clock
RCC Extended USART1 Clock Source
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC Extended USBx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG
Description:

Macro to configure the USB clock (USBCLK).
Parameters:

__USBCLKSource__: specifies the USB clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL PLL Clock
divided by 1 selected as USB clock
DOCID026526 Rev 4
527/832
UM1786

__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURC
E
RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV1_5
PLL Clock divided by 1.5 selected as USB
clock
Description:

Macro to get the USB clock source.
Return value:

The: clock source can be one of the following
values:

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL PLL Clock
divided by 1 selected as USB clock

RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV1_5
PLL Clock divided by 1.5 selected as USB
clock
RCC Extended USB Clock Source
RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL
RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV1_5
528/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
40
HAL RTC Generic Driver
40.1
RTC Firmware driver registers structures
40.1.1
RTC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t HourFormat
uint32_t AsynchPrediv
uint32_t SynchPrediv
uint32_t OutPut
uint32_t OutPutPolarity
uint32_t OutPutType
Field Documentation






40.1.2
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::HourFormat
Specifies the RTC Hour Format. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Hour_Formats
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::AsynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7F
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::SynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FFF
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPut
Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. This parameter can be a
value of RTCEx_Output_selection_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutPolarity
Specifies the polarity of the output signal. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutType
Specifies the RTC Output Pin mode. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT
RTC_TimeTypeDef
Data Fields








uint8_t Hours
uint8_t Minutes
uint8_t Seconds
uint8_t TimeFormat
uint32_t SubSeconds
uint32_t SecondFraction
uint32_t DayLightSaving
uint32_t StoreOperation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
529/832
UM1786
Field Documentation








40.1.3
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Hours
Specifies the RTC Time Hour. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0 and Max_Data = 12 if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected. This parameter must
be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 23 if the RTC_HourFormat_24
is selected
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Minutes
Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Seconds
Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 59
uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::TimeFormat
Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AM_PM_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SubSeconds
Specifies the RTC_SSR RTC Sub Second register content. This parameter
corresponds to a time unit range between [0-1] Second with [1 Sec / SecondFraction
+1] granularity
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SecondFraction
Specifies the range or granularity of Sub Second register content corresponding to
Synchronous pre-scaler factor value (PREDIV_S) This parameter corresponds to a
time unit range between [0-1] Second with [1 Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity.
This field will be used only by HAL_RTC_GetTime function
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::DayLightSaving
Specifies RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. This
parameter can be a value of RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::StoreOperation
Specifies RTC_StoreOperation value to be written in the BCK bit in CR register to
store the operation. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_StoreOperation_Definitions
RTC_DateTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t WeekDay
uint8_t Month
uint8_t Date
uint8_t Year
Field Documentation


530/832
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::WeekDay
Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Month
Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Month_Date_Definitions
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786


40.1.4
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Date
Specifies the RTC Date. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1
and Max_Data = 31
uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Year
Specifies the RTC Date Year. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0 and Max_Data = 99
RTC_AlarmTypeDef
Data Fields






RTC_TimeTypeDef AlarmTime
uint32_t AlarmMask
uint32_t AlarmSubSecondMask
uint32_t AlarmDateWeekDaySel
uint8_t AlarmDateWeekDay
uint32_t Alarm
Field Documentation






40.1.5
RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmTime
Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmSubSecondMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm SubSeconds Masks. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDaySel
Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions
uint8_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDay
Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter
must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this
parameter can be a value of RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::Alarm
Specifies the alarm . This parameter can be a value of RTC_Alarms_Definitions
RTC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




RTC_TypeDef * Instance
RTC_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
DOCID026526 Rev 4
531/832
UM1786




RTC_TypeDef* RTC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
RTC_InitTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Init
RTC required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
RTC locking object
__IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::State
Time communication state
40.2
RTC Firmware driver API description
40.2.1
RTC Operating Condition
The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered from the VBAT
voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. To retain the content of the RTC backup
registers and supply the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an
optional standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source.
To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned off, the
VBAT pin powers the following blocks:
1.
2.
3.
The RTC
The LSE oscillator
PC13 to PC15 I/Os (when available)
When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), the
following functions are available:
1.
2.
PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins
PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_OUT pin
When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT
because VDD is not present), the following functions are available:
1.
2.
40.2.2
PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only
PC13 can be used as the RTC_OUT pin
Backup Domain Reset
The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register to their reset
values. A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs:
1.
2.
40.2.3
Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the RCC Backup domain control
register (RCC_BDCR).
VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off.
Backup Domain Access
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup
SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
532/832
Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function.
Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function.
Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
40.2.4
How to use RTC Driver


Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour format
using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
Time and Date configuration


To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() and
HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions.
To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate()
functions.
Alarm configuration


To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. You can also
configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT()
function.
To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
RTC Wakeup configuration


To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the
HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer() function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup
timer with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer()
function.
TimeStamp configuration


Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp using the
HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp
with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the
HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() function.
Tamper configuration

Enable the RTC Tamper and Configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge or Level
according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value, sampling
frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the HAL_RTC_SetTamper()
function. You can configure RTC Tamper with interrupt mode using
HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function.
Backup Data Registers configuration
DOCID026526 Rev 4
533/832
UM1786


40.2.5
To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite() function.
To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead() function.
RTC and low power modes
The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate function.
The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. These RTC alternate
functions can wake up the system from the Stop and Standby low power modes.
The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending on an external
interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm or the RTC wakeup events.
The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the Stop or Standby
mode at regular intervals. Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when
the RTC clock source is LSE or LSI.
40.2.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC Prescaler
(Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers Write
protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers synchronization check
and reference clock detection enable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is split into
2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.

A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 15-bit synchronous prescaler.

When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption.
All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers is enabled by
writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization mode. In
this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be updated. When the
initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK
cycles.
To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization,
calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first clear
the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before reading the
calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
This section contains the following APIs:




40.2.7
HAL_RTC_Init()
HAL_RTC_DeInit()
HAL_RTC_MspInit()
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit()
RTC Time and Date functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
This section contains the following APIs:




534/832
HAL_RTC_SetTime()
HAL_RTC_GetTime()
HAL_RTC_SetDate()
HAL_RTC_GetDate()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
40.2.8
RTC Alarm functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
This section contains the following APIs:







40.2.9
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm()
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT()
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm()
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler()
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback()
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_RTC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
Function Description
Initialize the RTC according to the specified parameters in the
RTC_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
Function Description
DeInitialize the RTC peripheral.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
HAL_RTC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_MspInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Initialize the RTC MSP.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
DeInitialize the RTC MSP.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
535/832
UM1786
HAL_RTC_SetTime
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set RTC current time.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sTime: Pointer to Time structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetTime
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get RTC current time.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sTime: Pointer to Time structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime
structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds value in
second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula:
Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFractionSubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit This
conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is
pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS
Call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to
unlock the values in the higher-order calendar shadow
registers.

HAL_RTC_SetDate
536/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set RTC current date.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sDate: Pointer to date structure
Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RTC_GetDate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get RTC current date.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sDate: Pointer to Date structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN : Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD : BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set the specified RTC Alarm.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Set the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The Alarm register can only be written when the
corresponding Alarm is disabled (Use the
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()).
The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the
Alarm feature.

DOCID026526 Rev 4
537/832
UM1786
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
Function Description
Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RTC_ALARM_A : AlarmA

RTC_ALARM_B : AlarmB
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
Function Description
Get the RTC Alarm value and masks.
Parameters




Return values

hrtc: RTC handle
sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure
Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA

RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
HAL: status
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle Alarm interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent
538/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle AlarmA Polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef *
hrtc)
Function Description
Alarm A callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
@addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral
Control functions
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before
calling this function.
To read the calendar through the shadow registers after
Calendar initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from
low power modes the software must first clear the RSF flag.
The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have
been correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow
registers.

HAL_RTC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
@addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral State
functions
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: state
RTC_EnterInitMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
@addtogroup RTC_Private_Functions RTC Private Functions
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

An: ErrorStatus enumeration value:

HAL_OK : RTC is in Init mode

HAL_TIMEOUT : RTC is not in Init mode and in Timeout
Notes

The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before
DOCID026526 Rev 4
539/832
UM1786
calling this function.
RTC_ByteToBcd2
Function Name
uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2 (uint8_t Value)
Function Description
Convert a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
Parameters

Value: Byte to be converted
Return values

Converted: byte
RTC_Bcd2ToByte
Function Name
uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte (uint8_t Value)
Function Description
Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
Parameters

Value: BCD value to be converted
Return values

Converted: word
40.3
RTC Firmware driver defines
40.3.1
RTC
RTC AlarmDateWeekDay Definitions
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY
RTC AlarmMask Definitions
RTC_ALARMMASK_NONE
RTC_ALARMMASK_DATEWEEKDAY
RTC_ALARMMASK_HOURS
RTC_ALARMMASK_MINUTES
RTC_ALARMMASK_SECONDS
RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL
RTC Alarms Definitions
RTC_ALARM_A
RTC_ALARM_B
RTC Alarm Sub Seconds Masks Definitions
540/832
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_ALL
All Alarm SS fields are masked. There is no
comparison on sub seconds for Alarm
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_1
SS[14:1] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[0] is compared.
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_2
SS[14:2] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[1:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_3
SS[14:3] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[2:0] are compared
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_4
SS[14:4] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[3:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5
SS[14:5] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[4:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_6
SS[14:6] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[5:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_7
SS[14:7] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[6:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_8
SS[14:8] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[7:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9
SS[14:9] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[8:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_10
SS[14:10] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[9:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11
SS[14:11] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[10:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12
SS[14:12] are ignored in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_13
SS[14:13] are ignored in Alarm comparison.
Only SS[12:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14
SS[14] is don't care in Alarm
comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_NONE
SS[14:0] are compared and must match to
activate alarm.
RTC AM PM Definitions
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_AM
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM
RTC DayLightSaving Definitions
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_SUB1H
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_ADD1H
RTC Exported Macros
__HAL_RTC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset RTC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
Disable the write
541/832
UM1786
protection for RTC
registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the write protection
for RTC registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC ALARMA
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC ALARMA
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC ALARMB
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

542/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
UM1786
__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE
Description:

Disable the RTC ALARMB
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Alarm
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to be
enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be any
combination of the
following values:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Alarm
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to be
enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be any
combination of the
following values:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
543/832
UM1786

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC Alarm
interrupt has occurred or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC Alarm
interrupt has been enabled
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Alarm
interrupt sources to check.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_ALRA:
Alarm A interrupt

RTC_IT_ALRB:
Alarm B interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC
Alarm's flag status.
Parameters:


544/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC Alarm Flag sources
to check. This parameter
UM1786
can be:

RTC_FLAG_ALRAF

RTC_FLAG_ALRBF

RTC_FLAG_ALRAW
F

RTC_FLAG_ALRBW
F
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Alarm's
pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC Alarm Flag sources
to clear. This parameter
can be:

RTC_FLAG_ALRAF

RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable interrupt on the
RTC Alarm associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable interrupt on the
RTC Alarm associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Disable event on the RTC
545/832
UM1786
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable falling edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDG
E
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge trigger
on the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GET_FLAG
546/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Description:
UM1786

Check whether the RTC
Alarm associated Exti line
interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the RTC Alarm
associated Exti line flag.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None.
Description:

Generate a Software
interrupt on RTC Alarm
associated Exti line.
Return value:

None.
RTC Flags Definitions
RTC_FLAG_RECALPF
RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F
RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F
RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F
RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
RTC_FLAG_TSF
RTC_FLAG_WUTF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
RTC_FLAG_INITF
RTC_FLAG_RSF
RTC_FLAG_INITS
RTC_FLAG_SHPF
RTC_FLAG_WUTWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF
RTC Hour Formats
RTC_HOURFORMAT_24
RTC_HOURFORMAT_12
RTC Input parameter format definitions
RTC_FORMAT_BIN
DOCID026526 Rev 4
547/832
UM1786
RTC_FORMAT_BCD
RTC Interrupts Definitions
RTC_IT_TS
RTC_IT_WUT
RTC_IT_ALRB
RTC_IT_ALRA
RTC_IT_TAMP
RTC_IT_TAMP1
RTC_IT_TAMP2
RTC_IT_TAMP3
RTC Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE
IS_RTC_HOUR12
IS_RTC_HOUR24
IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_MINUTES
IS_RTC_SECONDS
IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12
IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING
IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION
IS_RTC_FORMAT
IS_RTC_YEAR
IS_RTC_MONTH
IS_RTC_DATE
IS_RTC_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL
IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK
IS_RTC_ALARM
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK
RTC Month Date Definitions
548/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RTC_MONTH_JANUARY
RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY
RTC_MONTH_MARCH
RTC_MONTH_APRIL
RTC_MONTH_MAY
RTC_MONTH_JUNE
RTC_MONTH_JULY
RTC_MONTH_AUGUST
RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER
RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER
RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER
RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER
RTC Output Polarity Definitions
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_LOW
RTC Output Type ALARM OUT
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_PUSHPULL
RTC StoreOperation Definitions
RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET
RTC_STOREOPERATION_SET
RTC WeekDay Definitions
RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY
DOCID026526 Rev 4
549/832
UM1786
41
HAL RTC Extension Driver
41.1
RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures
41.1.1
RTC_TamperTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t Tamper
uint32_t Trigger
uint32_t Filter
uint32_t SamplingFrequency
uint32_t PrechargeDuration
uint32_t TamperPullUp
uint32_t TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Field Documentation







uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Tamper
Specifies the Tamper Pin. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Tamper Trigger. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Filter
Specifies the RTC Filter Tamper. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Filter_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::SamplingFrequency
Specifies the sampling frequency. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::PrechargeDuration
Specifies the Precharge Duration . This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TamperPullUp
Specifies the Tamper PullUp . This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pull_UP_Definitions
uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Specifies the TimeStampOnTamperDetection. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_TimeStampOnTamperDetection_Definitions
41.2
RTCEx Firmware driver API description
41.2.1
How to use this driver


550/832
Enable the RTC domain access.
Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour format
using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
RTC Wakeup configuration


To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer() function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup
timer with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer() function.
TimeStamp configuration



Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enable the RTC TimeStamp using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp
with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp() function.
The TIMESTAMP alternate function is mapped to RTC_AF1 (PC13).
Tamper configuration


Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge or Level
according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value, sampling
frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper()
function. You can configure RTC Tamper with interrupt mode using
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() function.
The TAMPER1 alternate function is mapped to RTC_AF1 (PC13).
Backup Data Registers configuration


41.2.2
To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite()
function.
To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead() function.
RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
This section contains the following APIs:













HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper()
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper()
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler()
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
551/832
UM1786



41.2.3
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event()
RTC Wake-up functions
This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
This section contains the following APIs:







41.2.4
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer()
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler()
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback()
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent()
Extended Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to












Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
This section contains the following APIs:










41.2.5
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite()
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead()
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib()
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift()
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut()
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock()
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock()
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow()
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow()
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


RTC Alram B callback
RTC Poll for Alarm B request
This section contains the following APIs:

552/832
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

41.2.6
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge,
uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Function Description
Set TimeStamp.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the
TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the rising edge of the related pin.

RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the falling edge of the related pin.
RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as
RTC TimeStamp Pin.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp
feature.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge,
uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Function Description
Set TimeStamp with Interrupt.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the
TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the rising edge of the related pin.

RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp
event occurs on the falling edge of the related pin.
RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
This parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as
RTC TimeStamp Pin.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp
feature.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
553/832
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate TimeStamp.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *
sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef * sTimeStampDate, uint32_t
Format)
Function Description
Get the RTC TimeStamp value.
Parameters




hrtc: RTC handle
sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure
sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure
Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format

RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef * sTamper)
Function Description
Set Tamper.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all
tampers.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
554/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef * sTamper)
Function Description
Set Tamper with interrupt.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all
tampers.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
Function Description
Deactivate Tamper.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Tamper: Selected tamper pin. This parameter can be any
combination of RTC_TAMPER_1, RTC_TAMPER_2 and
RTC_TAMPER_3 (*)
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

(*) RTC_TAMPER_3 not present on all the devices
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle TimeStamp interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 1 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 2 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Tamper 3 callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
555/832
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
TimeStamp callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle TimeStamp polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Tamper 1 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Tamper 2 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event
556/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Tamper 3 Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter,
uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Function Description
Set wake up timer.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter,
uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Function Description
Set wake up timer with interrupt.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate wake up timer counter.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer (RTC_HandleTypeDef
* hrtc)
Function Description
Get wake up timer counter.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

Counter: value
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Handle Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
557/832
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Wake Up Timer callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Handle Wake Up Timer Polling.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc,
uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This
parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to
19 to specify the register.
Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data
register.

Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc,
uint32_t BackupRegister)
Function Description
Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This
parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to
19 to specify the register.
Return values

Read: value
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
Function Name
558/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod,
uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Function Description
Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
Parameters




hrtc: RTC handle
SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
This parameter can be can be one of the following values :

RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth
calibration period is 32s.

RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth
calibration period is 16s.

RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth
calibration period is 8s.
SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP
bit. This parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one
RTCCLK pulse every 2*11 pulses.

RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No
RTCCLK pulses are added.
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of
CALM[8:0] bits. This parameter can be one any value from 0
to 0x000001FF.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field
SmoothCalibPlusPulses must be equal to
SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field
SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue mut be equal to 0.
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t
ShiftSubFS)
Function Description
Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
Parameters



hrtc: RTC handle
ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time
calendar. This parameter can be one of the following values :

RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock
calendar.

RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to
substitute. This parameter can be one any value from 0 to
0x7FFF.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift
control register.
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput)
Function Description
Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or
DOCID026526 Rev 4
559/832
UM1786
512Hz).
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection . This
parameter can be one of the following values:

RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular
waveform at 512Hz.

RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular
waveform at 1Hz.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or
512Hz).
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
560/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are
taken directly from the Calendar counter.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are
taken directly from the Calendar counter.
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Function Description
Alarm B callback.
Parameters

hrtc: RTC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
(RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
This function handles AlarmB Polling request.
Parameters


hrtc: RTC handle
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL: status
41.3
RTCEx Firmware driver defines
41.3.1
RTCEx
RTC Extended Add 1 Second Parameter Definition
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET
RTC Extended Backup Registers Definition
RTC_BKP_DR0
RTC_BKP_DR1
RTC_BKP_DR2
RTC_BKP_DR3
RTC_BKP_DR4
RTC_BKP_DR5
RTC_BKP_DR6
RTC_BKP_DR7
DOCID026526 Rev 4
561/832
UM1786
RTC_BKP_DR8
RTC_BKP_DR9
RTC_BKP_DR10
RTC_BKP_DR11
RTC_BKP_DR12
RTC_BKP_DR13
RTC_BKP_DR14
RTC_BKP_DR15
RTC Extended Calibration
__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC calibration
output.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the calibration output.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the clock reference
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the clock reference
detection.
Parameters:

562/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_SHIFT_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC shift
operation's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC
shift operation Flag is pending
or not. This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_SHPF
Return value:

None
RTC Extended Calib Output selection Definition
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ
Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RTC_OUTPUT
IS_RTC_BKP
IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE
IS_RTC_TAMPER
IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS
IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S
IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS
IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT
RTC Extended Output Selection Definition
DOCID026526 Rev 4
563/832
UM1786
RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMA
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMB
RTC_OUTPUT_WAKEUP
RTC Extended Smooth calib period Definition
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation
period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds
RTC Extended Smooth calib Plus pulses Definition
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET
The number of RTCCLK pulses
subbstited during a 32-second window =
CALM[8:0]
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET
The number of RTCCLK pulses added
during a X -second window = Y CALM[8:0] with Y = 512, 256, 128 when
X = 32, 16, 8
RTC Extended Tamper
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper1 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper1 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper2 input
detection.
Parameters:

564/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
UM1786
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper2 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper3 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC Tamper3 input
detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC Tamper interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt sources to be enabled.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
565/832
UM1786

Disable the RTC Tamper interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt sources to be
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Tamper interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2
interrupt

RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3
interrupt (*)
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE
(*) RTC_IT_TAMP3 not present on all
the devices
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Tamper interrupt has been enabled or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC
Tamper interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper interrupt
Return value:

566/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
UM1786
Description:
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG

Get the selected RTC Tamper's flag
status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper
Flag is pending or not. This parameter
can be:

RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F

RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F

RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F (*)
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG
(*) RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F not present on
all the devices
Description:

Clear the RTC Tamper's pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper
Flag to clear. This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F

RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F

RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F (*)
Return value:

None
Notes:

(*) RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F not present on
all the devices
RTC Extended Tamper Filter Definition
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_DISABLE
Tamper filter is disabled
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_2SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive samples at
the active level
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_4SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive samples at
the active level
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_8SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive samples at
the active level.
RTC Extended Tamper Pins Definition
RTC_TAMPER_1
DOCID026526 Rev 4
567/832
UM1786
RTC_TAMPER_2
RTC_TAMPER_3
RTC Extended Tamper Pin Precharge Duration Definition
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_1RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 1 RTCCLK
cycle
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_2RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 2 RTCCLK
cycles
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_4RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 4 RTCCLK
cycles
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_8RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged
before sampling during 8 RTCCLK
cycles
RTC Extended Tamper Pull UP Definition
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_ENABLE
Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_DISABLE
Tamper pins are not pre-charged before sampling
RTC Extended Tamper Sampling Frequencies Definition
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV32768
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 32768
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV16384
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 16384
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV8192
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 8192
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV4096
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 4096
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV2048
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 2048
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV1024
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 1024
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV512
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 512
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV256
Each of the tamper inputs are
sampled with a frequency =
RTCCLK / 256
EXTI RTC Extended Tamper Timestamp EXTI
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_I
568/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
Description:
UM1786

T
Enable interrupt on the
RTC Tamper and
Timestamp associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_
IT
None
Description:

Disable interrupt on the
RTC Tamper and
Timestamp associated Exti
line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_
EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_
EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_F
ALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable falling edge
trigger on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_F
ALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge
trigger on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RI
SING_EDGE
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge
trigger on the RTC
569/832
UM1786
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_R
ISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge
trigger on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_R
ISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_
RISING_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Check whether the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
associated Exti line
interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FL
AG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the RTC Tamper
and Timestamp
associated Exti line flag.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GENERAT
E_SWIT
570/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Description:

Generate a Software
interrupt on the RTC
Tamper and Timestamp
UM1786
associated Exti line.
Return value:

None.
RTC Extended Tamper TimeStampOnTamperDetection Definition
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_ENABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper
Detection event saved
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_DISABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper
Detection event is not saved
RTC Extended Tamper Trigger Definition
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_FALLINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_LOWLEVEL
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_HIGHLEVEL
RTC Extended Timestamp
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC TimeStamp
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the RTC TimeStamp
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC TimeStamp
interrupt.
Parameters:


DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt source to
be enabled. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
571/832
UM1786
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC TimeStamp
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt source to
be disabled. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
TimeStamp interrupt has occurred
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC TimeStamp interrupt to check.
This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the specified RTC
Time Stamp interrupt has been
enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
RTC Time Stamp interrupt source to
check. This parameter can be:

RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp
interrupt
Return value:

572/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None
UM1786
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG
Description:

Get the selected RTC TimeStamp's
flag status.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC
TimeStamp Flag is pending or not.
This parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_TSF

RTC_FLAG_TSOVF

Return value:

__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Time Stamp's
pending flags.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm
Flag to clear. This parameter can
be:

RTC_FLAG_TSF

Return value:

None
RTC Extended TimeStamp Pin Selection
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT
RTC Extended Time Stamp Edges definition
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING
RTC Extended WakeUp Timer
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the RTC WakeUp Timer
peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the RTC
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE
None
Description:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
Disable the RTC WakeUp
573/832
UM1786
Timer peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the RTC WakeUpTimer
interrupt.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies
the RTC WakeUpTimer
interrupt sources to be
enabled. This parameter can
be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer interrupt

Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the RTC
WakeUpTimer interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies
the RTC WakeUpTimer
interrupt sources to be
disabled. This parameter can
be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified
RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt
has occurred or not.
Parameters:


574/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies the
RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies
UM1786
the RTC WakeUpTimer
interrupt to check. This
parameter can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the
specified RTC Wake Up
timer interrupt has been
enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__INTERRUPT__:
specifies the RTC Wake
Up timer interrupt sources
to check. This parameter
can be:

RTC_IT_WUT:
WakeUpTimer
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Get the selected RTC
WakeUpTimer's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC WakeUpTimer Flag is
pending or not. This
parameter can be:

RTC_FLAG_WUTF

RTC_FLAG_WUTWF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the RTC Wake Up
timer's pending flags.
Parameters:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: specifies
the RTC handle.
575/832
UM1786

__FLAG__: specifies the
RTC WakeUpTimer Flag to
clear. This parameter can
be:

RTC_FLAG_WUTF
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable interrupt on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable interrupt on the
RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the RTC
WakeUp Timer associated
Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_EVEN
T
None.
Description:

Disable event on the RTC
WakeUp Timer associated
Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable falling edge trigger
on the RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLI
NG_EDGE
576/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge trigger
on the RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge trigger
on the RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge trigger
on the RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISIN
G_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling edge
trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer associated
Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISIN
G_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the RTC
WakeUp Timer associated
Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Check whether the RTC
WakeUp Timer associated
Exti line interrupt flag is set
or not.
Return value:

__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the RTC WakeUp
Timer associated Exti line
flag.
Return value:

DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
577/832
UM1786
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GENERATE_
SWIT
Description:

Generate a Software interrupt
on the RTC WakeUp Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

RTC Extended Wakeup Timer Definition
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV16
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV8
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV4
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV2
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_17BITS
578/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
None.
UM1786
42
HAL SDADC Generic Driver
42.1
SDADC Firmware driver registers structures
42.1.1
SDADC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t IdleLowPowerMode
uint32_t FastConversionMode
uint32_t SlowClockMode
uint32_t ReferenceVoltage
Field Documentation




42.1.2
uint32_t SDADC_InitTypeDef::IdleLowPowerMode
Specifies if SDADC can enter in power down or standby when idle. This parameter
can be a value of SDADC_Idle_Low_Power_Mode
uint32_t SDADC_InitTypeDef::FastConversionMode
Specifies if Fast conversion mode is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
SDADC_Fast_Conv_Mode
uint32_t SDADC_InitTypeDef::SlowClockMode
Specifies if slow clock mode is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
SDADC_Slow_Clock_Mode
uint32_t SDADC_InitTypeDef::ReferenceVoltage
Specifies the reference voltage. Note: This parameter is common to all SDADC
instances. This parameter can be a value of SDADC_Reference_Voltage
SDADC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields














SDADC_TypeDef * Instance
SDADC_InitTypeDef Init
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma
uint32_t RegularContMode
uint32_t InjectedContMode
uint32_t InjectedChannelsNbr
uint32_t InjConvRemaining
uint32_t RegularTrigger
uint32_t InjectedTrigger
uint32_t ExtTriggerEdge
uint32_t RegularMultimode
uint32_t InjectedMultimode
HAL_SDADC_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t ErrorCode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
579/832
UM1786
Field Documentation














42.1.3
SDADC_TypeDef* SDADC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SDADC registers base address
SDADC_InitTypeDef SDADC_HandleTypeDef::Init
SDADC init parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SDADC_HandleTypeDef::hdma
SDADC DMA Handle parameters
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::RegularContMode
Regular conversion continuous mode
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::InjectedContMode
Injected conversion continuous mode
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::InjectedChannelsNbr
Number of channels in injected sequence
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::InjConvRemaining
Injected conversion remaining
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::RegularTrigger
Current trigger used for regular conversion
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::InjectedTrigger
Current trigger used for injected conversion
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::ExtTriggerEdge
Rising, falling or both edges selected
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::RegularMultimode
current type of regular multimode
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::InjectedMultimode
Current type of injected multimode
HAL_SDADC_StateTypeDef SDADC_HandleTypeDef::State
SDADC state
uint32_t SDADC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SDADC Error code
SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t InputMode
uint32_t Gain
uint32_t CommonMode
uint32_t Offset
Field Documentation



580/832
uint32_t SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef::InputMode
Specifies the input mode (single ended, differential...) This parameter can be any
value of SDADC_InputMode
uint32_t SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef::Gain
Specifies the gain setting. This parameter can be any value of SDADC_Gain
uint32_t SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef::CommonMode
Specifies the common mode setting (VSSA, VDDA, VDDA/2). This parameter can be
any value of SDADC_CommonMode
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

uint32_t SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef::Offset
Specifies the 12-bit offset value. This parameter can be any value lower or equal to
0x00000FFF
42.2
SDADC Firmware driver API description
42.2.1
SDADC specific features
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
42.2.2
16-bit sigma delta architecture.
Self calibration.
Interrupt generation at the end of calibration, regular/injected conversion and in case
of overrun events.
Single and continuous conversion modes.
External trigger option with configurable polarity for injected conversion.
Multi mode (synchronized another SDADC with SDADC1).
DMA request generation during regular or injected channel conversion.
How to use this driver
Initialization
1.
2.
3.
As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_SDADC_MspInit() :

Enable SDADCx clock interface with __SDADCx_CLK_ENABLE().

Configure SDADCx clock divider with HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig.

Enable power on SDADC with HAL_PWREx_EnableSDADC().

Enable the clocks for the SDADC GPIOS with
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().

Configure these SDADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().

If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure SDADC global interrupt with
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().

If DMA mode is used, configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init and link it with SDADC
handle using __HAL_LINKDMA.
Configure the SDADC low power mode, fast conversion mode, slow clock mode and
SDADC1 reference voltage using the HAL_ADC_Init() function. Note: Common
reference voltage. is common to all SDADC instances.
Prepare channel configurations (input mode, common mode, gain and offset) using
HAL_SDADC_PrepareChannelConfig and associate channel with one configuration
using HAL_SDADC_AssociateChannelConfig.
Calibration
1.
2.
3.
Start calibration using HAL_SDADC_StartCalibration or
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart_IT.
In polling mode, use HAL_SDADC_PollForCalibEvent to detect the end of calibration.
In interrupt mode, HAL_SDADC_CalibrationCpltCallback will be called at the end of
calibration.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
581/832
UM1786
Regular channel conversion
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Select trigger for regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_SelectRegularTrigger.
Select regular channel and enable/disable continuous mode using
HAL_SDADC_ConfigChannel.
Start regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_Start, HAL_SDADC_Start_IT or
HAL_SDADC_Start_DMA.
In polling mode, use HAL_SDADC_PollForConversion to detect the end of regular
conversion.
In interrupt mode, HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback will be called at the end of regular
conversion.
Get value of regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_GetValue.
In DMA mode, HAL_SDADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback and
HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback will be called respectively at the half transfer and at
the transfer complete.
Stop regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_Stop, HAL_SDADC_Stop_IT or
HAL_SDADC_Stop_DMA.
Injected channels conversion
1.
Enable/disable delay on injected conversion using
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedDelay.
2.
If external trigger is used for injected conversion, configure this trigger using
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedExtTrigger.
3.
Select trigger for injected conversion using HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedTrigger.
4.
Select injected channels and enable/disable continuous mode using
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConfigChannel.
5.
Start injected conversion using HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart,
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_IT or HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_DMA.
6.
In polling mode, use HAL_SDADC_PollForInjectedConversion to detect the end of
injected conversion.
7.
In interrupt mode, HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback will be called at the end of
injected conversion.
8.
Get value of injected conversion and corresponding channel using
HAL_SDADC_InjectedGetValue.
9.
In DMA mode, HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvHalfCpltCallback and
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback will be called respectively at the half transfer
and at the transfer complete.
10. Stop injected conversion using HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop,
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_IT or HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_DMA.
Multi mode regular channels conversions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
582/832
Select type of multimode (SDADC1/SDADC2 or SDADC1/SDADC3) using
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeConfigChannel.
Select software trigger for SDADC1 and synchronized trigger for SDADC2 (or
SDADC3) using HAL_SDADC_SelectRegularTrigger.
Select regular channel for SDADC1 and SDADC2 (or SDADC3) using
HAL_SDADC_ConfigChannel.
Start regular conversion for SDADC2 (or SDADC3) with HAL_SDADC_Start.
Start regular conversion for SDADC1 using HAL_SDADC_Start,
HAL_SDADC_Start_IT or HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStart_DMA.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
6.
In polling mode, use HAL_SDADC_PollForConversion to detect the end of regular
conversion for SDADC1.
7.
In interrupt mode, HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback will be called at the end of regular
conversion for SDADC1.
8.
Get value of regular conversions using HAL_SDADC_MultiModeGetValue.
9.
In DMA mode, HAL_SDADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback and
HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback will be called respectively at the half transfer and at
the transfer complete for SDADC1.
10. Stop regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_Stop, HAL_SDADC_Stop_IT or
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStop_DMA for SDADC1.
11. Stop regular conversion using HAL_SDADC_Stop for SDADC2 (or SDADC3).
Multi mode injected channels conversions
1.
Select type of multimode (SDADC1/SDADC2 or SDADC1/SDADC3) using
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeConfigChannel.
2.
Select software or external trigger for SDADC1 and synchronized trigger for SDADC2
(or SDADC3) using HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedTrigger.
3.
Select injected channels for SDADC1 and SDADC2 (or SDADC3) using
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConfigChannel.
4.
Start injected conversion for SDADC2 (or SDADC3) with HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart.
5.
Start injected conversion for SDADC1 using HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart,
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_IT or HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStart_DMA.
6.
In polling mode, use HAL_SDADC_InjectedPollForConversion to detect the end of
injected conversion for SDADC1.
7.
In interrupt mode, HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback will be called at the end of
injected conversion for SDADC1.
8.
Get value of injected conversions using HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeGetValue.
9.
In DMA mode, HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvHalfCpltCallback and
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback will be called respectively at the half transfer
and at the transfer complete for SDADC1.
10. Stop injected conversion using HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop,
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_IT or HAL_SDADC_InjecteddMultiModeStop_DMA for
SDADC1.
11. Stop injected conversion using HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop for SDADC2 (or
SDADC3).
42.2.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize the SDADC.
De-initialize the SDADC.
This section contains the following APIs:




42.2.4
HAL_SDADC_Init()
HAL_SDADC_DeInit()
HAL_SDADC_MspInit()
HAL_SDADC_MspDeInit()
Peripheral control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Program one of the three different configurations for channels.
Associate channel to one of configurations.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
583/832
UM1786






Select regular and injected channels.
Enable/disable continuous mode for regular and injected conversions.
Select regular and injected triggers.
Select and configure injected external trigger.
Enable/disable delay addition for injected conversions.
Configure multimode.
This section contains the following APIs:










42.2.5
HAL_SDADC_PrepareChannelConfig()
HAL_SDADC_AssociateChannelConfig()
HAL_SDADC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConfigChannel()
HAL_SDADC_SelectRegularTrigger()
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedTrigger()
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedExtTrigger()
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedDelay()
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeConfigChannel()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeConfigChannel()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

















Start calibration.
Poll for the end of calibration.
Start calibration and enable interrupt.
Start conversion of regular/injected channel.
Poll for the end of regular/injected conversion.
Stop conversion of regular/injected channel.
Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable interrupt.
Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable interrupt.
Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable DMA transfer.
Start multimode and enable DMA transfer for regular/injected conversion.
Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer for regular/injected conversion..
Get result of regular channel conversion.
Get result of injected channel conversion.
Get result of multimode conversion.
Handle SDADC interrupt request.
Callbacks for calibration and regular/injected conversions.
This section contains the following APIs:












584/832
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart()
HAL_SDADC_PollForCalibEvent()
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart_IT()
HAL_SDADC_Start()
HAL_SDADC_PollForConversion()
HAL_SDADC_Stop()
HAL_SDADC_Start_IT()
HAL_SDADC_Stop_IT()
HAL_SDADC_Start_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_GetValue()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




















42.2.6
HAL_SDADC_PollForInjectedConversion()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_IT()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_IT()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedGetValue()
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStart_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStop_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeGetValue()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStart_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStop_DMA()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeGetValue()
HAL_SDADC_IRQHandler()
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationCpltCallback()
HAL_SDADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback()
HAL_SDADC_ErrorCallback()
ADC Peripheral State functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Get the SDADC state
Get the SDADC Error
This section contains the following APIs:


42.2.7
HAL_SDADC_GetState()
HAL_SDADC_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_SDADC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Init
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Initializes the SDADC according to the specified parameters in the
SDADC_InitTypeDef structure.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status.
Notes

If multiple SDADC are used, please configure first SDADC1 to
set the common reference voltage.
HAL_SDADC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_DeInit
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
De-initializes the SDADC.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
585/832
UM1786
Return values

HAL: status.
HAL_SDADC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_MspInit (SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Initializes the SDADC MSP.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_MspDeInit (SDADC_HandleTypeDef *
hsdadc)
Function Description
De-initializes the SDADC MSP.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_PrepareChannelConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_PrepareChannelConfig
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t ConfIndex,
SDADC_ConfParamTypeDef * ConfParamStruct)
Function Description
This function allows the user to set parameters for a configuration.
Parameters



hsdadc: SDADC handle.
ConfIndex: Index of configuration to modify. This parameter
can be a value of SDADC Configuration Index.
ConfParamStruct: Parameters to apply for this
configuration.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing)
HAL_SDADC_AssociateChannelConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_AssociateChannelConfig
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ConfIndex)
Function Description
This function allows the user to associate a channel with one of
the available configurations.
Parameters


Return values
586/832

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Channel: Channel to associate with configuration. This
parameter can be a value of SDADC Channel Selection.
ConfIndex: Index of configuration to associate with channel.
This parameter can be a value of SDADC Configuration
Index.

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing)
HAL_SDADC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_ConfigChannel
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ContinuousMode)
Function Description
This function allows to select channel for regular conversion and to
enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion.
Parameters



Return values

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Channel: Channel for regular conversion. This parameter
can be a value of SDADC Channel Selection.
ContinuousMode: Enable/disable continuous mode for
regular conversion. This parameter can be a value of SDADC
Continuous Mode.
HAL: status
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedConfigChannel
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ContinuousMode)
Function Description
This function allows to select channels for injected conversion and
to enable/disable continuous mode for injected conversion.
Parameters



Return values

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Channel: Channels for injected conversion. This parameter
can be a values combination of SDADC Channel Selection.
ContinuousMode: Enable/disable continuous mode for
injected conversion. This parameter can be a value of
SDADC Continuous Mode.
HAL: status
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedExtTrigger
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedExtTrigger
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t
InjectedExtTrigger, uint32_t ExtTriggerEdge)
Function Description
This function allows to select and configure injected external
trigger.
Parameters



Return values

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
InjectedExtTrigger: External trigger for injected
conversions. This parameter can be a value of SDADC
Injected External Trigger.
ExtTriggerEdge: Edge of external injected trigger. This
parameter can be a value of SDADC External Trigger Edge.
HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
587/832
UM1786
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing)
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedDelay
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedDelay
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t InjectedDelay)
Function Description
This function allows to enable/disable delay addition for injected
conversions.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
InjectedDelay: Enable/disable delay for injected
conversions. This parameter can be a value of SDADC
Injected Conversion Delay.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing)
HAL_SDADC_SelectRegularTrigger
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_SelectRegularTrigger
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Trigger)
Function Description
This function allows to select trigger for regular conversions.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Trigger: Trigger for regular conversions. This parameter can
be one of the following value :

SDADC_SOFTWARE_TRIGGER : Software trigger.

SDADC_SYNCHRONOUS_TRIGGER : Synchronous
with SDADC1 (only for SDADC2 and SDADC3).
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should not be called if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedTrigger
588/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_SelectInjectedTrigger
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Trigger)
Function Description
This function allows to select trigger for injected conversions.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Trigger: Trigger for injected conversions. This parameter can
be one of the following value :

SDADC_SOFTWARE_TRIGGER : Software trigger.

SDADC_SYNCHRONOUS_TRIGGER : Synchronous
with SDADC1 (only for SDADC2 and SDADC3).

SDADC_EXTERNAL_TRIGGER : External trigger.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Notes

This function should not be called if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_MultiModeConfigChannel
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t MultimodeType)
Function Description
This function allows to configure multimode for regular
conversions.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
MultimodeType: Type of multimode for regular conversions.
This parameter can be a value of SDADC Multimode Type.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should not be called if regular conversion is
ongoing and should be could only for SDADC1.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeConfigChannel
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t MultimodeType)
Function Description
This function allows to configure multimode for injected
conversions.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
MultimodeType: Type of multimode for injected
conversions. This parameter can be a value of SDADC
Multimode Type.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should not be called if injected conversion is
ongoing and should be could only for SDADC1.
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t
CalibrationSequence)
Function Description
This function allows to start calibration in polling mode.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
CalibrationSequence: Calibration sequence. This
parameter can be a value of SDADC Calibration Sequence.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing).
DOCID026526 Rev 4
589/832
UM1786
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_CalibrationStart_IT
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t
CalibrationSequence)
Function Description
This function allows to start calibration in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
CalibrationSequence: Calibration sequence. This
parameter can be a value of SDADC Calibration Sequence.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state (neither calibration nor regular or injected
conversion ongoing).
HAL_SDADC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Start
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to start regular conversion in polling mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Start_IT
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to start regular conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_Start_DMA
590/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Start_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
This function allows to start regular conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters



hsdadc: SDADC handle.
pData: The destination buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from SDADC
peripheral to memory.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Stop
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop regular conversion in polling mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Stop_IT
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop regular conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_Stop_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop regular conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to start injected conversion in polling mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_IT
DOCID026526 Rev 4
591/832
UM1786
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to start injected conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStart_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
This function allows to start injected conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters



hsdadc: SDADC handle.
pData: The destination buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from SDADC
peripheral to memory.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop injected conversion in polling mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_IT
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop injected conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_DMA
Function Name
592/832
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_InjectedStop_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Function Description
This function allows to stop injected conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStart_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
This function allows to start multimode regular conversions in DMA
mode.
Parameters



hsdadc: SDADC handle.
pData: The destination buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from SDADC
peripheral to memory.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
in idle state or if injected conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_MultiModeStop_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop multimode regular conversions in DMA
mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStart_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
This function allows to start multimode injected conversions in
DMA mode.
Parameters



hsdadc: SDADC handle.
pData: The destination buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from SDADC
peripheral to memory.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only when SDADC instance is
DOCID026526 Rev 4
593/832
UM1786
in idle state or if regular conversion is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeStop_DMA
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to stop multimode injected conversions in
DMA mode.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SDADC_GetValue (SDADC_HandleTypeDef *
hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to get regular conversion value.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

Regular: conversion value
HAL_SDADC_InjectedGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SDADC_InjectedGetValue
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t * Channel)
Function Description
This function allows to get injected conversion value.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Channel: Corresponding channel of injected conversion.
Return values

Injected: conversion value
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SDADC_MultiModeGetValue
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to get multimode regular conversion value.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

Multimode: regular conversion value
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeGetValue
594/832
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeGetValue
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to get multimode injected conversion value.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
Return values

Multimode: injected conversion value
HAL_SDADC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_IRQHandler (SDADC_HandleTypeDef *
hsdadc)
Function Description
This function handles the SDADC interrupts.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_PollForCalibEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_PollForCalibEvent
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
This function allows to poll for the end of calibration.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Timeout: Timeout value in milliseconds.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if calibration is ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_PollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_PollForConversion
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
This function allows to poll for the end of regular conversion.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Timeout: Timeout value in milliseconds.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_PollForInjectedConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDADC_PollForInjectedConversion
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
This function allows to poll for the end of injected conversion.
Parameters


hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Timeout: Timeout value in milliseconds.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

This function should be called only if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_SDADC_CalibrationCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_CalibrationCpltCallback
DOCID026526 Rev 4
595/832
UM1786
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Calibration complete callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Half regular conversion complete callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_ConvCpltCallback (SDADC_HandleTypeDef
* hsdadc)
Function Description
Regular conversion complete callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
Notes

In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this
function using HAL_SDADC_GetValue or
HAL_SDADC_MultiModeGetValue.
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvHalfCpltCallback
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Half injected conversion complete callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback
596/832
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
Injected conversion complete callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
Notes

In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this
function using HAL_SDADC_InjectedGetValue or
HAL_SDADC_InjectedMultiModeGetValue.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_SDADC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SDADC_ErrorCallback (SDADC_HandleTypeDef *
hsdadc)
Function Description
Error callback.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

None:
HAL_SDADC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_SDADC_StateTypeDef HAL_SDADC_GetState
(SDADC_HandleTypeDef * hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to get the current SDADC state.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

SDADC: state.
HAL_SDADC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SDADC_GetError (SDADC_HandleTypeDef *
hsdadc)
Function Description
This function allows to get the current SDADC error code.
Parameters

hsdadc: SDADC handle.
Return values

SDADC: error code.
42.3
SDADC Firmware driver defines
42.3.1
SDADC
SDADC Calibration Sequence
SDADC_CALIBRATION_SEQ_1
One calibration sequence to calculate offset of conf0
(OFFSET0[11:0])
SDADC_CALIBRATION_SEQ_2
Two calibration sequences to calculate offset of conf0
and conf1 (OFFSET0[11:0] and OFFSET1[11:0])
SDADC_CALIBRATION_SEQ_3
Three calibration sequences to calculate offset of conf0,
conf1 and conf2 (OFFSET0[11:0], OFFSET1[11:0], and
OFFSET2[11:0])
SDADC Channel Selection
SDADC_CHANNEL_0
SDADC_CHANNEL_1
SDADC_CHANNEL_2
SDADC_CHANNEL_3
SDADC_CHANNEL_4
SDADC_CHANNEL_5
SDADC_CHANNEL_6
DOCID026526 Rev 4
597/832
UM1786
SDADC_CHANNEL_7
SDADC_CHANNEL_8
SDADC Common Mode
SDADC_COMMON_MODE_VSSA
Select SDADC VSSA as common mode
SDADC_COMMON_MODE_VDDA_2
Select SDADC VDDA/2 as common mode
SDADC_COMMON_MODE_VDDA
Select SDADC VDDA as common mode
SDADC Configuration Index
SDADC_CONF_INDEX_0
Configuration 0 Register selected
SDADC_CONF_INDEX_1
Configuration 1 Register selected
SDADC_CONF_INDEX_2
Configuration 2 Register selected
SDADC Continuous Mode
SDADC_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF
Conversion are not continuous
SDADC_CONTINUOUS_CONV_ON
Conversion are continuous
SDADC Error Code
SDADC_ERROR_NONE
No error
SDADC_ERROR_REGULAR_OVERRUN
Overrun occurs during regular conversion
SDADC_ERROR_INJECTED_OVERRUN
Overrun occurs during injected conversion
SDADC_ERROR_DMA
DMA error occurs
SDADC Exported Macros
__HAL_SDADC_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

SDADC_IT_EOCAL: End of
calibration interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JEOC: Injected end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JOVR: Injected data
overrun interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_REOC: Regular end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_ROVR: Regular data
overrun interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_SDADC_DISABLE_IT
Description:

598/832
None
DOCID026526 Rev 4
Disable the ADC end of conversion
UM1786
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

SDADC_IT_EOCAL: End of
calibration interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JEOC: Injected end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JOVR: Injected data
overrun interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_REOC: Regular end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_ROVR: Regular data
overrun interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_SDADC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks if the specified ADC interrupt
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt
source to check This parameter can be
any combination of the following values:

SDADC_IT_EOCAL: End of
calibration interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JEOC: Injected end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_JOVR: Injected data
overrun interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_REOC: Regular end of
conversion interrupt enable

SDADC_IT_ROVR: Regular data
overrun interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_SDADC_GET_FLAG
State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
Description:

Get the selected ADC's flag status.
Parameters:


DOCID026526 Rev 4
__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__FLAG__: ADC flag This parameter
can be any combination of the following
values:

SDADC_FLAG_EOCAL: End of
calibration flag
599/832
UM1786




SDADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of
injected conversion flag
SDADC_FLAG_JOVR: Injected
conversion overrun flag
SDADC_FLAG_REOC: End of
regular conversion flag
SDADC_FLAG_ROVR: Regular
conversion overrun flag
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_SDADC_CLEAR_FLAG

Clear the ADC's pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ADC handle
__FLAG__: ADC flag This parameter
can be any combination of the following
values:

SDADC_FLAG_EOCAL: End of
calibration flag

SDADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of
injected conversion flag

SDADC_FLAG_JOVR: Injected
conversion overrun flag

SDADC_FLAG_REOC: End of
regular conversion flag

SDADC_FLAG_ROVR: Regular
conversion overrun flag
Return value:

__HAL_SDADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
None
Description:

Reset SDADC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: SDADC handle.
Return value:

None
SDADC External Trigger Edge
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_RISING_EDGE
External rising edge
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_FALLING_EDGE
External falling edge
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_BOTH_EDGES
External rising and falling edges
SDADC Fast Conversion Mode
SDADC_FAST_CONV_DISABLE
SDADC_FAST_CONV_ENABLE
SDADC flags definition
600/832
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
SDADC_FLAG_EOCAL
End of calibration flag
SDADC_FLAG_JEOC
End of injected conversion flag
SDADC_FLAG_JOVR
Injected conversion overrun flag
SDADC_FLAG_REOC
End of regular conversion flag
SDADC_FLAG_ROVR
Regular conversion overrun flag
SDADC Gain
SDADC_GAIN_1
Gain equal to 1
SDADC_GAIN_2
Gain equal to 2
SDADC_GAIN_4
Gain equal to 4
SDADC_GAIN_8
Gain equal to 8
SDADC_GAIN_16
Gain equal to 16
SDADC_GAIN_32
Gain equal to 32
SDADC_GAIN_1_2
Gain equal to 1/2
SDADC Idle Low Power Mode
SDADC_LOWPOWER_NONE
SDADC_LOWPOWER_POWERDOWN
SDADC_LOWPOWER_STANDBY
SDADC Injected Conversion Delay
SDADC_INJECTED_DELAY_NONE
No delay on injected conversion
SDADC_INJECTED_DELAY
Delay on injected conversion
SDADC Injected External Trigger
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM13_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM14_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM16_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM17_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM12_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM12_CC2
Trigger source for SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM15_CC2
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM2_CC3
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM2_CC4
Trigger source for SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM3_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM3_CC2
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM3_CC3
Trigger source for SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM4_CC1
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM4_CC2
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM4_CC3
Trigger source for SDADC3
DOCID026526 Rev 4
601/832
UM1786
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM19_CC2
Trigger source for SDADC1
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM19_CC3
Trigger source for SDADC2
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_TIM19_CC4
Trigger source for SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_EXTI11
Trigger source for SDADC1, SDADC2 and SDADC3
SDADC_EXT_TRIG_EXTI15
Trigger source for SDADC1, SDADC2 and SDADC3
SDADC Input Mode
SDADC_INPUT_MODE_DIFF
Conversions are executed in
differential mode
SDADC_INPUT_MODE_SE_OFFSET
Conversions are executed in single
ended offset mode
SDADC_INPUT_MODE_SE_ZERO_REFERENCE
Conversions are executed in single
ended zero-volt reference mode
SDADC interrupts definition
SDADC_IT_EOCAL
End of calibration interrupt enable
SDADC_IT_JEOC
Injected end of conversion interrupt enable
SDADC_IT_JOVR
Injected data overrun interrupt enable
SDADC_IT_REOC
Regular end of conversion interrupt enable
SDADC_IT_ROVR
Regular data overrun interrupt enable
SDADC Multimode Type
SDADC_MULTIMODE_SDADC1_SDADC2
Get conversion values for SDADC1 and
SDADC2
SDADC_MULTIMODE_SDADC1_SDADC3
Get conversion values for SDADC1 and
SDADC3
SDADC Reference Voltage
SDADC_VREF_EXT
The reference voltage is forced externally using VREF pin
SDADC_VREF_VREFINT1
The reference voltage is forced internally to 1.22V VREFINT
SDADC_VREF_VREFINT2
The reference voltage is forced internally to 1.8V VREFINT
SDADC_VREF_VDDA
The reference voltage is forced internally to VDDA
SDADC Slow Clock Mode
SDADC_SLOW_CLOCK_DISABLE
SDADC_SLOW_CLOCK_ENABLE
SDADC Trigger
602/832
SDADC_SOFTWARE_TRIGGER
Software trigger
SDADC_SYNCHRONOUS_TRIGGER
Synchronous with SDADC1 (only for SDADC2
and SDADC3)
SDADC_EXTERNAL_TRIGGER
External trigger
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
43
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver
43.1
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures
43.1.1
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef
Data Fields
















uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t StopBits
uint16_t Parity
uint16_t Mode
uint16_t CLKPolarity
uint16_t CLKPhase
uint16_t CLKLastBit
uint16_t OneBitSampling
uint8_t Prescaler
uint8_t GuardTime
uint16_t NACKEnable
uint32_t TimeOutEnable
uint32_t TimeOutValue
uint8_t BlockLength
uint8_t AutoRetryCount
Field Documentation







uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
Configures the SmartCard communication baud rate. The baud rate register is
computed using the following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((PCLKx) / ((hsmartcard>Init.BaudRate)))
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
SMARTCARD_Word_Length can only be set to 9 (8 data + 1 parity bits).
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits SMARTCARD_Stop_Bits. Only 1.5 stop bits are
authorized in SmartCard mode.
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Parity
Note:The parity is enabled by default (PCE is forced to 1). Since the WordLength is
forced to 8 bits + parity, M is forced to 1 and the parity bit is the 9th bit.
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Mode
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Clock_Polarity
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. This parameter can be
a value of SMARTCARD_Clock_Phase
DOCID026526 Rev 4
603/832
UM1786









43.1.2
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKLastBit
Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted data bit (MSB)
has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a
value of SMARTCARD_Last_Bit
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::OneBitSampling
Specifies whether a single sample or three samples' majority vote is selected.
Selecting the single sample method increases the receiver tolerance to clock
deviations. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_OneBit_Sampling.
uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the SmartCard Prescaler
uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::GuardTime
Specifies the SmartCard Guard Time
uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::NACKEnable
Specifies whether the SmartCard NACK transmission is enabled in case of parity
error. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_NACK_Enable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutEnable
Specifies whether the receiver timeout is enabled. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Timeout_Enable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutValue
Specifies the receiver time out value in number of baud blocks: it is used to
implement the Character Wait Time (CWT) and Block Wait Time (BWT). It is coded
over 24 bits.
uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BlockLength
Specifies the SmartCard Block Length in T=1 Reception mode. This parameter can
be any value from 0x0 to 0xFF
uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::AutoRetryCount
Specifies the SmartCard auto-retry count (number of retries in receive and transmit
mode). When set to 0, retransmission is disabled. Otherwise, its maximum value is 7
(before signalling an error)
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t AdvFeatureInit
uint32_t TxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t RxPinLevelInvert
uint32_t DataInvert
uint32_t Swap
uint32_t OverrunDisable
uint32_t DMADisableonRxError
uint32_t MSBFirst
Field Documentation


604/832
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AdvFeatureInit
Specifies which advanced SMARTCARD features is initialized. Several advanced
features may be initialized at the same time. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Advanced_Features_Initialization_Type
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the TX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Tx_Inv
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786






43.1.3
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::RxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the RX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value
of SMARTCARD_Rx_Inv
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DataInvert
Specifies whether data are inverted (positive/direct logic vs negative/inverted logic).
This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Data_Inv
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::Swap
Specifies whether TX and RX pins are swapped. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Rx_Tx_Swap
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::OverrunDisable
Specifies whether the reception overrun detection is disabled. This parameter can be
a value of SMARTCARD_Overrun_Disable
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DMADisableonRxError
Specifies whether the DMA is disabled in case of reception error. This parameter can
be a value of SMARTCARD_DMA_Disable_on_Rx_Error
uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::MSBFirst
Specifies whether MSB is sent first on UART line. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_MSB_First
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields















USART_TypeDef * Instance
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef Init
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef AdvancedInit
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef gState
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef RxState
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation




USART_TypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
USART registers base address
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Init
SmartCard communication parameters
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::AdvancedInit
SmartCard advanced features initialization parameters
uint8_t* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to SmartCard Tx transfer Buffer
DOCID026526 Rev 4
605/832
UM1786











uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
SmartCard Tx Transfer size
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
SmartCard Tx Transfer Counter
uint8_t* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to SmartCard Rx transfer Buffer
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
SmartCard Rx Transfer size
uint16_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
SmartCard Rx Transfer Counter
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SmartCard Tx DMA Handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SmartCard Rx DMA Handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::gState
SmartCard state information related to global Handle management and also related to
Tx operations. This parameter can be a value of HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
__IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxState
SmartCard state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value
of HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
__IO uint32_t SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SmartCard Error code This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Error
43.2
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description
43.2.1
How to use this driver
The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
606/832
Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg.
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef hsmartcard).
Associate a USART to the SMARTCARD handle hsmartcard.
Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API:

Enable the USARTx interface clock.

USART pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.

Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as
alternate function Input).

NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
(HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs):

Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.

DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
(HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
APIs):

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.

Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

4.
5.
6.
Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx
handle.

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
Program the Baud Rate, Parity, Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), clock enabling/disabling
and accordingly, the clock parameters (parity, phase, last bit), prescaler value, guard
time and NACK on transmission error enabling or disabling in the hsmartcard handle
Init structure.
If required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard handle AdvancedInit structure.
Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API:

This API configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API.
The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE
interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT()
inside the transmit and receive process.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation





Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed
and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
DMA mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
DOCID026526 Rev 4
607/832
UM1786



Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed
and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver.







__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE: Enable the SMARTCARD peripheral
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE: Disable the SMARTCARD peripheral
__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether or not the specified
SMARTCARD flag is set
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending
flag
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified
SMARTCARD interrupt is enabled
You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
43.2.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx associated to
the SmartCard.
The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as
defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard.
The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard
mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from the internal
peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler.


608/832
These parameters can be configured:

Baud Rate

Parity: should be enabled

Receiver/transmitter modes

Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters)

Prescaler value

Guard bit time

NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error
The following advanced features can be configured as well:

TX and/or RX pin level inversion

data logical level inversion

RX and TX pins swap

RX overrun detection disabling

DMA disabling on RX error
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786




MSB first on communication line
Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value)
Block length
Auto-retry counter
The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follows the USART synchronous configuration
procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:




43.2.3
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init()
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data
transfers.
Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol. The Smartcard interface is
designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3
standard. The USART should be configured as:


8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register
1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2
register.

There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
the relevant API's return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or
the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.

The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed
respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process The
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a
communication error is detected.
Blocking mode APIs are :

HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()

HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :

HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()

HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()

HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()




DOCID026526 Rev 4
609/832
UM1786
This section contains the following APIs:










43.2.4
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of SmartCard
handle and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process


HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of
the SMARTCARD peripheral.
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during
communication.
This section contains the following APIs:


43.2.5
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState()
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError()
Detailed description of functions
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Initialize the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified
parameters in the SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
610/832
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
DeInitialize the SMARTCARD peripheral.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Initialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
DeInitialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent.
Timeout: : Timeout duration.

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be received.
Timeout: : Timeout duration.

HAL: status
DOCID026526 Rev 4
611/832
UM1786
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters

Return values


hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent.

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters

Return values


hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be received.

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters

Return values


hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
Size: amount of data to be sent.

HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters


612/832
hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
pData: pointer to data buffer.
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786

Size: amount of data to be received.
Return values

HAL: status
Notes

The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE
= 1), the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position).
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Handle SMARTCARD interrupt requests.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
SMARTCARD error callback.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

None:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
613/832
UM1786
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState
Function Name
HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hsmartcard)
Function Description
Return the SMARTCARD handle state.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

SMARTCARD: handle state
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Function Description
Return the SMARTCARD handle error code.
Parameters

hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values

SMARTCARD: handle Error Code
43.3
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines
43.3.1
SMARTCARD
SMARTCARD advanced feature initialization type
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT
SMARTCARD Clock Phase
SMARTCARD_PHASE_1EDGE
SMARTCARD_PHASE_2EDGE
SMARTCARD Clock Polarity
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_LOW
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_HIGH
SMARTCARD auto retry counter LSB position in CR3 register
SMARTCARD_CR3_SCARCNT_LSB_POS
614/832
SMARTCARD auto retry counter LSB
position in CR3 register
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
SMARTCARD advanced feature Binary Data inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_DISABLE
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_ENABLE
SMARTCARD advanced feature DMA Disable on Rx Error
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_ENABLEONRXERROR
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_DISABLEONRXERROR
SMARTCARD Error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO
Receiver TimeOut error
SMARTCARD Exported Macros
__HAL_SMARTCARD_RESET_HANDLE
_STATE
Description:

Reset SMARTCARD handle states.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: SMARTCARD handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_FLUSH_DRREGI
STER
None
Description:

Flush the Smartcard Data registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the specified SMARTCARD
pending flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF: Parity
error clear flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
615/832
UM1786







SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF:
Framing error clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF: Noise
detected clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF:
OverRun error clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF: Idle
line detected clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF:
Transmission complete clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF:
Receiver timeout clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF: End
of block clear flag
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD NE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLA
G
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD ORE pending
flag.
Parameters:

616/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEFLA
G
None
Description:

Clear the SMARTCARD IDLE pending
flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the specified Smartcard
flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SMARTCARD_FLAG_REACK:
Receive enable acknowledge flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_TEACK:
Transmit enable acknowledge flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_BUSY: Busy
flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_EOBF: End of
block flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_RTOF:
Receiver timeout flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE:
Transmit data register empty flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC:
Transmission complete flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE:
Receive data register not empty flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_IDLE: Idle line
detection flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE: Overrun
error flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE: Noise
error flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE: Framing
error flag

SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE: Parity
error flag
DOCID026526 Rev 4
617/832
UM1786
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Enable the specified SmartCard interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
SMARTCARD interrupt to enable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End of
block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
timeout interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
data register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified SmartCard interrupt.
Parameters:


618/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
SMARTCARD interrupt to disable. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End of
block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
timeout interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
DOCID026526 Rev 4
UM1786





data register empty interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity error
interrupt
SMARTCARD_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(frame error, noise error,
overrun error)
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT
None
Description:

Check whether the specified SmartCard
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__IT__: specifies the SMARTCARD
interrupt to check. This parameter can be
one of the following values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End of
block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
timeout interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
data register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ORE: Overrun
error interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_NE: Noise error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_FE: Framing error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity error
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURC
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
619/832
UM1786

E
Check whether the specified SmartCard
interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__IT__: specifies the SMARTCARD
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

SMARTCARD_IT_EOB: End of
block interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RTO: Receive
timeout interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TXE: Transmit
data register empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_ORE: Overrun
error interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_NE: Noise error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_FE: Framing error
interrupt

SMARTCARD_IT_PE: Parity error
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the specified SMARTCARD ISR
flag, in setting the proper ICR register
flag.
Parameters:


620/832
__HANDLE__: specifies the
SMARTCARD Handle. The Handle
Instance can be USARTx where x: 1, 2 or
3 to select the USART peripheral.
__IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt
clear register flag that needs to be set to
clear the corresponding interrupt This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF: Parity
error clear flag

SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF:
DOCID026526 Rev 4
U